Agenda packet, regular meeting, first session — Nevada City City Council, March 27, 2024 (part 1 of 2)

City of Nevada City
City Council

REGULAR MEETING
City Hall – Beryl P. Robinson, Jr. Conference Room
317 Broad Street, Nevada City, CA 95959
WEDNESDAY March 27, 2024 6:30 PM

MISSION STATEMENT
The City of Nevada City is dedicated to preserving and enhancing its small-town character and historical architecture while providing quality public services for our current and future residents, businesses, and visitors.

Daniela Fernández, Mayor
Gary Petersen, Vice Mayor Doug Fleming, Council Member
Adam Kline, Council Member Lou Ceci, Council Member
NOTICE TO THE PUBLIC:

The public is encouraged to participate in or observe this meeting by:

1. Attending this meeting in person at the City of Nevada City Council Chambers located at 317 Broad Street Nevada City, California.

2. Observing this meeting live from the City of Nevada City YouTube channel at:
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCXSQwrXtey12YIl3IbyGMYQ

3. Observe this meeting live from the local government cable channel 17 or 18.

Public comments may be made:
*note the option of public comment via Zoom is no longer available

1. In person: Live at the meeting. Members of the public desiring to speak on a matter appearing on the agenda should ask the Mayor for the opportunity to be heard when the item comes up for Council consideration. Comments for all agenda items are limited to a speaking time of three minutes (unless the time limit is shortened for all by direction of the Mayor or Presiding member).

2. In writing: Email your comments to [email protected] or provide your comments in writing to the Deputy City Clerk at City Hall. Comments will be accepted until 3:00pm on the day of the meeting date. Comments will not be read during the City Council meeting but will be forwarded to all Council Members and made available for public review prior to the City Council Meeting. Written comments provided after the 3:00pm deadline but prior to the start of the meeting will be provided to the Council members by the following business day and will be uploaded to the agenda packet online.

When sending an email, it is extremely helpful to include the following:
• Full Name
• Address (specific or general, i.e.: resident in unincorporated Nevada City) • The item number that you are commenting on
Any writing that is a public record that, relates to an agenda item for open session, which is distributed to a majority of the Council members, less than 72 hours prior to the meeting will be available for public inspection at City Hall, 317 Broad Street, Nevada City, California during normal business hours. Government Code § 54957.5(b)(1). Copies will also be provided at the appropriate meeting.

In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact the Deputy City Clerk at 530-265-2496 Extension 133. Notification at least 48 hours prior to the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. [28 CFR 35.102.35.104 ADA Title II].

MEETING PROCEDURES:

All items on agenda will be open for public comments before final action is taken. Speakers must restrict comments to the item as it appears on the agenda and stay within a three-minute time limit (or lesser time if the Mayor determines it necessary due to the number of persons who may wish to speak on an item). The Mayor similarly has the discretion of limiting the total discussion time for an item as may be necessary.

Members of the public attending City Council meetings shall observe the same rules of order and decorum applicable to the City Council. These Standards and Procedures shall apply to all City Council Meetings, members of the public:
(a) Shall limit comment time to that listed on the agenda; (b) May criticize City policies, procedures, programs and/or services or the acts or omissions of Council Members in carrying out their responsibilities as public officials, but shall refrain from disruptive behavior;
(c) Shall speak only from the podium when recognized by the Mayor, and shall address comments to the Mayor and not to staff or members of the audience; (d) Shall not approach individual Council Members while a meeting is in progress; (e) May provide written materials (10 copies recommended) to the Council during a meeting by giving the materials directly to the City Clerk.

The Mayor or presiding member of the Council has the authority to remove, or designate a person to remove, an individual for disrupting the Council meeting. Disruptive behavior is any action that actually disrupts, disturbs, impedes, or renders infeasible the orderly conduct of the meeting.

Before taking this action, the Mayor/presiding member shall warn the individual that their behavior is disruptive and that failure to cease this behavior may result in their removal. If the behavior does not promptly cease, the individual may be removed.

No warning is required to precede removal if an individual engages in behavior that is a true threat of force. A true threat of force has sufficient indicia of intent and seriousness so that a reasonable observer would perceive it to be an actual threat to use force by the person who makes the threat.

CALL TO ORDER
NISENAN TRIBE RECOGNITION: This City Council Meeting Convenes on the Ancestral Territories of the Nevada City Rancheria Nisenan Tribe

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
ROLL CALL _____ Mayor Fernández
_____ Vice-Mayor Petersen
_____ Councilmember Fleming
_____ Councilmember Kline
_____ Councilmember Ceci
ADOPTION OF THE AGENDA (This is the time for agenda modifications) ANNOUNCEMENT OF ACTION FROM CLOSED SESSION (if needed)

PRESENTATIONS
Presentation: Community Foundation of Nevada County
Presentation: Waste Not Nevada County
Presentation: Grass Valley / Nevada City Fire Department PUBLIC COMMENT: Government Code Section 54954.3 provides that any member of the public may address the City Council on any matter NOT ON THE AGENDA that is within the subject matter jurisdiction of the city. The Brown Act, with limited exceptions, does not allow the Council or staff to discuss issues brought forth under Public Comment. The Council cannot take action on non-agenda items. Concerns may be referred to staff or placed on a future agenda. Please note that comments from the public will also be taken on each agenda item at the time it is heard. Speakers must adhere to the meeting procedures identified above.

CONSENT AGENDA: All items listed under the Consent Agenda are considered to be routine in nature and will be approved by one motion. There will be no separate discussion of these items.

Councilmembers or the City Manager may remove items from the Consent Agenda for separate discussion and action by City Council. Members of the public may request to remove items from the Consent Agenda, during Consent Agenda public comment, for separate discussion and action by the City Council, but action is required by the City Council to do so by motion, second and roll call vote. Unless the City Council removes an item from the Consent Calendar for separate discussion, public comments are invited as to the consent calendar as a whole and limited to three minutes per person (or lesser time if the Mayor determines it necessary due to the number of persons who may wish to speak on the Consent Calendar). Any item removed for separate discussion and action will be taken up following the motion to approve the Consent Agenda.

1. Action Minutes March 13, 2024, Regular Meeting
Recommended Action: Review and approve the minutes

2. Fire Activity Report – February 2024
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report

3. Consideration of 1) Office of Emergency Services Report / Wildfire Prevention and Mitigation Activities Report – February 2024; and 2) Resolution 2024-08: A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Nevada City, California, Authorizing the Acceptance of Funding Related to the California Governor’s Office of Planning and Research, California Volunteer, Local Government: Connecting Neighbors to Neighbors Grant Agreement Number CV2311402
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report and adopt the resolution

4. Consideration of the Issuance of a Purchase Order to Dudek in the Amount of $44,180 for Community Engagement and Document Development for a Nevada City Community Wildfire Protection Plan and Authorize the City Manager to Execute a Contract and Any Related Documents
Recommended Action: Approve the purchase order and authorize the City Manager to execute a contract and any related documents

5. Consideration of the Issuance of a Purchase Order to Telestar Instruments in the Amount of $45,000 for the Wastewater Treatment Plant SCADA control integration; and Authorize the City Manager to Execute any Contracts or Related Documents Recommended Action: Authorize the issuance of a purchase order and authorize the City Manager to execute related documents

6. Consideration of the Rejection of all Bids for the Public Works Storage Building Project and Authorizing a New Request for Proposal (RFP) Process to Solicit New Bids for the Amended Project
Recommended Action: Reject all bids for Public Works Storage Building and direct staff to re-advertise and solicit new bids for the project

7. Consideration of the 2023 Housing Element Annual Progress Report Recommended Action: Receive and file and authorize transmittal of the report to the Department of Housing and Community Development

8. Consideration of the Special Event Street Closure Request from Nevada County Queer Events for a Pride Parade: Small Town, Big Pride Event Recommended Action: Review, approve, and authorize the special event street closure requests per the submitted application

9. Consideration of the Bear Yuba Land Trust (BYLT) Request for Monetary Sponsorship in the Amount of $500 and Special Event Street Closure Request for the 2024 Celebration of Trails Street Party
Recommended Action: Review, approve, and authorize the special event street closure requests and $500 sponsorship per the submitted application

10. Consideration of Adoption of Resolution 2024-07: A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Nevada City, California, Updating the City Council Standards and Procedures Manual to Add Additional Provisions Regarding Disruptive Behavior at Council Meetings
Recommended Action: Adopt the resolution
CONSENT ITEMS FORWARD (if needed): Items pulled from the Consent Agenda will be discussed individually with action taken by separate motion.

BUSINESS

11. Consideration of an Appeal of Planning Commission Decision to Deny the Architectural Review Application of Galen Grant to Allow for Permitting an Existing Yurt at 803 Uren Street
Recommended Action: After holding a public hearing, Council shall make a decision whether to uphold, overturn, or modify the Planning Commission decision to deny the Architectural Review Application

12. Consideration of the Issuance of a Purchase Order to Future Chevrolet of Sacramento in an Amount Not-To-Exceed $66,476.15 for the Purchase of a Chevy Tahoe School Resource Officer Patrol Vehicle Using Proposition 64 Cohort 3 Funding Recommended Action: Approve the purchase and authorize the purchase order

13. Consideration of Selecting the 100% Renewable Sourced Green100 Product for Electricity Sourced from Pioneer Community Energy for City Electricity Accounts Recommended Action: Approve the selection of the Green100 selection for City accounts

14. Consideration of 1) Calling for a Facilitated Community Conversation on the Topic of Islamophobia, Antisemitism, and the Role of Local Government in Providing a Safe and Peaceful Community in Consideration of the On-Going Human Tragedy in Israel and Palestine; and 2) Approving an Agreement with the Consensus Building Institute for Facilitation Services and Authorizing the City Manager to Execute any Related Documents
Recommended Action: Call for the community conversation and approve the agreement

CITY MANAGER, COUNCILMEMBER REPORTS AND FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS

ADJOURNMENT
The meeting will adjourn at 9:30 P.M. unless a decision is made by motion of a Councilmember to extend the time.

REGULAR MEETING
City Hall – Beryl P. Robinson, Jr. Conference Room
317 Broad Street, Nevada City, CA 95959
WEDNESDAY March 27, 2024 6:30 PM

Daniela Fernández, Mayor
Gary Petersen, Vice Mayor Doug Fleming, Council Member
Adam Kline, Council Member Lou Ceci, Council Member
NOTICE TO THE PUBLIC:

The public is encouraged to participate in or observe this meeting by:

1. Attending this meeting in person at the City of Nevada City Council Chambers located at 317 Broad Street Nevada City, California.

2. Observing this meeting live from the City of Nevada City YouTube channel at:
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCXSQwrXtey12YIl3IbyGMYQ

3. Observe this meeting live from the local government cable channel 17 or 18.

Public comments may be made:
*note the option of public comment via Zoom is no longer available

MEETING PROCEDURES:

CALL TO ORDER
NISENAN TRIBE RECOGNITION: This City Council Meeting Convenes on the Ancestral Territories of the Nevada City Rancheria Nisenan Tribe

CONSENT AGENDA: All items listed under the Consent Agenda are considered to be routine in nature and will be approved by one motion. There will be no separate discussion of these items.

1. Action Minutes March 13, 2024, Regular Meeting
Recommended Action: Review and approve the minutes

2. Fire Activity Report – February 2024
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report

7. Consideration of the 2023 Housing Element Annual Progress Report Recommended Action: Receive and file and authorize transmittal of the report to the Department of Housing and Community Development

BUSINESS

CITY MANAGER, COUNCILMEMBER REPORTS AND FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS

ADJOURNMENT
The meeting will adjourn at 9:30 P.M. unless a decision is made by motion of a Councilmember to extend the time.

Certification of Posting of Agenda
I, Gabrielle Christakes, Deputy City Clerk for the City of Nevada City, declare that the foregoing agenda for the March 27, 2024, Regular Meeting of the Nevada City City Council was posted March 22, 2024, at the entrance of City Hall. The agenda, along with staff reports, is also posted on the City’s website. Signed March 22, 2024, at Nevada City, California ____________________________________________________
Gabrielle Christakes, Deputy City Clerk
The Community Foundation
of Nevada County
Leadership
Cristine Kelly, Interim
CEO
Richard Baker, Chair
Megan Joseph, VP
Michelle Amador,
Secretary
Katherine Johnson
Jesse Locks
Marley Mueller
Jennifer Singer
Scott Beesley
Yolanda Cookson
Sienna Crawford
Amy Cobden,PhD
Daniela Fernandez
Tom Ivy
Why a Community Foundation?
“The community foundation serves as the catalyst, the convenor, collaborator and facilitator to solve problems and develop solutions to our community’s issues. They are proactive- they have their finger on the pulse of what is happening here.”
“We need to start thinking further ahead and building the infrastructure for a resilient community. A community foundation can play a critical role in that dynamic.”
Community Foundations...
1 Create a culture of giving.

Community foundations can engage and mobilize
donors as participants and leaders in community
problem solving, helping donors to share not just
their money, but also their knowledge, expertise, and
networks.
2 Support the nonprofit sector.

Community foundations offer competitive grant
opportunities using unrestricted or field-of-interest
funds, in addition to managing donor advised funds.

They also help amplify marketing and advocacy of
the sector as a whole, and can provide investment
services for endowment funds.
3 Enhance community capacity.

Community foundations can build the knowledge
and capacity of community-based organizations to
achieve their goals through training, technical
assistance, coaching, referrals, and other learning
opportunities.
4 Build useful knowledge.

Community foundations have both first hand contact
with community problems and access to information,
ideas, and approaches outside their localities. They
can spot trends, surface issues, provide analysis, and
serve as hubs for community information.

Enhancing
Philanthropy
A community foundation’s value derives from its dual
capacity to shine a light on issues of local importance and to attract resources to meet those needs. In this way,
community foundations are champions for community
philanthropy–as a form of, and force for local development that strengthens capacity, and builds trusting resilient communities where all people can participate and prosper.

Implications:

Philanthropic advice and counsel, impact investing, trusted source of community needs and priorities
The Donor Perspective
“I see how a community foundation could provide long-term stability and help strengthen community resilience. Even though we don’t spend a lot of time there anymore, our philanthropic ties are still in Nevada County. I want to see the quality of life grow there.” In just twenty years, the Community
Foundation of the North State grew from
$600k to over $33M in assets.

Growing Philanthropy
Strengthen Nonprofits
Community foundations bring together the financial
resources of individuals, families, and businesses to support effective nonprofits in their communities. Their deep
knowledge of the nonprofit sector in a region helps bring collaborations together, build energy and help create an expanded culture of giving.

Implications:

Grant programs, advocacy, collaboration
Building Healthy Communities is a $10B
statewide campaign funded by the California
Endowment which provides $3M in funding
to execute the initiative in the Humboldt
community.

Leveraging Intermediary Funding- Rural Health
Build community
vitality
Community leadership happens when community
foundations act as valuable partners that drive positive change in the area they serve. The modern community
foundation is interested in transforming the lives and
communities it serves. It is intentional, focused on impact, and is always considering it’s value-add to the community it serves.

Implications:

Grow and link local leadership, maximize access to resources, advocate and partner for solutions
TTCF leveraged a $250k investment and
helped secure over $4M in funding in order
to secure the tax credits needed to build
this mixed-use development.

Impact Investing-Artist Housing
Partner with local
government
Local government and community foundations have a shared interest in the development of civil society. Their collaboration ensures that both public and private institutions are working together towards common goals, avoiding duplication of effort and ensuring maximum impact. From a gov’t perspective,
independent funders like community foundations can build partnerships across sectors, give government a “human
dimension”, help to leverage public funding and are free of short-term mindset of elected bodies.

Implications:

Disaster relief, community grant initiatives, leveraging resources to address community needs
$1,500,000
The movement toward a community foundation for Western Nevada County was born out of the success of the Nevada County Relief Fund. In a period of 9 months, NCRF raised $1.5M in a public/private partnership for COVID and wildfire relief, supporting 30 safety-net nonprofits and helping over 150 small businesses stay on their feet. NCRF wildfire relief efforts got funds immediately to survivors- from gift cards to supporting short term housing.
30 150
Safety-net nonprofits
Nonprofits
Small businesses
Nonprofits
50 Families affected by 2
wildfires
Nonprofits
North Valley Community Foundation raised
and distributed $63M in relief to victims of
the Camp Fire.

Disaster Relief
We connect people,
resources and ideas to
build a healthy and
vibrant Nevada
County.

Our Process
0 1
Research and Discovery
(completed)
Stakeholder interviews; determine key
motivators, potential roadblocks and issues;
convene Steering Committee
0 2
Project Design and Viability
(completed)
Business model structure and scenario,
financial strategy, case statement and pitch
materials, investor and stakeholder interviews
0 3
Implementation and Sustainability
(in process)
Founding Board, incorporation, grantmaking
strategy, community initiative prioritization,
strategic plan, launch
Our Focus:

Culture, Land, Community
Values:
● Respect for diversity
● Empathy
● Trust/trustworthy
● Integrity
● Equity
Future Impact
A $750k investment now could lead to over $10M in impact for Western Nevada County over the next decade. Our committee includes a diverse group of individuals, from farmers to philanthropists, thinking beyond the box to help the entire region thrive. By coming together as a community, we can make more possible.

Discovery
$50K
Launch
$750K
Impact
$10M
● Center for Nonprofit Leadership
● Tahoe Truckee Community Foundation
Our Key Partners
Thank you.

NEVADA CITY CARES
Based on Truckee Single-use Plastic foodware reduction ordinance Suggested Ordinance for Nevada City to go Disposable-FREE 1 – Truckee SINGLE-USE FOODWARE DISPOSABLE REDUCTION ORDINANCE https://www.keeptruckeegreen.org/commercial-waste-recycling/single-use-reduction/single-usefoodware-reduction-working-group/ What’s the deal with single-use plastics (SUP) ? Single-use items like plastic utensils, coffee cups and straws are part of our everyday lives. After intense environmental emissions to produce these items, they are used once and end up in our landfills, environment, streams, lakes, and oceans forever.

Plastic does not biodegrade, and it gives off toxic emissions.

Plastics break down into Microplastics which are now determined to be a health hazard to humans.

Single-use foodware packaging makes up 68% of litter found in Nevada County.

This Ordinance supports the State Mandate to divert from landfill at least 50% of trash to lower consumption and lower trash overall.

The goal is to create a cultural shift toward trash and litter reduction and non-toxic reusable foodware.

It encourages the public to bring their own reusable cups and containers.

The ordinance overview:

1. Ban on the sale and distribution of polystyrene foam in any form (e.g. Stryrofoam) – effective?

2. Food vendors must provide reusable foodware for customers dining in – effective ?

3. Food related businesses must charge a $0.25 customer fee on disposable cups and takeout food containers – effective ? (Excluding leftover takeouts from dining in)

4. Accessory foodware items (utensils, napkins, sauce packets, etc.) should only be provided upon a customer’s request per CA SB 1276 – Already in effect

5. This Ordinance supports State Mandate to divert from landfill at least 50% of solid waste in order to lower consumption and lower trash overall

1. Foam Ban - A ban on the sale and distribution of polystyrene foam (e.g. Styrofoam) -WHO IT APPLIES TO: all businesses or people, including restaurants, retail stores, and food vendors -WHO IT DOES NOT APPLY TO: (1) food packaged outside of Nevada City, except for egg cartons, and trays for meat, fish, fruit, or vegetables; (2) polystyrene foam products encased in a more durable material (e.g. polystyrene foam ice chests encased in a rigid plastic) -Grant funding is available for businesses to transition to non-polystyrene foam alternatives -Businesses can apply for a one-year hardship exemption if non-polystyrene foam alternative is not available or is cost prohibitive
Why is polystyrene foam banned?
Polystyrene foam products (e.g. Styrofoam) are of distinctive concern because they are extremely difficult to recover as litter. Polystyrene foam products are lightweight and can easily break into smaller pieces and be picked up by the wind and carried into the natural environment to create litter, polluting the environment and waterways. These small pieces become even smaller as microplastics, hazardous to human health.

2. Food providers must provide reusable foodware for customers dining in – effective ? REUSE is the best choice for your triple bottom line – profit, people and planet. Reusables can save establishments up to $22,000 every year after getting up to speed. ReThinkDisposable https://rethinkdisposable.org/ offers data to show that this change offers cost savings over time

3. Businesses providing TAKEOUT food must charge a $0.25 customer fee on each disposable hot and cold cup and each takeout food containers provided - - effective ? – Businesses keep the fee revenue (to use for what?)
- Fee does not apply to pizza boxes or containers provided for leftovers when dining in - Pre-packaged food is exempt if it arrives to the facility in a container or wrapped - Customers on WIC, EBT, or Medi-Cal are exempt from the fee - Customers may provide their own reusable cup or container to avoid the fee. Food vendors must follow Health and Safety requirements to avoid cross contamination.

WHO IT APPLIES TO: restaurants, food service establishments, coffee shops, bakeries, bars, drugstores, grocery stores.

WHO IT DOES NOT APPLY TO: food trucks or special events, establishments offering pre-packaged food packaged outside the food facility – and to containers requested by dine-in customers TAKEOUT FOODWARE specifics -
- MUST BE CHEMICAL-FREE, PLANT-BASED OR PAPER. NO PLASTIC is allowed. Lids may be plantbased plastic. ALUMINUM IS OKAY. - TAKE-OUT FOOD BAGS NEED TO BE PAPER.
- The Procurement Guide will be provided to help businesses procure takeout items that have a lower environmental impact. There is no “best” disposable product yet, but this guide will help businesses with considerations to make when purchasing disposable products. By 2032, at the latest, all will be required to be certified recyclable and compostable thanks to SB 54.
- A Grace Period of three months is offered to deplete current supplies, if necessary. - Grant money is available to purchase new compliant supplies, and dishwasher. - Accessory foodware items (utensils, napkins, sauce packets, etc.) should only be provided upon customer request; no self-service stations – Already in effect per SB 1276 - Compostable paper food wrappers, sleeves, bags, napkins, straws, trays, plate-liners, and/or foil may be provided.
- Customers may bring their own reusable containers to be filled Clearly labeled recycling and compost bins must be provided by establishment.

The SUP MOTTO
REDUCE consumption of plastic – REUSE – REFUSE
Just SAY NO – there are alternatives
Recycling/reprocessing of plastic is not yet an option in our county, Except for plastic beverage containers
Plastic degrades into methane in landfills
Plastic degrades into microplastics in human and animal bodies An Opportunity - Deposit money can be recouped by establishment on CRV items – this can add up to a lot –we need to figure out how it all gets to the facility separate from the usual recycling.

Note – Do we need to provide the Spanish version?
Suggestion – On website, give a Community Comment Form for public to help us out to alert City to businesses not adhering to the Ordinance. Upon receipt, City can send a form letter to that business.

Question - These food establishments are not required to charge for a takeout carrying bag, but I think we could make it a recommendation. But a required fee like we have at grocery stores might put the customer over the top.

RESPONSIBILITIES AT DIFFERENT LEVELS –
-Community people – REDUCE consumption of plastic – REUSE – REFUSE – need education -City –
-There are some administrative items that need to be done for the program, like getting having a person to oversee the program, meet with restaurant owners, get the funding ready, arranging for a computer consultant to help establishments know how to handle the fees on their registers. -Arranging working meetings and doing surveys with business community and constituents. -Some education for restaurants and customers to understand why and how -Chamber can be helpful in putting out the positive messaging, especially for visitors.

NEXT STEPS – Address the future possibility to ban use or sale of :
-plastic bottles
-Sauce and condiment cups
-Ice cream cups?
-Hot and cold cup lids
REUSEABLE IS A PART OF THE TRUCKEE ORDINANCE – They do not give direction to use foodbased foodware. They want people to bring their own reusables. They have a “Green Container” program which people buy and reuse.

I suggest we keep this as a second step.

Suggestions From Berkeley Ordinance Toolkit in working with the business community - https://ecologycenter.org/zerowaste/disposable-free-berkeley/ - There were four baseline agreements and understandings when creating the policy: 1. It is acceptable to food vendors; 2. It is feasible to pass, implement, and enforce; 3. It is built on the successes and learnings of previous anti-disposable legislation like our carryout bag reduction laws; and 4. It is comprehensive so it could be used as a model ordinance for other jurisdictions worldwide.

To make the transition easier for all parties, the final ordinance contained a three-phase approach that addresses making reusables more economical and accessible, as well as disincentivizing disposable foodware. And doing a cost savings analysis.

Look at Berkeley Other Resources for info on factsheets and reports.

And some other tabs.

Grass Valley/Nevada City
Fire Services
History of services
• 2018 Shared Administrative Services
• 2019 Grass Valley assigns one Firefighter
to assist staffing in Nevada City
• 2019 Grass Valley and Nevada City cost
share a Firefighter
• 2020 Grass Valley and Nevada City
formalize Fire Service Agreement
GOALS
• Eliminate duplication, build efficiencies, fiscal
prudence, future vision, and sustainability of the
fire agencies.
• Contain future cost for administration while
providing full time representation.
• Focus on the challenges and complexities of the
increasing roles and responsibilities expected of
todays modern, professional fire department in
service to our community
• Integrate Technology for response, reports, and
effective daily operations.

Before and After
• Before
• Limited Staffing
• Chief also Captain
• Inadequate Representation
• Duplication of Effort
• Liability
• Limited Prevention/Vegetation Management
• Limited Professional Development Opportunities
• Effectiveness impeded by turnover
• Limited Community Engagement
• After
• Full staffing
• Division Chief Full Time
• Enhanced Representation
• Reduced Duplication
• New programs
• Reduced Liability
• Implemented Veg. Mgnt Program
• Increased Fire Prevention
• Professional Development
• Improved Effectiveness
• Effective Community Engagement
• Battalion Chiefs
• Paramedics
Benefits of
Shared Services
• One agency one vision
• Long Term Sustainability
• Service Level Improvements
• Community Engagement
• Fire Station Improvements
• Fleet Mechanic
• Representation
Accomplishments
• Updated Technology Platforms for
ImageTrend Report System, Crew Sense
Staffing Program and others.
• Integrated and Improved Training
opportunities
• Professional Development
• Mutual Threat Zone Agreement with Cal
Fire
• Paramedics
• Paramedic Supervisor
• Shift Battalion Chiefs
• Professional Development
• New Programs and Opportunities
Paramedics Program implemented in
July 2023
Paramedics on fire engines when
available
Continued development of program
EMS Paramedic Supervisor to oversee
all EMS activity
Additional response Paramedic in the
Cities
• We have realized the opportunities for efficiencies
and effectiveness, they are in place, operating and
working.
• We have Improved Service Level to our
communities
• We continue to mutually support our allied
agencies
• Continue to be leader in Fire Services in County
• Improved retention of staff
Battalion Chiefs
• November of 2022 City promoted 2
Battalion Chiefs
• One Battalion Chief each shift
• Improved oversight of staff
• Community Engagement
• Incident Command
• Safety
Fire Station 5
• Installed Fiber Opticsfor more
Reliable service (Thanks Grass
Valley Police IT Services)
• Roof Replacement (PendingThanks Council)
• Generator Upgrade (PendingThanks Council)
• Replacement of Bay Doors
• Battalion Chief Quarters
Prevention & Vegetation
Management
Prevention and vegetation management are vital strategies that can reduce wildfire risks, safeguard lives and property, and maintain the area's natural beauty. Here's an overview of Nevada City's efforts:

Community Education and Outreach
Vegetation Management Planning:

Fuel Reduction Programs:

Enforcement of Regulations:

Collaboration with Fire Agencies:

Integrated Land Use Planning:

Community Engagement and Volunteerism:

Nevada County OES Operational
Area Coordinator
The Office of Emergency Services (OES)
Operational Area Coordinator plays a
crucial role in emergency management
within a designated geographical area.

Here are some of the key functions
typically associated with this role:

Coordination and Collaboration:

Resource Management:

Planning and Preparedness:

Communication and Information
Sharing:

Incident Management Support:
2023 Public Relations Events
• 2809 Students Reached
• Public Education
• Social Media
• CPR Courses
• Fire Extinguisher Trainer
• Joined the Nevada City Chamber of Commerce
2023 Incidents
• Total Calls – 5630
• Fires – 343
• EMS – 3,900
Next Step
Continue Services
• Build on our foundation
• Focus on community safety
• Innovate
• Lead
1 CITY OF NEVADA CITY

ACTION MINUTES
REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OF MARCH 13, 2024
NOTE: This meeting is available to view on the City’s website www.nevadacityca.gov – Go to Quick Links and Click on Agendas & Minutes and find the Archived Videos in the middle of the screen. Select the meeting date and Click on Video to watch the meeting. For website assistance, please contact Gabrielle Christakes, Deputy City Clerk at (530) 265-2496, ext 133. - City Council Meetings are available on DVD. To order, contact City Hall - cost is $15.00 per DVD. - Closed Session Meetings are not recorded.

REGULAR MEETING – 6:31 PM - Call to Order

NISENAN TRIBE RECOGNITION
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE:

Roll Call: Present: Mayor Fernàndez, Vice Mayor Petersen, Ceci, Kline

Absent: Councilmember Fleming
ADOPTION OF THE AGENDA:

Action: Motion by Petersen seconded by Ceci to adopt the Agenda for the March 13, 2024, Meeting (Approved 4-0) Fernàndez, Petersen, Kline, Ceci
PUBLIC COMMENT (Per Government Code Section 54954.3)
Please refer to the meeting video on the City’s website at www.nevadacityca.gov.

CONSENT ITEMS:

1. Action Minutes February 28, 2023, Regular Meeting
Recommended Action: Review and approve the minutes

2. Accounts Payable Activity Report – February 2024
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report

3. Police Activity Report February 2024
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report

4. Building Activity Report February 2024
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report

5. Consideration of the Special Event Street Closure Request for the Alma Productions Poker Run Car Luncheon
Recommended Action: Review, approve, and authorize the special event street closure requests per the submitted application
2 Action: Motion by Ceci seconded by Kline to approve consent Items 1-5 (Approved 4-0) Fernàndez, Petersen, Kline, Ceci

PUBLIC HEARING

6. Conduct a Public Hearing on the City’s Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Proposed Mid-Year Budget by:

Consideration of Resolution No. 2024-05: A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Nevada City Adopting Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Mid-Year Budget
Recommended Action: Conduct the public hearing and adopt the resolution

BUSINESS

7. Consideration of a Facility Use Application for the Bandshell and Portions of Pioneer Park by the Miner’s Foundry, Including an Extended Hours Request, for the Jerry Bash Concert on August 3, 2024
Recommended Action: Approve the application and extended hours request Action: Motion by Ceci seconded by Kline to approve the application and extended hours request (Approved 4-0) Fernàndez, Petersen, Kline, Ceci

8. Consideration of the 2024 Annual Military Equipment Use Report and Annual Review of the City of Nevada City Military Equipment Policy as Adopted in Ordinance No. 2022-05 and Nevada City Police Department Policy 705 as Required Under California Assembly Bill 481 Recommended Action: Receive a presentation then review the report and approve the continued use of the equipment without change
Action: Motion by Ceci seconded by Kline to approve the continued use of the equipment without change
(Approved 4-0) Fernàndez, Petersen, Kline, Ceci

9. Consideration of the Selection of Seating and Planter Elements to be Installed on the Commercial Street Reconstruction Project
Recommended Action: Receive a presentation and provide direction on softscape elements to be procured and installed for the project
Action: Direction to staff

10. Consideration of the Appointment of Jonas Arellanes to the Vacant Youth Public Arts Commissioner Position
Recommended Action: Appoint the youth commissioner
CITY MANAGER AND COUNCILMEMBER REPORTS: Verbal report provided ADJOURNMENT: 9:33 PM
AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:
3 ABSENT:
____________________________
Daniela Fernàndez, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________
Niel Locke, City Clerk

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
MEETING OF: March 27, 2024 Agenda Item No. 02
Subject: Fire Activity Report – February 2024
From: Sam Goodspeed, Division Chief
Date: March 20, 2024
Reviewed & Approved: STG
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report.

ISSUE STATEMENT AND DISCUSSION:

The attached Fire Activity Report reviews the Monthly Responses for Nevada City Fire Station 5.

FINANCIAL AND/OR POLICY IMPLICATIONS:

Not applicable.

STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT:

This action is consistent with the embedded strategic initiative of Engagement: Community engagement and communications with stakeholders.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:

Not applicable.

LEGAL REVIEW:

City Attorney Pucci has reviewed this item and finds that the recommended action complies with the law.

ATTACHMENTS:
 Outside Unit Responses to Nevada City
 Station 5 Incident Type Summary Report
 Station 5 Response by District
 City of Nevada City Incident Type Report
Basic Incident Date Time:

Basic Incident Zone/District Number (Fd1.32):

Apparatus Resource Id (Fd18.1):

Elite grsnev Outside Unit Responses to Nevada City
Total Responses Total Call Time in Minutes Average Time Spent on Call Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Batt 8
4 157 39
Total: 4 Total: 157
Avg: 39.25
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 43
1 20 20
Total: 1 Total: 20
Avg: 20.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 526
1 43 43
Total: 1 Total: 43
Avg: 43.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 84
14 454 32
Total: 14 Total: 454
Avg: 32.43
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 86
1 171 171
Total: 1 Total: 171
Avg: 171.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 88
1 3 3
Total: 1 Total: 3
Avg: 3.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine 89
1 3 3
Total: 1 Total: 3
Avg: 3.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Engine2362
2 98 49
Total: 2 Total: 98
Avg: 49.00
Apparatus Resource ID (FD18.1): Rescue 84
26 502 19
Total: 26 Total: 502
Avg: 19.31
Total: 51 Total: 1,451
Avg: 42.22
Report Criteria
Is Equal To Last Month
Is In 5 - Nevada City Stn 5, 5 - Station 5 - City, Nevada City Stn 5 Is Not In Batt 1, Batt 2, Batt 3, Brush 5, CPT11, Chief 1, Engine 1, Engine 2, Engine 201, Engine 202, Engine 205, Engine 5, OESE4104, OESE4609, P 2, P 3, P1, Squad 2, Truck 2, Utility 1, Utility 2, Utility 5, Utility 54 1 of 1 Printed On: 03/14/2024 08:09:04 AM
Elite grsnev Station 5 Incident Type Report (Summary)
Basic Incident Type Code And
Description (FD1.21)
Total
Incidents
Total Incidents Percent of
Incidents
Total
Property
Loss
Total Content
Loss
Total Loss Total Loss Percent
of Total
Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 1 - Fire
111 - Building fire 3 2.54% 400,000.00 50,000.00 450,000.00 100.00% 118 - Trash or rubbish fire, contained 2 1.69% 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00% Total: 5 Total: 4.24% Total:
400,000.00
Total:
50,000.00
Total:
450,000.00
Total: 100.00%
Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 2 - Overpressure Rupture, Explosion, Overheat (No Fire) 251 - Excessive heat, scorch burns with
no ignition
1 0.85%
Total: 1 Total: 0.85% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 3 - Rescue & Emergency Medical Service Incident 311 - Medical assist, assist EMS crew 1 0.85%
321 - EMS call, excluding vehicle
accident with injury
53 44.92%
322 - Motor vehicle accident with injuries 2 1.69%
324 - Motor vehicle accident with no
injuries.
2 1.69%
Total: 58 Total: 49.15% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 4 - Hazardous Condition (No Fire) 412 - Gas leak (natural gas or LPG) 1 0.85%
440 - Electrical wiring/equipment
problem, other
1 0.85%
444 - Power line down 5 4.24%
Total: 7 Total: 5.93% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 5 - Service Call
511 - Lock-out 1 0.85%
521 - Water evacuation 1 0.85%
531 - Smoke or odor removal 1 0.85%
552 - Police matter 1 0.85%
553 - Public service 3 2.54%
554 - Assist invalid 5 4.24%
Total: 12 Total: 10.17% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 6 - Good Intent Call
611 - Dispatched and cancelled en route 12 10.17%
622 - No incident found on arrival at
dispatch address
4 3.39%
651 - Smoke scare, odor of smoke 2 1.69%
Total: 18 Total: 15.25% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 7 - False Alarm & False Call 733 - Smoke detector activation due to
malfunction
1 0.85%
735 - Alarm system sounded due to
malfunction
1 0.85%
736 - CO detector activation due to
malfunction
1 0.85%
742 - Extinguishing system activation 2 1.69%
743 - Smoke detector activation, no fire -
unintentional
4 3.39%
745 - Alarm system activation, no fire -
unintentional
6 5.08%
Total: 15 Total: 12.71% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 9 - Special Incident Type 911 - Citizen complaint 2 1.69%
Total: 2 Total: 1.69% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Total: 118 Total: 100.00% Total:
400,000.00
Total:
50,000.00
Total:
450,000.00
Total: 100.00%
Report Criteria
1 of 2 Printed On: 03/14/2024 08:02:50 AM
Basic Incident Type (Fd1.21):

Apparatus Resource Id (Fd18.1):

Basic Incident Date - Derived (Fd1.3):

Agency Name:

Is Not Blank
Is In Brush 5, Chief 5400, Engine 5, Utility 5
Is Equal To Last Month
Is Equal To Grass Valley Fire Department
2 of 2 Printed On: 03/14/2024 08:02:50 AM
Apparatus Resource Id (Fd18.1):

Basic Incident Date - Derived (Fd1.3):

Elite grsnev Station 5 Response by District
Basic Incident Zone/District Number (FD1.32) Number of Incidents 7 1 - Station 1 - City 8
2 - Station 2 - City 27
5 - Station 5 - City 57
NCC 54 6
NCC 84 8
NCC 86 2
NCC 87 4
NCC 88 1
Ophir Hill 5
Report Criteria
Is In Brush 5, Chief 5400, Engine 5, Utility 5
Is Equal To Last Month
1 of 1 Printed On: 03/14/2024 08:02:53 AM
Basic Incident Zone/District Number (Fd1.32):

Basic Incident Postal Code (Fd1.19):

Basic Incident Date - Derived (Fd1.3):

Agency Name:

Elite grsnev City of Nevada City Incident Type Report (Summary) Basic Incident Type Code And
Description (FD1.21)
Total
Incidents
Total Incidents Percent of
Incidents
Total
Property
Loss
Total Content
Loss
Total Loss Total Loss Percent
of Total
Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 1 - Fire
111 - Building fire 1 1.59% 400,000.00 50,000.00 450,000.00 100.00% 118 - Trash or rubbish fire, contained 1 1.59%
Total: 2 Total: 3.17% Total:
400,000.00
Total:
50,000.00
Total:
450,000.00
Total: 100.00%
Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 3 - Rescue & Emergency Medical Service Incident 321 - EMS call, excluding vehicle
accident with injury
39 61.90%
322 - Motor vehicle accident with injuries 1 1.59%
324 - Motor vehicle accident with no
injuries.
1 1.59%
Total: 41 Total: 65.08% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 4 - Hazardous Condition (No Fire) 412 - Gas leak (natural gas or LPG) 2 3.17%
440 - Electrical wiring/equipment
problem, other
1 1.59%
444 - Power line down 1 1.59%
Total: 4 Total: 6.35% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 5 - Service Call
521 - Water evacuation 1 1.59%
552 - Police matter 1 1.59%
553 - Public service 2 3.17%
554 - Assist invalid 1 1.59%
Total: 5 Total: 7.94% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 6 - Good Intent Call
611 - Dispatched and cancelled en route 2 3.17%
622 - No incident found on arrival at
dispatch address
1 1.59%
661 - EMS call, party transported by
non-fire agency
1 1.59%
Total: 4 Total: 6.35% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Incident Type Category (FD1.21): 7 - False Alarm & False Call 733 - Smoke detector activation due to
malfunction
1 1.59%
736 - CO detector activation due to
malfunction
1 1.59%
743 - Smoke detector activation, no fire -
unintentional
2 3.17%
745 - Alarm system activation, no fire -
unintentional
2 3.17%
746 - Carbon monoxide detector
activation, no CO
1 1.59%
Total: 7 Total: 11.11% Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00 Total: 0.00% Total: 63 Total: 100.00% Total:
400,000.00
Total:
50,000.00
Total:
450,000.00
Total: 100.00%
Report Criteria
Is In 5 - Station 5 - City, Nevada City Stn 5
Is Equal To 95959
Is Equal To Last Month
Is Equal To Grass Valley Fire Department
1 of 1 Printed On: 03/14/2024 08:02:38 AM

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
MEETING OF: March 27, 2024 Agenda Item No. 03
Subject: Consideration of 1) Office of Emergency Services Report / Wildfire Prevention and Mitigation Activities Report – February 2024; and 2) Resolution 2024-08: A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Nevada City, California, Authorizing the Acceptance of Funding Related to the
California Governor’s Office of Planning and Research,
California Volunteer, Local Government: Connecting
Neighbors to Neighbors Grant Agreement Number CV2311402 From: Evan McLenithan, Community Risk Reduction
Date: March 18, 2024
Reviewed & Approved: STG
Recommended Action: Receive and file the report and adopt the resolution.

ISSUE STATEMENT AND DISCUSSION:

This monthly report will provide updates on the broad scope of activities assigned to the City’s OES.

Fire Safety Advisory Committee
The Risk Reduction Officer serves as the liaison to the committee which has historically met on the third Thursday of each month at 6PM. Agenda items taken up by the committee at their March 18th will include:
• Reviewing and refining the past parcel inspections practices with a strong emphasis on education moving forward.
o Including the Volunteer Position approved by the council. o Exploring software outreach opportunities
• Receiving update on the CWPP process
• Reviewing and discussing the Neighbors-to-Neighbors Grant Education and Outreach
• Coordinating with SAEL to discuss future sliver community service and art installation. • Met with 5+ homeowners to discuss defensible space priorities. • Met with representatives from the Fire Safe Council
o Continual collaboration on Fire Education Software
• Met with representatives from Nevada County Consolidated and Grass Valley Fire to go over vegetation management software.
• Assisted in Organizing a scotch broom pull with the Cement Hill Firewise group. • Assisted Nevada County OES with a collaboration event and grant collaboration. • Assisted in disseminating information to local businesses about Nevada St. Bridge project and CWPP Mitigation Activities
The Risk Reduction Officer has coordinated mitigation activities with the Public Works Superintendent and grant funded Fuels Equipment Operator.

Mitigation Activities in Planning
Three Slivers Pilot Program: Fuels Treatment Plan for Vegetation and Defensible Space Management.

Mitigation Activities Completed (see attachment for details) • Fuel clearing/Maintenace on the Monroe Sliver (weed eating) • Fuel clearing at Little Deer Creek in Pioneer Park and near the Stonehouse. • Fuel clearing on Spring St. and Drummond
• Fuel clearing on West Broad along the drainage ditch. • Fuel clearing at the old Burn Dump
• Began home hardening/defensible space on City owned Parcels (Library) Updates on Current Projects
The Deer Creek Hazardous Fuels Project is currently underway being worked on with the goal of completion by the end of March. The project is working under a planning grant from the Sierra Nevada Conservancy (SNC) which funds the creation of a fuel’s treatment plan and completion of the required environmental planning. In addition to support for the Registered Professional Forester under contract for the work, social media and community outreach continues the project. Once complete, staff will seek future grant applications to fund the implementation and completion of the required work.

Grant Seeking
• In coordination with the City’s contracted grant writing service, OES has evaluated multiple fire related grants opportunities including:
o CAL FIRE Wildfire Prevention Grant
 Wildfire Risk Reduction Community
o State Fire Capacity Grant Program
o Land Water Conservation Fund grant opportunities.
o Urban Forestry Grants
Resolution for Neighbors-to-Neighbors Grant
On March 8th, 2024, the City of Nevada City entered an agreement (attached) with California Volunteers, through the Governs department of Research and Development, for $250,000 in grant funds. The intent of the grant is to implement neighborhood programs that are centered around disaster preparedness. The city is situated in one of the highest fire risk areas of the country, while at the same time having one of the oldest populations in the country -- meaning many of our resident’s experience mobility impairments and will be in a life-threatening situation in the event of a fire. The city will work with multiple partners including Nevada County, Firewise neighborhood councils and local nonprofits such as Sierra Roots to organize approximately 28 training/volunteer/community engagements events over the course of 22 months. These activities will build resilient bonds between neighbors and help them protect each other in the event of an emergency. The city will work with California Volunteers to collect data, document activities, and share results. The attached Resolution 2024-08 accepts the grant funds and designates the City Manager as the Grants Administrator.

FINANCIAL AND/OR POLICY IMPLICATIONS:

The City will receive $250,000 from the Governs office of Research and Planning in grant funds that will help plan and implement these activities.

STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT:

This action is consistent with the embedded strategic initiative of Engagement: Community engagement and communications with stakeholders. This action is aligned with the Strategic Initiative of Fire: Wildfire and Structural Fire Prevention, Mitigation, and Education.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:

Not applicable.

LEGAL REVIEW:

City Attorney Pucci has reviewed this item and finds that the recommended action complies with the law.

ATTACHMENTS:
 Presentation of Work Completed by the Fuels Mitigation Equipment Operator  Resolution 2024-08
 Neighbor to Neighbor Agreement
Fuels Work Update
March 27, 2024
Monroe Before:

Monroe After/Maintenance
West Broad
Roadside
clearing &
Ditch
Clearing
Before
West Broad
Roadside
clearing &
Ditch
Clearing
After
Spring St. Southern Side
Before
After
Spring St. Northern Side
Before After
RESOLUTION NO. 2024-08

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEVADA CITY,

CALIFORNIA, AUTHORIZING THE ACCEPTANCE OF FUNDING RELATED TO THE CALIFORNIA GOVERNOR’S OFFICE OF PLANNING AND RESEARCH, CALIFORNIA VOLUNTEERS, LOCAL GOVERNMENT: CONNECTING
NEIGHBORS TO NEIGHBORS GRANT AGREEMENT NUMBER CV2311402 WHEREAS, the California Governor’s Office of Planning and Research released a Local Government: Connecting Neighbors to Neighbors grant (grant) opportunity in 2024; and WHEREAS, the City of Nevada City submitted an application for the grant opportunity to provide a neighborhood focused wildfire preparedness programs; and WHEREAS, the City of Nevada City was awarded the grant and the City Manager executed agreement number CV2311402 for the grant; and
WHEREAS, the City of Nevada City intends to accept the grant funds and execute of the program specified in the agreement; and
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of Nevada City accepts the grant funds and the conditions of the agreement as executed including designation of the City Manager as the Grants Administrator.

PASSED AND ADOPTED at the regularly scheduled meeting of the Nevada City, City Council held on the 27th day of March 2024 by the following vote:

I hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of the resolution adopted by the City Council of the City of Nevada City in a meeting thereof held on March 27, 2024, by the following:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:
_____
Daniela Fernández, Mayor
ATTEST:

Niel Locke, City Clerk

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
MEETING OF: March 27, 2024 Agenda Item No. 04
Subject: Consideration of the Issuance of a Purchase Order to Dudek in the Amount of $44,180 for Community Engagement and Document Development for a Nevada City Community
Wildfire Protection Plan and Authorize the City Manager to Execute a Contract and Any Related Documents.

From: Evan McLenithan, Community Risk Reduction
Date: March 18, 2024
Reviewed & Approved: STG
Recommended Action: Approve the purchase order and authorize the City Manager to execute a contract and any related documents.

ISSUE STATEMENT AND DISCUSSION:

In November of 2022 the City adopted its 2022-2027 strategic plan. One of the strategic initiatives under the plan is Fire: Wildfire and structural fire prevention, mitigation, and education. Goal #6 of the Fire strategic initiative is to, “Pursue the development of a Countywide Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP)…” The Nevada City Fire Safety Advisory Committee has created, and the City Council has adopted the Nevada City Wildfire Prevention and Mitigation Plan. The creation of a CWPP is aligned with a number of actions within the plan including the Public Safety / Evacuation actions 1 and 2.

The County of Nevada initiated a countywide CWPP in 2023. The process included input from the City and will include the City’s geography, but it will not include Nevada City specific hazard and risk assessments, nor City Council adopted priorities and projects. The County, through the gracious efforts of the Nevada County Office of Emergency Services, has provided a detail hazard assessment for Nevada City specifically. The County’s consultant firm, Dudek, was approached to work with City staff to create the risk assessment for and complete a Nevada City CWPP. Coordinated with Dudek’s efforts and the County’s previous successes, City will have staff conduct further outreach at local events and meetings that would inform the process and prepare the community for participation in the Dudek led workshops. Outreach will also be supplemented with pop up events at existing city and local events. The intent of the outreach events is to meet the community where they are and reach multiple groups of people that may not otherwise engage in the process. This combined process will address the stated goals at a significantly reduced cost due to the efforts of the County and alignment with work already performed by Dudek. The finalized CWPP document will allow the City to prioritize fire prevention and mitigation activities, as well as allow the City to become eligible for a greater array of grant opportunities.

The Fire Safety Advisory Committee has been assisting in the process including drafting the risk assessment survey, organizing dates for the workshops, and providing continual input throughout the process. The committee will be the point of public contact for the CWPP process including the host of the required community meetings.

This action authorizes a purchase order with Dudek for the process leading to the Nevada City specific CWPP and authorizes the City Manager to execute the contract with Dudek and any related documents.

FINANCIAL AND/OR POLICY IMPLICATIONS:

The $44,180 will be funded from monies appropriated with the 2023-2024 mid-year budget action which specifically assigned American Rescue Act Plan (ARPA) funds for this purpose under the City Council approved Nevada City Wildfire Prevention and Mitigation Program Accelerator Funding Plan.

STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT:

This action is consistent with the strategic initiative of Fire: Wildfire and structural fire prevention, mitigation, and education. Specifically, this item addresses Fire Goal #6: Pursue the development of a Countywide Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP) with a Nevada City specific annex. This action is consistent with the Nevada City Wildfire Prevention and Mitigation Plan ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:

Not applicable.

LEGAL REVIEW:

City Attorney Pucci has reviewed this item and finds that the recommended action complies with the law.

ATTACHMENTS:

Dudek Proposal for a CWPP
Outreach Flyer for CWPP survey
Sean Grayson, City Manager March 14, 2024
City of Nevada City
317 Broad Street
Nevada City, CA 95959
Subject: Proposal to prepare a Community Wildfire Protection Plan for the City of Nevada City Dear Mr. Grayson,
Dudek is pleased to submit this proposal to provide community wildfire protection planning services for the City of Nevada City (City). It is our understanding that the City seeks to develop a Community Wildfire Protection Plan (CWPP) for the City that would gather community and stakeholder input, prioritize potential wildfire risk reduction treatments (based on wildfire risk assessment completed by County OES), and prepare a CWPP document for the City. Our proposed scope of work follows.

Task 1 Project Initiation
Task 1.1 Kickoff Meeting
We anticipate a kickoff meeting to coincide with our initial data gathering effort. The kickoff meeting will enable Nevada City and Dudek to establish lines of communications, discuss milestones/critical paths, and begin the CWPP process. We anticipate the kickoff meeting to be held virtually.

Task 1.2 Review Existing Information
This task will include collecting, processing, and managing all relevant datasets to inform the community engagement approach and CWPP development. We expect to review and/or process the following background information:
▪ Relevant fire history datasets
▪ Local fire planning documents
▪ Relevant local planning documents (e.g., Nevada City General Plan, Hazard Mitigation Element, etc.) ▪ City and County digital map database
▪ Community information and data
▪ Available fire hazard mapping data and other pertinent GIS files ▪ Current literature regarding fuel reduction treatments and community protection ▪ Hazard and Risk assessment results (prepared by County OES) ▪ Any additional relevant documents identified by the City during the kickoff meeting TO: SEAN GRAYSON
SUBJECT: PROPOSAL TO PREPARE A COMMUNITY WILDFIRE PROTECTION PLAN FOR THE CITY OF NEVADA CITY 2 Data review will also include identification of data gaps, which will be discussed with the City. Dudek assumes that all relevant datasets, planning documents, and background information will be provided by the City, or otherwise be publicly available.

Task 2 Community Outreach
Dudek assumes that the City will be taking the lead and completing many of the community outreach tasks associated with CWPP development. Therefore, our proposed tasks are focused on the items included below:
• Public Survey Data Analysis: Dudek understands that the City has already created and launched a community survey for the CWPP. This task will involve analyzing data collected form the survey and generating summaries to inform CWPP development. We will need the survey data from the City once it is available.
• Community Workshop: Dudek will attend and present the Draft CWPP at one workshop to be planned and hosted by the City. We will prepare a PowerPoint presentation summarizing the Draft CWPP document to solicit feedback for edits to be incorporated into the final CWPP.

Task 3: Prepare the CWPP
Task 3.1: Draft CWPP
Following data acquisition, map development, community risk assessment, and initial stakeholder outreach, Dudek will prepare a Draft CWPP. The Draft CWPP will reflect current conditions and priorities and will use the results of the hazard and risk analysis as a basis for project identification and prioritization. The following components will be included in the Draft CWPP:
▪ City Overview (values at risk, land use, fire protection capabilities) ▪ Wildfire Environment (vegetation/fuels, weather/climate, fire history, topography, potential fire behavior) ▪ Communities and Resources at Risk (wildland–urban interface, assets, infrastructure, sensitive resource areas) ▪ Wildfire Hazard and Risk Analysis (Final Hazard Assessment Report prepared by Nevada County OES) ▪ Action Plan (community preparedness, public education, asset protection, fuels management, evacuation)
▪ Maintenance and Monitoring of CWPP Document
▪ Recommendations (to reduce wildfire risk)
▪ Base Maps
The Draft CWPP will be prepared in coordination with the CWPP Working Group. This task includes delivery of a digital Draft CWPP document (e.g., Microsoft Word file) to facilitate review and comment. Dudek assumes that the CWPP Stakeholder Working Group will provide one set of consolidated comments following review of the Draft CWPP.

TO: SEAN GRAYSON
SUBJECT: PROPOSAL TO PREPARE A COMMUNITY WILDFIRE PROTECTION PLAN FOR THE CITY OF NEVADA CITY 3 Task 3.2: Final CWPP
This task includes completing a Final CWPP document following review and comment by the CWPP Working Group. This task includes delivery of a digital Final CWPP document in PDF format, inclusive of all maps. The deliverable for this task includes one complete press-ready PDF that includes all maps and graphics. This task also includes attendance at a City Council meeting to present the Final CWPP for approval. We also assume that the City will facilitate gaining CAL FIRE signatures for the Final CWPP.

Task 4: Project Management
This task includes necessary activities to manage the project, including correspondence, invoicing, oversight, and quality assurance/quality control tasks to be conducted by Dudek’s project manager and/or designee over the project period. As requested, Dudek will provide necessary documentation to the City to support invoicing.

Dudek will also meet with City staff as needed to provide updates on the project status and address any items needing clarification. We anticipate up to 4 meetings and that each will be no longer than 1 hour in length and will be held via Zoom.

Estimated Fees
Dudek’s fee estimate for the project is $44,180.00 (as outlined in the attached budget spreadsheet). The project will be billed on a Time and Materials basis according to our 2024 rate schedule. The fee provided in this proposal represents an estimate of the anticipated level of effort required to complete the tasks described herein. Should the actual effort to complete the proposed tasks be greater than anticipated and include out of scope requests, additional fee authorizations will be requested. No work in excess of the proposed fee or outside of the proposed scope of work will be performed without written authorization from the City.

Note:
▪ All prices are valid 60 days from date of this submittal. ▪ Meetings are subject to a two-hour minimum charge, including travel time. ▪ Invoices will be submitted monthly and are due and payable within 30 days.

If you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at (530) 863- 4650 or [email protected]. If you would like to authorize this work, you may provide written authorization pertaining to this proposal and a formal contract will be set up. I appreciate the opportunity to submit this proposal and look forward to working with you on this project.

Sincerely,
____________________________________
Scott Eckardt, RPF
Forester/Fire Protection Planner
Attachment A. Budget Spreadsheet
Dudek Labor Hours and Rates
Project Team Role: Analyst III
Senior
Specialist IV Analyst IV
Technical
Editor lll
TOTAL
DUDEK
HOURS
DUDEK

LABOR COSTS
OTHER
DIRECT

COSTS TOTAL FEE
Team Member: Alison Sells Scott Eckardt
Matthew
Crockett
Technical
Editor lll
Billable Rate: $125.00 $245.00 $135.00 $150.00
Task 1 Project Initiation

1.1 Kick off Meeting 2 2 4 $760.00 $760.00

1.2 Review Existing Information 4 2 12 18 $2,610.00 $2,610.00 Subtotal Task 1 4 4 14 22 $3,370.00 $3,370.00
Task 2 Community Outreach

2.1 Public Survey Data Analysis 12 12 $1,500.00 $1,500.00

2.2 Community Workshop 8 4 12 $2,500.00 $80.40 $2,580.40 Subtotal Task 2 12 8 4 24 $4,000.00 $80.40 $4,080.40
Task 3 CWPP

3.1 Draft CWPP 30 20 80 10 140 $20,950.00 $20,950.00

3.2 Final CWPP 10 20 30 4 64 $10,800.00 $80.40 $10,880.40 Subtotal Task 3 40 40 110 14 204 $31,750.00 $80.40 $31,830.40 Task 4 Project Management 20 20 $4,900.00 $4,900.00
Total Hours 56 72 128 14 270
Total $7,000.00 $17,640.00 $17,280.00 $2,100.00 $44,020.00 $160.80 $44,180.80 Percent of Hours (Base) 21% 27% 47% 5%

We want to hear from you! The CWPP will support our community in taking action to protect the things we value from wild fire and will become the roadmap for prioritizing wildfire risk reduction activities throughout the City. Nevada City’s CWPP will be an annex into the County Wide CWPP, and will be a stand alone document.

Paper copies will be available in City Hall
A CWPP i s a document created through collaboration to pinpoint local s trategies for managing wildland fires . Thi s plan highlight s and ranks locations for hazardous fuel s reduction treatment s , cover s community readines s , and sugges t s s teps for homeowner s and communities to decrease the ri sk of s tructure ignition.

Es sentially, it enables us to prioriti ze key areas and as set s while safeguarding what we cheri sh mos t in our community.

The City of Nevada
City's Community
Wildfire Protection
Plan Survey

WE NEED YOUR HELP TO MAKE NEVADA
CITY SAFER FROM WILDIFRE!

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
MEETING OF: March 27, 2024 Agenda Item No. 05
Subject: Consideration of the Issuance of a Purchase Order to Telestar Instruments in the Amount of $45,000 for the
Wastewater Treatment Plant SCADA control integration; and Authorize the City Manager to Execute any Contracts or
Related Documents.

From: Bryan McAlister, City Engineer
Date: March 21, 2024
Reviewed & Approved:

City Manager: STG
City Attorney:

Recommended Action: Authorize the issuance of a purchase order and authorize the City Manager to execute related documents.

ISSUE STATEMENT AND DISCUSSION:

The City of Nevada City owns and operates the Wastewater Treatment Plant, a wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal system, which provides sewerage service to the city. Treated municipal wastewater is discharged to Deer Creek, a water of the United States and tributary to the Yuba River. The State Regional Water Quality Control Board regulates discharges from the Treatment Plant, in accordance with Board adopted Waste Discharge Requirements
In accordance with permit discharge requirements, the City measures, monitors and reports water quality for various constituents including Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended Solids, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coliform, and DCBM. Any exceedances to the thresholds set by the permit are measured by the City and reported to the State. The Central Valley Water Board staff issued the City a Record of Violations (ROV) for effluent limitation violations which occurred from 1 July 2021 and 30 September 2023 and is allowing the City to implement compliance project in lieu of fines or penalties.

City staff coordinated with the Water Board to identify compliance projects to improve pH control and adjustment for Total Coliform. Total Coliform requires a balanced treatment system with chlorination, dechlorination and removal of organic material which can be difficult to achieve at various seasons due to changing conditions and high intensity rain events. Several of the projects require hardware and software integration into the City’s SCADA (supervisory control and data acquisition) control system which provides real time gathering of data in order to control equipment and conditions. The SCADA control system that the City uses is programmed and maintained by Telstar Instruments, a vendor that specializes in instrumentation services, calibration and automation.

Telstar Instruments services related to the compliance projects include

1. Program a Magnesium Hydroxide delivery pump for alkalinity adjustment for biological nutrient removal (nitrification) and integrate into the SCADA program

2. Connect sand filter effluent pH sensor to SCADA program for continuous monitoring prior to the application of disinfectant.

3. Provide controls for a sodium bisulfate delivery system for effluent pH control. Pump control will be integrated into the SCADA program paced off effluent pH signal. This provides depression of the effluent pH by the addition of Chlorine and Sodium Bisulfite.

4. Calibration and maintenance of the SCADA control system for the added components The professional services being provided by Telstar Instruments will allow the City to improve the quality of the effluent (treated wastewater) and be in compliance with waste discharge permit requirements.

FINANCIAL AND/OR POLICY IMPLICATIONS:

The project will be funded as authorized fiscal year 2023/2024 sewer fund appropriations.

STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT:

The project is aligned with the strategic initiatives of INFRASTRUCTURE: Parking, Roads, Right-of-Way, and other public and contracted infrastructure and WATER: Maintenance of cost efficient, reliable, resilient, and sustainable drinking and irrigation water sources and wastewater treatment capabilities. This action is also consistent with the embedded strategic initiative of Engagement: Community engagement and communications with stakeholders.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:

None.

LEGAL REVIEW:

City Attorney Pucci has reviewed this item and finds that the recommended action complies with the law.

ATTACHMENTS:

None.

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
MEETING OF: March 27, 2024 Agenda Item No. 06
Subject: Consideration of the Rejection of all Bids for the Public Works Storage Building Project and Authorizing a New Request for Proposal (RFP) Process to Solicit New Bids for the Amended Project.

From: Bryan McAlister, City Engineer
Date: March 20, 2024
Reviewed & Approved:

City Manager: STG
City Attorney:

Recommended Action: Reject all bids for Public Works Storage Building and direct staff to readvertise and solicit new bids for the project.

ISSUE STATEMENT AND DISCUSSION:

A winter storm on December 28th thru 30th, 2021 with record snow knocked out power, shut down major roads and freeways, and caused debris, among other hazards. During the storm the Public Works Storage Building collapsed from the weight of snow. City staff worked the City’s property insurance carrier (PRISM / CIRA: Policy 005186235) to process a claim for replacement of the damaged structure. Plans and Specifications for the new building were prepared by Siteline Architecture.

Plans and Bid Documents were issued for bid advertisement on November 8, 2023, and bids were opened publicly on December 21, 2023.

Bids were received, as follows:

Base Bid Amount Alternates
Creekside Commercial Builders $ 1,596,005 $ 173,324
Bobo Construction $ 1,571,000 $ 256,500
Ginno Construction $ 1,382,977 $ 209,622
Hilbers, Inc $ 1,587,431 $ 299,695
MK & Sons $ 1,456,691 $ 142,355
Kevin Mack Construction $ 1,183,000 $ 224,000
After reviewing the bids with the City’s property insurance carrier, it was determined that more information is needed to substantiate the claim amount for code required upgrades. The bid amounts are much higher than Lexington Insurance Company and CIRA’s preliminary estimate of $321,827.90 for Partial Proof of Loss for Like-Kind Repair. A significant portion of the cost to replace the structure is due to building code requirements. More time is needed to review costs of code required upgrades; therefore, staff recommends that all bids be rejected, and that the City re-advertise and solicit new bids for the project aligned with the changes needed to satisfy insurance requirements. Pursuant to California Public Works Contracts Code section 20166, a public entity retains the discretion to reject all bids received on a given project.

FINANCIAL AND/OR POLICY IMPLICATIONS:

A claim for the building loss is being processed with Lexington Insurance Company through CIRA the City’s insurance policy provider, a preliminary amount of $321,827.90 minus the $10,000 deductible was received by the City in April 2023 based on an estimate for Partial Proof of Loss for Like-Kind Repair.

There are additional costs to replace the building to current building code requirements which will be added to the claim amount as determined by the insurance provider. Any betterments being proposed to improve the use of the building for security or additional storage will require budgetary approval by City Council as part of the City’s FY24/25 budget.

STRATEGIC PLAN ALIGNMENT:

The project is aligned with the strategic initiative of INFRASTRUCTURE: Parking, Roads, Right-ofWay, and other public and contracted infrastructure. This action is also consistent with the embedded strategic initiative of Engagement: Community engagement and communications with stakeholders.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS:

None.

LEGAL REVIEW:

City Attorney Pucci has reviewed this item and finds that the recommended action complies with the law.

ATTACHMENTS:
 Bid Documents for Public Works Storage Building
 Bid Results for Public Works Storage Building
1 Public Works
Storage Building
City of Nevada City, 95959
Nevada County, California
Bryan K. McAlister
PE C58570
PLS 9199
2 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR'S
Public Works Storage Building
Sealed proposals for Public Works Storage Building will be received by the City at City Hall, 317 Broad Street, Nevada City, California, 95959, until 3:00 PM on Thursday December 21, 2023, at which time, or as soon thereafter as practicable, all such proposals will be publicly opened and read at City Hall, 317 Broad Street, Nevada City, California.

Bids shall be enclosed and sealed in an envelope addressed to the City of Nevada City at the above stated address and shall be marked "Public Works Storage Building” No Bid Bonds are required.

The work includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, and equipment required for the job in accordance with the plans, specifications and other contract documents as set forth by the City Engineer. Such bid documents will be on file with the City staff and are available for inspection during office hours. Bid documents may be obtained at the office of said City Hall at 317 Broad Street, Nevada City, California.

There is a non-mandatory pre-bid meeting at 1pm on November 30, 2023 at the project site. ************************************************************************* The City reserves the right to reject all bids; or to accept any portion of bid schedule; to reject any bid which is incomplete or irregular; to determine which proposal is, in its judgment, the lowest responsible bid of a responsible bidder and to waive any informality or minor irregularity of any bid.

DATED: November 8, 2023 CITY OF NEVADA CITY

Bryan McAlister, PE, PLS
City Engineer
Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will only be made by Addendum duly issued, and a copy of such Addendum will be made available for each contractor receiving a set of the Contract Documents. Any request for clarification shall be submitted in writing, via email, to Bryan McAlister [email protected] not less than seventy-two (72) hours prior to bid opening.
3 PROPOSAL/CONTRACT
Public Works Storage Building, Nevada City, CA
TO: City of Nevada City, City Hall, Nevada City, California.

The undersigned, as a bidder, submits the following proposal for the Public Works Storage Building project in the City of Nevada City, California, and offers to perform all work and furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, power and water as required for the completion of said project, in accordance with the plans, specifications and all other contract documents. The bidder has inspected the project site and has examined all conditions affecting the proposed work. The bidder is licensed with Contractors State License Board and is registered as a public works contractor with the Department of Industrial Relations as required to bid on this contract.

If this bid is accepted, the bidder agrees to execute the Agreement, and furnish to the City all documents and evidences of insurance, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the award of contract, and complete the project within one hundred and twenty (120) working days after receiving written notice to proceed. No bid bond is required for this project.

Attached to this bid and made a part hereof is a list of proposed subcontractors, setting forth all information required by Section 4104 of the Government Code.

The undersigned is (state whether individual, partnership or corporation) .

DATED:

FIRM NAME: BY:

Signature of Authorized Person
ADDRESS:

Contact Person:

PHONE:

CELL PHONE: _______________________
CONTRACTOR'S #:

EXPIRATION:

NEVADA CITY BUSINESS LICENSE #:
____________ EXPIRATION: __________

4 BID SCHEDULE

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
Public Works Storage Building

No. Quantity Unit Item Description Total Price

BASE BID

1.) 1 LS New Storage Building $_____________________
Inclusive of all elements shown on plans except those items listed below as bid alternate

BID ALTERNATE

2.) 1 LS Mezzanine -Stair, Floor, Railing $_____________________

3.) 1 LS Roll up Doors $_____________________

4.) 1 LS Exterior Retaining Walls and Railing $_____________________

5.) 1 LS Covered Loading -Conc and Roof $_____________________

6.) 110 TN Asphalt Paving $/TN $_____________________
TOTAL = BASE BID + BID ALTERNATES $_____________________

Note

1. All workers employed on the project must be paid the prevailing wage determined by California Department of Industrial Relations.

2. Contractor shall provide all labor and materials, tools, equipment, transportation and services, and any and all materials necessary for Storage Building as shown on the plans.

3. The low bid is the one that includes the Base Bid plus Alternates that is less than or equal to the Project’s budget. If no bids of base plus alternates are within the project’s budget, the City of Nevada City may, at its discretion, determine which alternates to award. A contract may be issued for Base Bid only or any combination of Base Bid plus Alternates. Each bidder shall bid each item shown, including all alternates. Failure to bid an item shall be just cause for considering the bid as non-responsive. 5 6

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS

NAME (DBE Y/N) PLACE OF BUSINESS

CONTRACTORS LICENSE

PORTION OF WORK

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

7 AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made this _______________ day of ______________________, between the CITY OF NEVADA CITY, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called "City," and ___________________________________________, hereinafter called "Contractor." WHEREAS, City has caused to be prepared certain plans, specifications and other contract documents pertaining to the Public Works Storage Buildingin said City: and WHEREAS, after notice duly given, City has awarded the contract for such work to Contractor; NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED by and between said parties as follows:

1. Scope of Work. The contractor agrees to furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, required to complete the improvements in Nevada City, California, in accordance with the plans, specifications and other contract representation made in mandatory meetings. All such work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the designer of said project.

2. Contract Price. As consideration for all such work, City agrees to pay to Contractor the total sum of _____________________________________________ ($________________) Dollars, payable in the manner hereinafter set forth.

3. Contract Documents. The complete contract between the parties hereto consists of the Notice to Contractors, the Information to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, the General Conditions, the Plans and Specifications, and all other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter pertaining thereto. All of the foregoing documents are intended to cooperate, so that any work or requirement specified in any of them is to be carried out or observed the same as if mentioned in all.

4. Time for Performance. Within five (5) days after the execution of this Agreement, City shall give Contractor written Notice to Proceed, and thereafter Contractor shall commence the work and shall prosecute the same with due diligence until completion and acceptance by City; provided, however, that all such work shall be completed and ready for use within one hundred and twenty (120) working days after Contractor receives said Notice to Proceed.

5. Extension of Time. If, because of adverse weather conditions, strikes, inability of the Contractor (through no fault on his/her part) to obtain necessary materials, or other cause beyond the reasonable control of Contractor, Contractor is unable to complete the required work within the allowed time, he shall be entitled to an extension or extensions of such time, commensurate with the unavoidable delay thus caused; provided, however that Contractor shall apply to City for approval of any such extension prior to the expiration of the time for performance as specified in the preceding paragraph.

6. Contractor's Failure to Complete Work. If Contractor fails to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time hereinabove specified, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete such work within such time, or if Contractor shall otherwise violate this Agreement, City may give written notice to Contractor and his sureties of City's intention to terminate this Agreement unless, within five (5) days after services of such notice, satisfactory arrangements are made with the City for the completion of such work or the curing of such breach; and if such arrangements are not made within such time, City may, at its option, terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of such termination to Contractor and his sureties. 8 7. Payments to Contractor. On or before the tenth day of each month during the progress of the work, Contractor shall submit to the City Engineer an itemized statement of all labor and materials incorporated into the improvement during the preceding month and the portion of the contract price applicable thereto. City shall pay to Contractor a sum equal to ninety (90%) percent of the contract price apportionment for approved progress payments.

The remaining ten (10%) percent shall be paid to Contractor thirty-five (35) days after final acceptance of the work by City.

8. Indemnification. Contractor agrees to hold City, and its officers, agents, and employees harmless from any and all liability and claims for damages for death and personal injury, and for property damage, incident to or arising out of the operations of Contractor or any subcontractor under this Agreement, and Contractor further agrees to defend City, and its officers, agents, and employees in any and all lawsuits which may be brought for such damages caused, or alleged to have been caused, by such operations. In addition, Contractor agrees to furnish to the City evidences of insurance coverage. The approval of such insurance by City shall not constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights under this indemnity agreement, regardless of whether such insurance shall be held to be inapplicable to any such damage or claims therefore.

Executed in duplicate this day of , .

ATTEST: CITY OF NEVADA CITY

By:
(Mayor)
By:
(Contractor)
By:
(Authorized Officer)
9 GENERAL CONDITIONS

1. Inspection of Construction
The Engineer shall have access to the work and the site of the work at all times and the Contractor shall afford such access to the Engineer and shall furnish all relevant information requested by him. At the request of the Engineer the Contractor shall open for inspection any part of the work which has been covered up, and if any part of the work has been covered up in contravention of the instructions of the Engineer, or if on being opened up, is found not to be in accordance with the terms of the contract, the expense of opening and recovering shall be charged to the Contractor. If the work has been covered up but not in contravention of such instructions and is found to be in accordance with the terms of the contract, the actual cost of opening and recovering shall be borne by the City, and in such case, if the work of opening and recovering is done by the Contractor, it shall be considered as extra work and paid for accordingly.

2. Change Orders
If for any reason it becomes necessary or desirable to change the alignment, dimensions, or design of the work, the City shall have the right to issue written change orders therefore. If the Contractor considers that any such change involves extra work, he shall immediately so notify the Engineer in writing, and shall make claim for compensation for such work not later than the first day of the month following the month in which the work was performed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any change order results in a change in the amount of work performed, the contract price shall be adjusted for extra work or omitted work, as the case may be.

3. Contractor’s Employees and Subcontractors
The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the adequacy and efficiency of his employees and any subcontractor and the latter’s employees. All workers shall have adequate skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them.

4. Errors and Omissions
If the Contractor in the course of the work becomes aware of any error or omission in the contract documents, or of any discrepancy between such documents and the physical conditions of the work site, he shall immediately inform the Engineer, who shall take such action as he may deem necessary in order to rectify the matter. Any work done after such discovery and without the authorization of the Engineer will be at the Contractor’s risk.

5. Guaranty of Work
For a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the work by the City, the Contractor shall make all Improvements and replacements arising out of any defective workmanship or materials. If the Contractor fails to make such repairs or replacements within ten (10) days after receiving written notice to do so, or within such further time as may be allowed by the City, the City may undertake such repairs or replacements, in which case the Contractor shall be liable to the City for the cost thereof. 10 6. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper care and protection of the work, and of all materials delivered to the work site, until completion of the work and its final acceptance by the City.

7. Performance Bond
No Performance bond shall be required for this project.

8. Payment Bond
A payment (labor and materials) bond is required for public works contracts involving an expenditure in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000). If the contract is in excess of this amount the contractor shall provide a payment bond to the City of Nevada City before commencement of work. Cost for the bond shall be included in the contractor bid proposal and no additional compensation will be provided.

A payment bond shall be in an amount not less than 100 percent of the total amount payable pursuant to the contract. The bond shall be in the form of a bond and not a deposit in lieu of a bond. The bond shall be executed by an admitted surety insurer and in accordance with Section [9550 - 9566] of the CA Code.

9. Workmen’s Compensation Insurance
The Contractor shall carry workmen’s compensation insurance for all employees working on or about the site of the work, and if any work is subcontracted, the Contractor shall require each subcontractor to carry such insurance for all of the latter’s employees, unless they are covered by the Contractor’s insurance.

10. Insurance Requirements
CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain insurance in amounts of coverage not less than the following amounts:

General Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, (Including operations, personal injury and property damage. If products and completed General Liability Insurance or
operations) other form with a general aggregate limit is used either the general aggregate limit shall
apply separately to this project/location or
the general aggregate limit shall be twice
the required occurrence limit.

Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

The Contractor shall deliver to the City, concurrently with the execution of the contract, certificates evidencing all insurance required by the contract, and each such certificate shall include a provision to the effect 11 that the policy or policies cannot be canceled or materially modified unless the insurer gives the City at least fifteen (15) days written notice thereof prior to such cancellation or modification.

11. Prevailing Wages
Contractor shall pay each laborer, workman or mechanic in accordance with State and Federal Prevailing Wage Rates and the California Labor Code. These wage rates are hereby made a part of this contract:

State General Prevailing Wage Determinations in effect on date advertised General prevailing wage determination
Journeyman and Apprentice Prevailing Wage Rates can be accessed at the following websites:
https://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/DPreWageDetermination.html
And http://www.dir.ca.gov/das/publicworks.html
Reference: Labor Code http://www.labor.ca.gov/laborlawreg.htm Electronic Certified Payroll Records
 All contractors must furnish electronic certified payroll records to the Labor Commissioner using the online eCPR data system
 No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)].  No contractor or subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.  This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
 The contractor shall post job site notices prescribed by regulation. (See 8 Calif. Code Reg. §16451(d) 12 PART B

GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article
Number Title
1 Definitions
2 Preliminary Matters
3 Correlation, Interpretation and Intent of Contract Documents 4 Availability of Lands; Physical Conditions; Reference Points 5 Bonds of Insurance
6 Contractor's Responsibilities
7 Work by Others
8 Owner's Responsibilities
9 Engineer's Status During Construction
10 Changes in the Work
11 Change of the Contract Price
12 Change of the Contract Time
13 Warranty and Guarantee; Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work
14 Payments and Completion
15 Suspension of Work and Termination
16 Arbitration
17 Miscellaneous
13 INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article or Paragraph
Number
Access to the Work 13.5
Addenda--definition of (see definition of Specifications) 1 Agreement--definition of 1
Agreement, Execution of 2.1
Application for Payment--definition of 1
Application for Payment, Final 14.12
Application for Progress Payment 14.2
Approval of Final Payment 14.13, 14.14
Approval of Payments--in general 14.4 thru 14.7.5
Arbitration 16
Availability of Lands 4.1
Award--Notice of--defined 1
Before Starting Construction 2.7 thru 2.9
Bid--definition 1
Bidder--definition 1
Bonds, Additional and Insurance 5.12
Bonds and Insurance--in general 5
Bonds--definition of 1
Bonds, Delivery of 2.2
Bonds, Performance and Payment 5.1, 5.2
Cash Allowances 11.9
Change Order--definition of 1
Changes in the Work 10
Claims, Waiver of 14.16
Clarifications and Interpretations 9.3
Cleaning 6.29
Completion, Payments and 14
Completion, Substantial 14.8, 14.9
Contract Documents--definition of 1
Contract Price, Change of 11
Contract Price--definition of 1
Contract Time, Change of 12
Contract Time--Commencement of 2.5
Contract Time--definition of 1
Contractor--definition of 1
Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 15.5
Contractor, Neglected Work by 13.12
Contractor's Continuing Obligation 14.15
Contractor's Fee 11.6
Contractor's Liability Insurance 5.3
Contractor's Pre-Start Representations 2.4
Contractor's Responsibilities--in general 6
Contractor's Warranty of Title 14.3
Copies of Documents 2.3
Correction or Removal of Defective Work 13.9
Correction Period, One Year 13.10
Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work--in general 13 Correlation, Interpretation and Intent of Contract Documents 3 Cost of Work 11.4, 11.5
14 Costs, Supplemental 11.4.5
Day--definition of 1
Defective Work, Acceptance of 13.11
Defective Work, Correction or Removal of 13.9
Defective Work--definition of 9.4
Defective Work--in general 13
Defective Work, Rejecting 9.4
Definitions 1
Delivery of Bonds 2.2
Disagreements, Decisions by Engineer 9.9, 9.10
Documents, Copies of 2.3
Drawings--definition of 1
Drawings, Record 6.19
Emergencies 6.22
Engineer--definition of 1
Engineer's Responsibilities, Limitations on 9.11 thru 9.13 Engineer's Status During Construction--in general 9
Execution of Agreement 2.1

Fee, Contractor's 11.6
Field Order--definition of 1
Field Order--issued by Engineer 10.2
Final Acceptance for Payment 14.12
Final Inspection 14.11
Final Payment, Approval of 14.13, 14.14
General--Miscellaneous Provisions 17.3 thru 17.7
Giving Notice 17.1
Guarantee 13.1
Indemnification 6.30 thru 6.32
Inspection, Final 14.11
Inspection, Tests and 13.2, 13.3
Insurance--Additional Bonds and 5.12
Insurance, Bonds and--in general 5
Insurance--Certificates of 2.9 and 5
Insurance, Contractor's Liability 5.3
Insurance, OWNER's Liability 5.4
Insurance, Property 5.5 thru 5.11
Interpretations and Clarifications 9.3
Labor, Materials and Equipment 6.3 thru 6.6
Laws and Regulations 6.15
Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities 9.11 thru 9.13 Local Conditions--Contractor's familiarity with 2.4
Materials and Equipment--furnished by Contractor 6.3
Materials or Equipment, Substitute 6.7
Miscellaneous Provisions 17
Modification--definition of 1

Neglected Work by Contractor 13.12
Notice, Giving of 17.1
Notice of Award--definition of 1
Notice to Proceed--definition of 1
15 Notice to Proceed--giving of 2.5
"Or-Equal" Items 6.7
OWNER--definition of 1
OWNER May Stop Work 13.8
OWNER May Suspend Work, Terminate 15.1 thru 15.4
OWNER's Liability Insurance 5.4
OWNER's Representative--Engineer to serve as 9.1
OWNER's Responsibilities--in general 8
Partial Utilization 14.10
Patent Fees and Royalties 6.13
Payments and Completion--in general 14
Payments, Approval of 14.4 thru 14.7.5
Performance, Payment and other Bonds 5.1 thru 5.2
Permits 6.14, 6.15
Physical Conditions--Surveys and Reports 4.2
Physical Conditions, Unforeseen 4.3
Preconstruction Conference 2.9
Premises, Use of 6.17, 6.18
Price--Change of Contract 11
Price--Contract--definition of 1
Progress Payment, Applications for 14.2
Progress Schedule 2.8, 14.1
Project--definition of 1
Project Representative, Resident--definition of 1
Project Representative, Resident--provision of 9.8
Project, Starting 2.6
Property Insurance 5.5 thru 5.11
Protection, Safety and 6.20 thru 6.21
Record Drawings 6.19
Reference Points 4.4
Regulations, Laws and 6.15
Rejecting Defective Work 9.4
Removal or Correction of Defective Work 13.9
Resident Project Representative--definition of 1
Resident Project Representative--provision of 9.8
Responsibilities, Contractor's 6
Responsibilities, OWNER's 8
Royalties, Patent Fees and 6.13
Safety and Protection 6.20 thru 6.21
Samples 6.23
Schedule of Shop Drawings Submissions 2.8, 14.1
Schedule of Values 14.1
Shop Drawings and Samples 6.23 thru 6.28
Shop Drawings--definition of 1
Site inspection--by Contractor 2.8
Site, Visits to--by Engineer 9.2
Specifications--definition of 1
Starting Construction, Before 2.7 thru 2.9
Stopping Work--by Contractor 15.5
Stopping Work--by OWNER 13.8
Subcontractor--definition of 1
Subcontractors--in general 6.8 thru 6.12
Substantial Completion--certification of 14.8
16 Substantial Completion--definition of 1
Substitute Materials or Equipment 6.7
Subsurface Conditions 4.2, 4.3
Supplemental Costs 11.4.5
Surety--consent to payment 14.12, 14.14
Surety--qualification of 5.1, 5.2
Suspending Work, by OWNER 15.1
Suspension of Work and Termination--in general 15
Superintendent--Contractor's 6.2
Supervision and Superintendence 6.1, 6.2
Taxes 6.16
Termination--by Contractor 15.5
Termination--by OWNER 15.2 thru 15.4
Termination, Suspension of Work and--in general 15
Tests and Inspections 13.2, 13.3, 13.7
Time, Change of Contract 12
Time, Computation of 17.2
Time, Contract--definition of 1
Uncovering Work 13.6, 13.7
Use of Premises 6.17, 6.18
Values, Schedule of 14.1
Visits to Site--by Engineer 9.2
Waiver of Claims 14.16
Warranty and Guarantee--by Contractor 13.1
Warranty of Title, Contractor's 14.3
Work, Access to 13.5
Work by Others--in general 7
Work, Cost of 11.4
Work--definition of 1
Work, Neglected by Contractor 13.12
Work, Stopping by Contractor 15.5
Work, Stopping by OWNER 15.1 thru 15.4
17 GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:

Agreement - The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement.

Application for Payment - The form furnished by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress payments and which is to include the schedule of values required by paragraph 14.1 and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that progress payments therefore received on account of the Work have been applied by CONTRACTOR to discharge in full all of CONTRACTOR's obligations reflected in prior Applications for Payment.

Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitting on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.

Bidder - Any person, firm, or corporation submitting a Bid for the Work.

Bonds - Bid, performance, and payment bonds and other instruments of security, furnished by CONTRACTOR and his surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Change Order - A written order to CONTRACTOR signed by OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued after execution of the Agreement.

Contract Documents - The Agreement, Addenda (whether issued prior to the opening of Bid or the execution of the Agreement), Instructions to Bidders. CONTRACTOR's Bid, the Bonds, the Notice of Award, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications, Drawings and Modifications.

Contract Price - The total moneys payable to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents.

Contract Time - The number of days stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work, computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.

CONTRACTOR - The person, firm, or corporation with whom OWNER has executed the Agreement.

Day - A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.

Drawings - The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents.

ENGINEER - The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement.

Field Order - A written order issued by ENGINEER which clarifies or interprets the Contract Documents in accordance with paragraph 9.3 or orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 10.2.

Modification - (a) A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties, (b) a Change Order, (c) 18 a written clarification or interpretation issued by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.3, or (d) a written order for a minor change or alteration in the Work issued by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.2. A Modification may only be issued after execution of the Agreement.

Notice of Award - The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful Bidder stating that upon compliance with the conditions precedent to be fulfilled by him within the time specified, OWNER will execute and deliver the Agreement to him.

Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Document.

OWNER - A public body or authority, corporation, association, partnership, or individual for whom the Work is to be performed.

Project - The entire construction to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents.

Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of ENGINEER who is assigned to the Project site or any part thereof.

Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules, and other data which are prepared by CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor and which illustrate the equipment, material, or some portion of the Work.

Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work. The specifications are customarily organized in 16 divisions in accordance with the Uniform System for Construction Specifications endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. [Note: the term "Technical Provisions" formerly described what is now referred to as the Specifications. For uniformity with the usage of other professional societies the term "Project Manual" is used to describe the volume formerly referred to as "The Specifications." The Project Manual contains documents concerning bidding requirements which in general govern relationships prior to the execution of the Agreement (such as the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders and Notice of Award) and the other portions of the Contract Documents.]
Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site.

Substantial Completion - The date as certified by ENGINEER when the construction of the Project or a specified part thereof is sufficiently completed, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Project or specified part can be utilized for the purpose for which it was intended: or if there be no such certification, the date when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13.

Work - Any and all obligations, duties and responsibilities necessary to the successful completion of the Project assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, including all labor, materials, equipment and other incidentals, and the furnishing thereof. 19 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS

Execution of Agreement:

2.1 At least three counterparts of the Agreement and such other Contract Documents as practicable will be executed and delivered by CONTRACTOR to OWNER within fifteen days of the Notice of Award: and OWNER will execute and deliver one counterpart to CONTRACTOR within ten days of receipt of the executed Agreement from CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will identify those portions of the Contract Documents not so signed and such identification will be binding on all parties. OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall each receive an executed counterpart of the Contract Documents and additional conformed copies as required.

Delivery of Bonds:

2.2 When he delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as he may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.

Copies of Documents:

2.3 OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work.

Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.

Contractor's Pre-Start Representations:

2.4 CONTRACTOR represents that he has familiarized himself with, and assumes full responsibility for having familiarized himself with, the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, locality, and with all local conditions and federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations that may in any manner affect performance of the Work, and represents that he has correlated his study and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR also represents that he has studied all surveys and investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions referred to in the General Requirements (Division 1) of the Specifications and made such additional surveys and investigations as he deems necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and that he has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Commencement of Contract Time: Notice to Proceed:

2.5 The Contact Time will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the day on which the executed Agreement is delivered by OWNER to CONTRACTOR: or if Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed; but in no event shall the Contract Time commence to run later than the ninetieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the day on which OWNER delivers the executed Agreement to CONTRACTOR. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the day on which OWNER delivers the executed Agreement to CONTRACTOR.

Starting the Project:

2.6 CONTRACTOR shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run.
20 Before Starting Construction:

2.7 Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements.

He shall at once report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, or discrepancy which he may discover, however, he shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for his failure to discover any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications.

2.8 Within ten days after delivery of the executed Agreement by OWNER to CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for approval, an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work, and a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing submissions.

2.9 Before starting the Work at the site, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and ENGINEER certificates of insurance as required by Article 5. Within twenty days after delivery of the executed Agreement by OWNER to CONTRACTOR, but before starting the Work at the site, a conference will be held to review the above schedules to establish procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submissions and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding between the parties as to the Project. Present at the conference will be OWNER or his representative, ENGINEER, Resident Project Representatives, CONTRACTOR, and his Superintendent.

ARTICLE 3 - CORRELATION, INTERPRETATION, AND INTENT OF

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

3.1 It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to describe a complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. They may be altered only by a Modification.

3.2 The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.

The CONTRACTOR finds a conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, he shall call it to ENGINEER's attention in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby; however, he shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for his failure to discover any conflict, error, or discrepancy in the Specifications or Drawings. In resolving such conflicts, errors, or discrepancies, the documents shall be given precedence in the following order: Agreement, Modifications, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, Specifications and Drawings. Figure dimensions on Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings. Any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications or Drawings as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not it is specifically called for. Work, materials, or equipment described in words which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be deemed to refer to such recognized standards.

ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;

REFERENCE POINTS

Availability of Lands:

4.1 OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents and not later than the date when needed 21 by CONTRACTOR, the lands upon which the Work is to be done, rights-of-way thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands or easements entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.

Physical Conditions - Surveys and Reports:

4.2 Reference is made to the General Requirements (Division 1) of the Specifications for identification of those surveys and investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the Project site or otherwise affecting performance of the Work which have been relied upon by ENGINEER in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications.

Unforeseen Physical Conditions:

4.3 CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will promptly investigate those conditions and advise OWNER in writing if further surveys or subsurface tests are necessary. Promptly thereafter, OWNER shall obtain the necessary additional surveys and tests and furnish copies to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER finds that the results of such surveys or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions which differ materially from those intended in the Contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by CONTRACTOR, a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.

Reference Points:

4.4 OWNER shall provide engineering surveys for construction to establish reference points which in his judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for surveying and laying out the Work (unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions), and shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. He shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. CONTRACTOR shall replace and accurately relocate all reference points so lost, destroyed, or moved.

ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance and Payment Bonds:

5.1 Upon execution of the contract agreement, CONTRACTOR shall also provide, at his own expense, a separate Payment bond, in an amount equal to at least 100 percent of the contract price, as security for payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials regarding the contract. This payment bond must remain in full force and effect until the work is accepted by the City and until all claims for materials and labor are paid and shall 22 otherwise comply with civil code. Sureties for these bonds shall be satisfactory to the City Attorney.

Should any bond become insufficient, CONTRACTOR shall renew the bond within 10 working days after receipt of notice from the City.

Should any surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the City, a notice will be given to CONTRACTOR to that effect.

No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under said agreement until a new surety shall qualify and be accepted by the City.

Changes in said agreement or extensions of time, made pursuant to the agreement, shall in no way release CONTRACTOR or surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the surety.

Contractor's Liability Insurance:

5.2 CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims under workman's compensation laws, disability benefit laws, or other similar employee benefit laws; from claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees, and claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; and from claims for injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom – any or all of which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's operations under the Contract Documents, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be legally liable. This insurance shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than any limits of liability and maximum deductibles specified in the Supplementary Conditions or General Requirements (Division 1) or required by law, whichever is greater, shall include parties. Before starting Work, CONTRACTOR shall file with OWNER and ENGINEER certificates of such insurance, acceptable to OWNER; these certificates shall contain a provision that the coverage afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or materially changed until at least fifteen days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and ENGINEER.

Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the OWNER. At the option of the OWNER, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the OWNER, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or the CONTRACTOR shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the OWNER guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.

The general liability and automobile liability policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

1. The ENGINEER and the OWNER, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as insureds with respect to liability arising out of automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR; and with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations.

General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the CONTRACTOR's insurance.

2. For any claims related to this project, the CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the ENGINEER and the OWNER, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the ENGINEER and the OWNER, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers 23 shall be excess of the CONTRACTOR's insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall be cancelled by either party, except after fifteen (15) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the OWNER and the ENGINEER.

4. Coverage shall not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured in any case where an agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Subdivision (b) of Section 2782 of the Civil Code.

Insurance is to be placed with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than A:VII.

CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER with original certificates and amendatory endorsements effecting coverage required by this clause. The endorsements should be on forms provided by the OWNER or on other than the OWNER's forms, provided those endorsements or policies conform to the requirements. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by the OWNER before work commences. The OWNER reserved the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements effecting the coverage required by these specifications at any time.

CONTRACTOR shall include all Subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Subcontractor. All coverages for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.

OWNER's Liability Insurance:

5.4 OWNER shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.

Property Insurance:

5.5 Unless otherwise provided, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Project to the full insurable value hereof. This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and Subcontractors in the Work, shall insure against the perils of Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism, and Malicious Mischief, and such other perils as may be specified in the Supplementary Conditions or General Requirements (Division 1), and shall include damages, losses, and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals).

5.6 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such steam boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or by law. This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and Subcontractors in the Work.

5.7 Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.5 and 5.6 is to be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.11.

5.8 OWNER shall file a copy of all policies with CONTRACTOR before an exposure to loss may occur. If 24 OWNER does not intend to purchase such insurance, he shall inform CONTRACTOR in writing prior to commencement of the Work. CONTRACTOR may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of himself and his Subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to OWNER.

If CONTRACTOR is damaged by failure of OWNER to purchase or maintain such insurance and so to notify CONTRACTOR, then OWNER shall bear reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.

5.9 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance and the cost thereof shall be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order.

5.10 OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance provided under paragraphs 5.5 through 5.11, inclusive, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by OWNER as trustee. CONTRACTOR shall require similar waivers by Subcontractors in accordance with paragraph 6.12.

5.11 OWNER as trustee shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Article 16. OWNER as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution.

Additional Bonds and Insurance:

5.12 Prior to delivery of the executed Agreement by OWNER to CONTRACTOR, OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish such other Bonds and such additional insurance, in such form and with such sureties or insurers as OWNER may require. If such other Bonds or such other insurance are specified by written instructions given prior to opening of Bids, the premiums shall be paid by CONTRACTOR; if subsequent thereto, they shall be paid by OWNER (except as otherwise provided in paragraph 6.7).

ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES

Supervision and Superintendence:

6.1 CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work efficiently and with his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but he shall not be solely responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents.

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.

6.2 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR.
25 Labor, Materials, and Equipment:

6.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contact Documents. He shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site.

6.4 CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment, and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, and sanitary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation, and completion of the Work.

6.5 All materials and equipment shall be new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

6.6 All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, or processors, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

Substitute Materials or Equipment:

7.1 If the General Requirements (Division 1 of the Specifications), law, ordinance, or applicable rules or regulations permit CONTRACTOR to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the conference called for by paragraph 2.9 (unless another time is provided in the General Requirements), make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; stating whether or not its incorporation in or use in connection with the Project is subject to the payment of any license fee or royalty; and identifying all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of ENGINEER who will be the judge of equality and may require CONTRACTOR to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as OWNER may require which shall be furnished at CONTRACTOR's expense.

Concerning Subcontractors:

6.8 CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor or other person or organization (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. A Subcontractor or other person or organization identified in writing to OWNER and ENGINEER by CONTRACTOR prior to the Notice of Award and not objected to in writing by OWNER or ENGINEER prior to the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. Acceptance of any Subcontractor, other person or organization by OWNER or ENGINEER shall not constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work or Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents. If OWNER or ENGINEER after due investigation has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor, other person or organization proposed by CONTRACTOR after the Notice of Award.

CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute and the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased by the 26 difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, other person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not without the consent of OWNER and ENGINEER make any substitution for any Contractor, other person or organization who has been accepted by OWNER and ENGINEER unless ENGINEER determines that there is good cause for doing so.

6.9 CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of his Subcontractors and of persons and organizations directly or indirectly employed by them and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that he is responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any Subcontractor or other person or organization having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER or pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any Subcontractor or other person or organization, except as may otherwise be required by law. OWNER or ENGINEER may furnish to any Subcontractor or other person or organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR on account of specific Work done in accordance with the schedule of values.

6.10 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.

6.11 CONTRACTOR agrees to bind specifically every Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER.

6.12 All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which shall contain provisions that waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by insurance provided in accordance with paragraphs 5.5 through 5.11, inclusive, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by OWNER as trustee under paragraph 5.9. CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.5 through 5.11, inclusive.

Patent Fees and Royalties:

6.13 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work of an invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including attorneys' fees) arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.

Permits:
27 6.14 CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses and shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of his Bid. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses.

CONTRACTOR shall also pay all public utility charges.

Laws and Regulations:

6.15 CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable to the Work. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifications and Drawings are at variance therewith, he shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate Modification. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, and without such notice to ENGINEER, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom; however, it shall not be his primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations.

Taxes:

6.16 CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place where the Work is to be performed.

Use of Premises:

6.17 CONTRACTOR shall confine his equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of his workmen to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits, or the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with materials or equipment.

6.18 CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded with weights that will endanger the structure, nor shall he subject any part of the Work to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.

Record Drawings:

6.19 CONTRACTOR shall keep one record copy of all Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, Modifications, and Shop Drawings at the site in good order and annotated to show changes made during the construction process.

These shall be available to ENGINEER and shall be delivered to him for OWNER upon completion of the Project. [Note: Further provisions in respect of such record drawings may be included in the General Requirements (Division 1).]
Safety and Protection:

6.20 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. He shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:

6.20.1 all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby,

6.20.2 all the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site and
28 6.20.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury, or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for its safety and protection. He shall notify OWNERs of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR: except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that Work is acceptable

6.21 CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.

Emergencies:

6.22 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from ENGINEER or OWNER, is obligated to act, at his discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. He shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby, and a Change Order shall thereupon be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. If CONTRACTOR believes that additional work done by him in any emergency which arose from causes beyond his control entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and

12. Shop Drawings and Samples:

6.23 After checking and verifying all field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for approval, in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submissions (see paragraph 2.8) five copies (or at ENGINEER's option, one reproducible copy) of all Shop Drawings, which shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials of construction, and the like to enable ENGINEER to review the information as required.

6.24 CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER for approval with such promptness as to cause no delay in Work, all samples required by the Contract Documents. All samples will have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR, identified clearly as to material, manufacturer, any pertinent catalog numbers and the use for which intended.
29 6.25 At the time of submission, CONTRACTOR shall in writing call ENGINEER's attention to any deviations that the Shop Drawing or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents.

6.26 ENGINEER will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but his review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and resubmit new samples until approved.

CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submissions. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any Shop Drawing or sample shall constitute a representation to OWNER and ENGINEER that CONTRACTOR has either determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data or he assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.

6.27 Where a Shop Drawing or sample submission is required by the Specifications, no related Work shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by ENGINEER. A copy of each approved Shop Drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to ENGINEER.

6.28 ENGINEER's approval of Shop Drawings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility for any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to such deviation at the time of submission and ENGINEER has given written approval to the specific deviation, nor shall any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings.
[Note: Further provisions in respect to Shop Drawings and samples may be included in the General Requirements (Division 1).]
Cleaning:

6.29 CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris resulting from the Work, and at the completion of the Work he shall remove all waste materials, rubbish, and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall restore to their original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. [Note: Further provisions in respect to cleaning may be included in the General Requirements (Division 1).] Indemnification:

6.30 CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses including attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.
30 6.31 In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their agents or employees by an employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

6.32 The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.30 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER, his agents, or employees arising out of (a) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications or (b) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by ENGINEER, his agents, or employees provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of injury or damage.

ARTICLE 7 - WORK BY OTHERS

7.1 OWNER may perform additional work related to the Project by himself, or he may let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. CONTRACTOR shall afford the other CONTRACTOR'S who are parties to such direct contracts (or OWNER, if he is performing the additional work himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his Work with theirs.

7.2 If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. His failure so to report shall constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for the relationship of his Work except as to defects and deficiencies which may appear in the other work after the execution of his Work.

7.3 CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of his Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work by others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and of the other CONTRACTOR'S whose work will be affected.

7.4 If the performance of additional work by other CONTRACTOR'S or OWNER is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the contract, written notice thereof shall be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such additional work. If CONTRACTOR believes that the performance of such additional work by OWNER or others involves him in additional expenses or entitles him to an extension of the Contract Time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12.

ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

8.1 OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.

8.2 In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against 31 whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objections, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration.

8.3 OWNER shall furnish the data required of him under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraph 14.4 and 14.13.

8.4 OWNER's duties in respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of surveys and investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting performance of the Work which have been relied upon by ENGINEER in preparing the Drawings and Specifications.

8.5 OWNER's responsibilities in respect of liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraph 5.4 and

5.5. 8.6 In addition to his rights to request changes in the Work in accordance with Article 10, OWNER (especially in certain instances as provided in paragraph 10.4) shall be obligated to execute Change Orders.

8.7 OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph

13.2. 8.8 In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.8 and 15.1.

Paragraph 15.2 deals with the OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 32 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

OWNER's Representative:

9.1 ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in Articles 1 through 17 of these General Conditions and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER.

Visits to Site:

9.2 ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. He will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. His efforts will be directed toward providing assurance for OWNER that the completed Project will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. On the basis of his on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design professional, he will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of CONTRACTOR'S.

Clarifications and Interpretations:

9.3 ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as he may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11.

Rejecting Defective Work:

9.4 ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which is "defective" (which term is hereinafter used to describe Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or defective, or does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval referred to in paragraph 13.2 or has been damaged prior to approval of final payment). He will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.7, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.

Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:

9.5 In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.28 inclusive.

9.6 In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. 33 9.7 In connection with ENGINEER's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article

14. Resident Project Representative:

9.8 If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative and assistants to assist ENGINEER in carrying out his responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.

Decisions on Disagreements:

9.9 ENGINEER will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder. In his capacity as interpreter and judge he will exercise his best efforts to insure faithful performance by both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. He will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for the result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith. Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the execution of or performance under the Contract Documents shall be referred to ENGINEER for decision; which he will render in writing within a reasonable time.

9.10 Either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may demand arbitration with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter that has been referred to ENGINEER, except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.16, such arbitration to be in accordance with Article 14.16, such arbitration to be in accordance with Article 16. However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute, or other matter shall be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered his decision or (b) the tenth day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if he has not rendered his written decision before that date. No demand for arbitration shall be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER rendered his written decision in respect to the claim, dispute, or other matter as to which arbitration is sought; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period shall result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but shall not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned.

Limitations on ENGINEER's Responsibilities:

9.11 Neither ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any materialman, fabricator, supplier, or any of their agents or employees any other person performing any of the Work.

9.12 ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

9.13 ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractors, or any of his or their agents or employees, or any other persons at the site or otherwise performing any of the Work. 34 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK

10.1 Without invalidating the Agreement, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, other additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized by Change Orders. Upon receipt of a Change Order, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work involved. All such Work shall be executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. If any Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, an equitable adjustment will be made as provided in Article 11 or Article 12 on the basis of a claim made by either party.

10.2 ENGINEER may authorize minor changes or alterations in the Work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order. If CONTRACTOR believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by ENGINEER entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price, he may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 11.

10.3 Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will not entitle him to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.22 and except as provided in paragraphs 10.2 and 13.7.

10.4 OWNER shall execute appropriate Change Orders prepared by ENGINEER covering changes in the Work to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.3, and Work performed in an emergency as provided in paragraph

6.22 and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price which is approved by ENGINEER.

10.5 It is CONTRACTOR's responsibility to notify his Surety of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price and the amount of the applicable Bonds shall be adjusted accordingly.

CONTRACTOR shall furnish proof of such adjustment to OWNER.

ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT PRICE

11.1 The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price.

11.2 The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an increase in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered to OWNER and ENGINEER within fifteen days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within forty-five days of such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain accurate cost data. All claims for adjustments in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. Any change in the Contract Price resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order.

11.3 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways:

11.3.1 Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved. 35 11.3.2 By mutual acceptance of a lump sum.

11.3.3 On the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a Contractor's Fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).

Cost of the Work:

11.4 The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by the CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5:

11.4.1 Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work.

Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foreman at the site. The expenses of performing work after regular working hours on Sunday or legal holidays shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER.

11.4.2 Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and manufacturers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds, and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.

11.4.3 Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to him and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the Cost of the Work shall be determined in accordance with paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.

11.4.4 Costs of special consultants (including, but not limited to, engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, lawyers, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.

11.4.5 Supplemental costs including the following:

11.4.5.1 The proportion of necessary transportation, traveling, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.

11.4.5.2 Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workmen, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which 36 remain the property of CONTRACTOR.

11.4.5.3 Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof--all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.

11.4.5.4 Sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by any governmental authority.

11.4.5.5 Deposits lost for causes other than CONTRACTOR's negligence, royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.

11.4.5.6 Losses, damages and expenses, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the execution of, and to, the Work, provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's Fee. If, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, he shall be paid for his services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.

11.4.5.7 The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities at the site.

11.4.5.8 Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.

11.4.5.9 Cost of premiums for bonds and insurance which OWNER is required to pay in accordance with paragraph 5.12.

11.5 The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following:

11.5.1 Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, lawyers, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in his principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the schedule referred to in subparagraph 11.4.1--all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's Fee.

11.5.2 Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than his office at the site.

11.5.3 Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.

11.5.4 Cost of premiums for all bonds and for all insurance policies whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except as otherwise provided in 37 subparagraph 11.4.5.9).

11.5.5 Costs due to negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property.

11.5.6 Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4.

Contractor's Fee:

11.6 The Contractor's Fee which shall be allowed to CONTRACTOR for his overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:

11.6.1 a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or if none can be agreed upon,

11.6.2 a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:

11.6.2.1 for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, the Contractor's Fee shall be ten percent,

11.6.2.2 for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the Contractor's Fee shall be five percent; and if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee, the maximum allowable to the Subcontractor as a fee for overhead and profit shall be ten percent, and

11.6.2.3 no fee shall be payable on the tasks of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and

11.5. 11.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost, will be the amount of the actual net decrease. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the combined overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any.

11.8 Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will submit in form prescribed by ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.

Cash Allowance:

11.9 It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be done by such materialmen, suppliers or Subcontractors and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as ENGINEER may approve. Upon final payment, the Contract Price shall be adjusted as required and an appropriate Change Order issued. CONTRACTOR agrees that the original Contract Price includes such sums as he deems proper for costs and profit on account of cash allowances. No demand for additional cost or profit in connection therewith will be allowed. 38 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF THE CONTRACT TIME

12.1 The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an extension in the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered to OWNER and ENGINEER within fifteen days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within forty-five days of such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time shall be determined by ENGINEER if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. Any change in the Contract Time resulting from any such claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order.

12.2 The Contract Time will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR if he makes a claim therefore as provided in paragraph 12.1. Such delays shall include, but not be restricted to, acts or neglect by any separate contractor employed by OWNER, fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.

12.3 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including compensation for additional professional services) for delay by either party.

39 ARTICLE 13 - WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OF

ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK

Warranty and Guarantee:

13.1 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER and ENGINEER that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all Work will be of good quality and free from faults or defects and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and of any inspections, tests or approvals referred to in paragraph 13.2. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty or defective Work, and all Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents at the time of acceptance thereof or of such inspections, test or approvals, shall be considered defective. Prompt notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.

Tests and Inspections:

13.2 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by some public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All other inspections, tests and approvals required by the Contract Documents shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and the costs thereof shall be borne by OWNER unless otherwise specified.

13.3 CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all inspections, tests or approvals. If any such Work required so to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written approval of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation, and such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of his intention to cover such Work and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.

13.4 Neither observations by ENGINEER nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Access to Work:

13.5 ENGINEER and his representatives and other representatives of OWNER will at reasonable times have access to the Work. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe facilities for such access and observation of the Work and also for any inspection or testing thereof by others.

Uncovering Work:

13.6 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.

13.7 If any Work has been covered which ENGINEER has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, or if ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, 40 material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, including compensation for additional professional services, and an appropriate deductive Change Order shall be issued. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction if he makes a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11, and 12.

OWNER May Stop the Work:

13.8 If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if CONTRACTOR fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party.

Correction or Removal of Defective Work:

13.9 If required by ENGINEER prior to approval of final payment, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by ENGINEER, either correct or defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace such rejected Work within a reasonable time, all as specified in a written notice from ENGINEER, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced. All direct or indirect costs of such correction or removal and replacement, including compensation for additional professional services, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR, and an appropriate deductive Change Order shall be issued. CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expenses of making good all Work of others destroyed or damaged by his correction, removal or replacement of his defective Work.

One Year Correction Period:

13.10 If after the approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions, either correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with nondefective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all direct and indirect costs of such removal and replacement, including compensation for additional professional services, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR.

Acceptance of Defective Work:

13.11 If instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to approval of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, he may do so. In such case, if acceptance occurs prior to approval of final payment, a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including appropriate reduction in the Contract Price; or, if the acceptance occurs after approval of final payment, an appropriate amount shall be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 41 Neglected Work by Contractor:

13.12 If CONTRACTOR shall fail to prosecute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, OWNER, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good such deficiencies and the cost thereof (including compensation for additional professional services) shall be charged against CONTRACTOR if ENGINEER approves such action, in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER.

ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

Schedules:

14.1 At least ten days prior to submitting the first Application for a progress payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit a progress schedule, a final schedule of Shop Drawing and a schedule of values of the Work. These schedules shall be satisfactory in form and substance to ENGINEER. The schedule of values shall include quantities and unit prices aggregating the Contract Price, and shall subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Upon approval of the schedules of values by ENGINEER, it shall be incorporated into the form of Application for Payment furnished by ENGINEER.

Application for Progress Payment:

14.2 At least ten days before such progress payment falls due (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such data and schedules as ENGINEER may reasonably require. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by such data, satisfactory to OWNER, as will establish OWNER's title to the material and equipment and protect his interest therein, including applicable insurance. Each subsequent Application for Payment shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied to discharge in full all of CONTRACTOR's obligations reflected in prior Applications for Payment.

Contractor's Warranty of Title:

14.3 CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER at the time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (hereafter in these General Conditions referred to as "Liens").

Approval of Payments:

14.4 ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing 42 his approval of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. OWNER shall, within twenty days of presentation to him of an approved Application for Payment, pay CONTRACTOR the amount approved by ENGINEER. Payment to contractor shall be made within thirty (30) days following receipt of a demand for any progress payment due thereunder as to which there is no good faith dispute between the parties (CA State Civil Code § 3260.1).

14.5 ENGINEER's approval of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by him to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design professional and on his review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to the evaluation of the Work as a functioning Project upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents and any qualifications stated in his approval); and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount approved. However, by approving any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that he made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or the quantity of the Work, or that he has reviewed the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or that he has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid or to be paid to him on account of the Contract Price, or that title to any Work, materials or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens.

14.6 ENGINEER's approval of final payment will constitute an additional representation by him to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfilled.

14.7 ENGINEER may refuse to approve the whole or any part of any payment if, in his opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. He may also refuse to approve any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously approved, to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect OWNER from loss because:

14.7.1 the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement,

14.7.2 claims or Liens have been filed or there is reasonable cause to believe such may be filed,

14.7.3 the Contract Price has been reduced because of Modifications,

14.7.4 OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete the Work in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or

14.7.5 of unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to furnish acceptable submittals or to clean up.

Substantial Completion:

14.8 Prior to final payment, CONTRACTOR may, in writing to OWNER and ENGINEER, certify that the entire Project is substantially complete and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.

Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the 43 Project to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Project substantially complete, he will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving his reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers the Project substantially complete, he will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion and the responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for maintenance, heat and utilities. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, and the certificate shall fix the time within which such items shall be completed or corrected, said time to be within the Contract Time. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which he may make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Project is not substantially complete, he will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating his reasons therefore. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Project substantially complete, he will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as he believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER.

14.9 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Project after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.

Partial Utilization:

14.10 Prior to final payment, OWNER may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit him to use a specified part of the Project which he believes he may use without significant interference with construction of the other parts of the Project. If CONTRACTOR agrees, he will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that said part of the Project is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Project. Within a reasonable thereafter OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Project to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that it is substantially complete, he will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving his reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Project to be substantially complete, he will execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a certificate to that effect, fixing the date of Substantial Completion as to that part of the Project, attaching thereto a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment and fixing the responsibility between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for maintenance, heat and utilities as to that part of the Project.

OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from any part of the Project which ENGINEER has so certified to be substantially complete, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.

Final Inspection:

14.11 Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the Project is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies.

Final Application for Payment:

14.12 After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered 44 all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection and other documents--all as required by the Contract Documents, he may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by such data and schedules as ENGINEER may reasonably require, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of the Contract Documents and the labor and services performed and the material and equipment furnished thereunder. In lieu thereof and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full; an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor, services, materials and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and that all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied; and consent of the Surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor, materialman, fabricator or supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify him against any Lien.

Approval of Final Payment:

14.13 If, on the basis of his observation and review of the Work during construction, his final inspection and his review of the final Application for Payment--all as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR has fulfilled all his obligations under the Contract Documents, he will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing his approval of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.16. Otherwise, he will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approval final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. OWNER shall, within ten days of presentation to him of an approved final Application for Payment, pay CONTRACTOR the amount approved by ENGINEER.

14.14 If after Substantial Completion of the Work final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon certification by ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.

Contractor's Continuing Obligation:

14.15 CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work and complete the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. Neither approval or any progress or final payment by ENGINEER, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion, nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any use or occupancy of the Project or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any correction of defective work by OWNER shall constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Waiver of Claim:

14.16 The making and acceptance of final payment shall constitute:
45 14.16.1 a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR other than those arising from unsettled Liens, from defective work appearing after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11 or from failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, and

14.16.2 a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled.

ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:

15.1 OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if he makes a claim therefore as provided in Articles 11 and 12.

OWNER May Terminate:

15.2 If CONTRACTOR is adjusted a bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for CONTRACTOR or for any of his property, or if he files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or similar laws, or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment, or if he repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment or if he disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction, or if he disregards the authority of ENGINEER, or if he otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then OWNER may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving CONTRACTOR and his Surety seven days' written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR and take possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by CONTRACTOR, and finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs incurred by OWNER shall be determined by ENGINEER and incorporated in a Change Order.

15.3 Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, said terminations shall not affect any rights of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys by OWNER due CONTRACTOR will not release CONTRACTOR from liability.

15.4 Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy, elect to abandon the Project and terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus a reasonable profit.

Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate:
46 15.5 If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails to pay CONTRACTOR any sum approved by ENGINEER or awarded by arbitrators within thirty days of its approval and presentation, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus a reasonable profit. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment or OWNER has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until he has been paid all amounts then due.

ARTICLE 16 - ARBITRATION

16.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or the breach thereof except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.16, shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining. This Agreement so to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

16.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with ENGINEER. The demand for arbitration shall be made within the thirty-day period specified in paragraph 9.10 where applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

16.3 CONTRACTOR will carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during any arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise agreed by him and OWNER in writing.

ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice:

17.1 Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice it shall be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.

Computation of Time:

17.2 When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it shall be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation.

General:
47 17.3 All moneys not paid when due hereunder shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project.

17.4 All Specifications, Drawings and copies thereof furnished by ENGINEER shall remain his property. They shall not be used on another Project, and, with the exception of those sets which have been signed in connection with the execution of the Agreement, shall be returned to him on request upon completion of the Project.

17.5 The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30, 13.1, 13.10 and 14.3 and the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, shall be in addition to, and shall not be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to them which are otherwise imposed or available by law, by special guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

17.6 Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to his person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other or of any of his employees or agents or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage.

17.7 The Contract Documents shall be governed by the law of the place of the Project.

48 Excerpts from CA Labor Code
1771.1. (a) A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded. 1774. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded, and any subcontractor under him, shall pay not less than the specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract. 1775.
(a) (1) The contractor and any subcontractor under the contractor shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit not more than two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the director for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done under the contract by the contractor or, except as provided in subdivision (b), by any subcontractor under the contractor. (2) (A) The amount of the penalty shall be determined by the Labor Commissioner based on consideration of both of the following:
(i) Whether the failure of the contractor or subcontractor to pay the correct rate of per diem wages was a good faith mistake and, if so, the error was promptly and voluntarily corrected when brought to the attention of the contractor or subcontractor.
(ii) Whether the contractor or subcontractor has a prior record of failing to meet its prevailing wage obligations. (B) (i) The penalty may not be less than forty dollars ($40) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, unless the failure of the contractor or subcontractor to pay the correct rate of per diem wages was a good faith mistake and, if so, the error was promptly and voluntarily corrected when brought to the attention of the contractor or subcontractor. (ii) The penalty may not be less than eighty dollars ($80) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, if the contractor or subcontractor has been assessed penalties within the previous three years for failing to meet its prevailing wage obligations on a separate contract, unless those penalties were subsequently withdrawn or overturned. (iii) The penalty may not be less than one hundred twenty dollars ($120) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, if the Labor Commissioner determines that the violation was willful, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 1777.1. (C) If the amount due under this section is collected from the contractor or subcontractor, any outstanding wage claim under Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of Part 7 of Division 2 against that contractor or subcontractor shall be satisfied before applying that amount to the penalty imposed on that contractor or subcontractor pursuant to this section.
(D) The determination of the Labor Commissioner as to the amount of the penalty shall be reviewable only for abuse of discretion.
(E) The difference between the prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day or portion thereof for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate shall be paid to each worker by the contractor or subcontractor, and the body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation that this section will be complied with. (b) If a worker employed by a subcontractor on a public works project is not paid the general prevailing rate of per diem wages by the subcontractor, the prime contractor of the project is not liable for any penalties under 49 subdivision (a) unless the prime contractor had knowledge of that failure of the subcontractor to pay the specified prevailing rate of wages to those workers or unless the prime contractor fails to comply with all of the following requirements:
(1) The contract executed between the contractor and the subcontractor for the performance of work on the public works project shall include a copy of the provisions of this section and Sections 1771, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815.
(2) The contractor shall monitor the payment of the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages by the subcontractor to the employees, by periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor. (3) Upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, the contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify the failure, including, but not limited to, retaining sufficient funds due the subcontractor for work performed on the public works project. (4) Prior to making final payment to the subcontractor for work performed on the public works project, the contractor shall obtain an affidavit signed under penalty of perjury from the subcontractor that the subcontractor has paid the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages to his or her employees on the public works project and any amounts due pursuant to Section 1813.
(c) The Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall notify the contractor on a public works project within 15 days of the receipt by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement of a complaint of the failure of a subcontractor on that public works project to pay workers the general prevailing rate of per diem wages. (Amended by Stats. 2011, Ch. 677, Sec. 1. Effective January 1, 2012.) 1776.
(a) Each contractor and subcontractor shall keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work. Each payroll record shall contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating both of the following:
(1) The information contained in the payroll record is true and correct. (2) The employer has complied with the requirements of Sections 1771, 1811, and 1815 for any work performed by his or her employees on the public works project. (b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the contractor on the following basis:
(1) A certified copy of an employee’s payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request. (2) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the body awarding the contract and the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement of the Department of Industrial Relations. (3) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available upon request by the public for inspection or for copies thereof. However, a request by the public shall be made through either the body awarding the contract or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the requested payroll records have not been provided pursuant to paragraph (2), the requesting party shall, prior to being provided the records, reimburse the costs of preparation by the contractor, subcontractors, and the entity through which the request was made. The public may not be given access to the records at the principal office of the contractor. (c) Unless required to be furnished directly to the Labor Commissioner in accordance with paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 1771.4, the certified payroll records shall be on forms provided by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement or shall contain the same information as the forms provided by the division. The payroll records may consist of printouts of payroll data that are maintained as computer records, if the printouts contain the same information as the forms provided by the division and the printouts are verified in the manner 50 specified in subdivision (a).
(d) A contractor or subcontractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the entity that requested the records within 10 days after receipt of a written request. (e) Except as provided in subdivision (f), any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public agency by the awarding body or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated to prevent disclosure of an individual’s name, address, and social security number. The name and address of the contractor awarded the contract or the subcontractor performing the contract shall not be marked or obliterated. Any copy of records made available for inspection by, or furnished to, a multiemployer Taft-Hartley trust fund (29 U.S.C. Sec. 186(c)(5)) that requests the records for the purposes of allocating contributions to participants shall be marked or obliterated only to prevent disclosure of an individual’s full social security number, but shall provide the last four digits of the social security number. Any copy of records made available for inspection by, or furnished to, a joint labormanagement committee established pursuant to the federal Labor Management Cooperation Act of 1978 (29 U.S.C. Sec. 175a) shall be marked or obliterated only to prevent disclosure of an individual’s social security number.
(f) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, agencies that are included in the Joint Enforcement Strike Force on the Underground Economy established pursuant to Section 329 of the Unemployment Insurance Code and other law enforcement agencies investigating violations of law shall, upon request, be provided nonredacted copies of certified payroll records. Any copies of records or certified payroll made available for inspection and furnished upon request to the public by an agency included in the Joint Enforcement Strike Force on the Underground Economy or to a law enforcement agency investigating a violation of law shall be marked or redacted to prevent disclosure of an individual’s name, address, and social security number. (2) An employer shall not be liable for damages in a civil action for any reasonable act or omission taken in good faith in compliance with this subdivision.
(g) The contractor shall inform the body awarding the contract of the location of the records enumerated under subdivision (a), including the street address, city, and county, and shall, within five working days, provide a notice of a change of location and address.
(h) The contractor or subcontractor has 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of a written notice requesting the records enumerated in subdivision (a). In the event that the contractor or subcontractor fails to comply within the 10-day period, he or she shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit one hundred dollars ($100) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. A contractor is not subject to a penalty assessment pursuant to this section due to the failure of a subcontractor to comply with this section.
(i) The body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section.
(j) The director shall adopt rules consistent with the California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code) and the Information Practices Act of 1977 (Title 1.8 (commencing with Section 1798) of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code) governing the release of these records, including the establishment of reasonable fees to be charged for reproducing copies of records required by this section.
(Amended by Stats. 2014, Ch. 28, Sec. 71. Effective June 20, 2014.) 1777.5
(a) This chapter does not prevent the employment of properly registered apprentices upon public works. (b) (1) Every apprentice employed upon public works shall be paid the prevailing rate of per diem wages for 51 apprentices in the trade to which he or she is registered and shall be employed only at the work of the craft or trade to which he or she is registered.
(2) Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, when a contractor requests the dispatch of an apprentice pursuant to this section to perform work on a public works project and requires the apprentice to fill out an application or undergo testing, training, an examination, or other preemployment process as a condition of employment, the apprentice shall be paid for the time spent on the required preemployment activity, including travel time to and from the required activity, if any, at the prevailing rate of per diem wages for apprentices in the trade to which he or she is registered. Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, a contractor is not required to compensate an apprentice for the time spent on preemployment activities if the apprentice is required to take a preemployment drug or alcohol test and he or she fails to pass that test.
(c) Only apprentices, as defined in Section 3077, who are in training under apprenticeship standards that have been approved by the Chief of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and who are parties to written apprentice agreements under Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 3070) of Division 3 are eligible to be employed at the apprentice wage rate on public works. The employment and training of each apprentice shall be in accordance with either of the following:
(1) The apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreements under which he or she is training. (2) The rules and regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council. (d) If the contractor to whom the contract is awarded by the state or any political subdivision, in performing any of the work under the contract, employs workers in any apprenticeable craft or trade, the contractor shall employ apprentices in at least the ratio set forth in this section and may apply to any apprenticeship program in the craft or trade that can provide apprentices to the site of the public work for a certificate approving the contractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of apprentices in the area or industry affected. However, the decision of the apprenticeship program to approve or deny a certificate shall be subject to review by the Administrator of Apprenticeship. The apprenticeship program or programs, upon approving the contractor, shall arrange for the dispatch of apprentices to the contractor. A contractor covered by an apprenticeship program’s standards shall not be required to submit any additional application in order to include additional public works contracts under that program. “Apprenticeable craft or trade,” as used in this section, means a craft or trade determined as an apprenticeable occupation in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the California Apprenticeship Council. As used in this section, “contractor” includes any subcontractor under a contractor who performs any public works not excluded by subdivision (o). (e) Before commencing work on a contract for public works, every contractor shall submit contract award information to an applicable apprenticeship program that can supply apprentices to the site of the public work.

The information submitted shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the contract, the number of apprentices proposed to be employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices would be employed. A copy of this information shall also be submitted to the awarding body, if requested by the awarding body. Within 60 days after concluding work on the contract, each contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the awarding body, if requested, and to the apprenticeship program a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed on the contract. The information under this subdivision shall be public. The apprenticeship programs shall retain this information for 12 months. (f) The apprenticeship program supplying apprentices to the area of the site of the public work shall ensure equal employment and affirmative action in apprenticeship for women and minorities. (g) The ratio of work performed by apprentices to journeymen employed in a particular craft or trade on the public work may be no higher than the ratio stipulated in the apprenticeship standards under which the apprenticeship program operates if the contractor agrees to be bound by those standards. However, except as otherwise provided in this section, in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of journeyman work.
52 (h) This ratio of apprentice work to journeyman work shall apply during any day or portion of a day when any journeyman is employed at the jobsite and shall be computed on the basis of the hours worked during the day by journeymen so employed. Any work performed by a journeyman in excess of eight hours per day or 40 hours per week shall not be used to calculate the ratio. The contractor shall employ apprentices for the number of hours computed as above before the end of the contract or, in the case of a subcontractor, before the end of the subcontract. However, the contractor shall endeavor, to the greatest extent possible, to employ apprentices during the same time period that the journeymen in the same craft or trade are employed at the jobsite. When an hourly apprenticeship ratio is not feasible for a particular craft or trade, the Administrator of Apprenticeship, upon application of an apprenticeship program, may order a minimum ratio of not less than one apprentice for each five journeymen in a craft or trade classification. (i) A contractor covered by this section who has agreed to be covered by an apprenticeship program’s standards upon the issuance of the approval certificate, or who has been previously approved for an apprenticeship program in the craft or trade, shall employ the number of apprentices or the ratio of apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the applicable apprenticeship standards, but in no event less than the 1-to-5 ratio required by subdivision (g).
(j) Upon proper showing by a contractor that he or she employs apprentices in a particular craft or trade in the state on all of his or her contracts on an annual average of not less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of labor performed by journeymen, the Administrator of Apprenticeship may grant a certificate exempting the contractor from the 1-to-5 hourly ratio, as set forth in this section for that craft or trade. (k) An apprenticeship program has the discretion to grant to a participating contractor or contractor association a certificate, which shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator of Apprenticeship, exempting the contractor from the 1-to-5 ratio set forth in this section when it finds that any one of the following conditions is met:
(1) Unemployment for the previous three-month period in the area exceeds an average of 15 percent. (2) The number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of 1 to 5. (3) There is a showing that the apprenticeable craft or trade is replacing at least one-thirtieth of its journeymen annually through apprenticeship training, either on a statewide basis or on a local basis. (4) Assignment of an apprentice to any work performed under a public works contract would create a condition that would jeopardize his or her life or the life, safety, or property of fellow employees or the public at large, or the specific task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of a nature that training cannot be provided by a journeyman.
(l) If an exemption is granted pursuant to subdivision (k) to an organization that represents contractors in a specific trade from the 1-to-5 ratio on a local or statewide basis, the member contractors shall not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local joint apprenticeship committees, if they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.
(m) (1) A contractor to whom a contract is awarded, who, in performing any of the work under the contract, employs journeymen or apprentices in any apprenticeable craft or trade shall contribute to the California Apprenticeship Council the same amount that the director determines is the prevailing amount of apprenticeship training contributions in the area of the public works site. A contractor may take as a credit for payments to the council any amounts paid by the contractor to an approved apprenticeship program that can supply apprentices to the site of the public works project. The contractor may add the amount of the contributions in computing his or her bid for the contract.
(2) At the conclusion of the 2002–03 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, the California Apprenticeship Council shall distribute training contributions received by the council under this subdivision, less the expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations for administering this subdivision, by making grants to approved apprenticeship programs for the purpose of training apprentices. The funds shall be distributed as follows:
(A) If there is an approved multiemployer apprenticeship program serving the same craft or trade and 53 geographic area for which the training contributions were made to the council, a grant to that program shall be made.
(B) If there are two or more approved multiemployer apprenticeship programs serving the same craft or trade and county for which the training contributions were made to the council, the grant shall be divided among those programs based on the number of apprentices from that county registered in each program. (C) All training contributions not distributed under subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be used to defray the future expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations for the administration and enforcement of apprenticeship standards and requirements under this code.
(3) All training contributions received pursuant to this subdivision shall be deposited in the Apprenticeship Training Contribution Fund, which is hereby created in the State Treasury. Upon appropriation by the Legislature, all moneys in the Apprenticeship Training Contribution Fund shall be used for the purpose of carrying out this subdivision and to pay the expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations. (n) The body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section. The stipulations shall fix the responsibility of compliance with this section for all apprenticeable occupations with the prime contractor.
(o) This section does not apply to contracts of general contractors or to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or prime contractor when the contracts of general contractors or those specialty contractors involve less than thirty thousand dollars ($30,000). (p) An awarding body that implements an approved labor compliance program in accordance with subdivision (b) of Section 1771.5 may, with the approval of the director, assist in the enforcement of this section under the terms and conditions prescribed by the director.
(Amended by Stats. 2016, Ch. 746, Sec. 1. Effective January 1, 2017.) 1813. The contractor or subcontractor shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of the contract by the respective contractor or subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of this article. In awarding any contract for public work, the awarding body shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to this effect. The awarding body shall take cognizance of all violations of this article committed in the course of the execution of the contract, and shall report them to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. 1815. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 1810 to 1814, inclusive, of this code, and notwithstanding any stipulation inserted in any contract pursuant to the requirements of said sections, work performed by employees of contractors in excess of 8 hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than 1 1/2 times the basic rate of pay.

54 General Notes:

A. The CONTRACTOR shall examine the working drawings: architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical, and shall notify the architect and/or engineers of any discrepancies he may find before proceeding with the work.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and conditions at the site and shall notify the designer of discrepancies between the actual conditions and information shown on the drawings before proceeding with the work.

C. All work shall conform to the minimum standards for the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code, Caltrans Standard General Specifications and such other regulating agencies exercising authority over any portion of the work.

D. Specifications (if included) are integral to the drawings. Notify designer before proceeding with any work if any disparity arises between drawings and specifications.

E. All work shall conform to the best practice prevailing in the various trades comprising the work.

F. Specific notes and details shall take precedence over General Notes and Typical Details. Dimensions shall supersede scale.

G. Details shown describe the general intent and character of the project. Any specific areas not drawn shall be similar to those details that are related in location, intent, or function.

H. All subcontractors shall be held responsible for all conditions, ordinances, code and requirements pertinent to their category of work as dictated by regulatory agencies.

I. All subcontractors shall be held responsible for any damage to another's work caused by subcontractor, its employees or agents.

J. General CONTRACTOR to maintain site in a clean and neat manner. Remove and legally dispose of all debris, rubbish, etc. Remove all materials from those not intended for their application, such as paint spatters, masking materials, asphalt, etc.

K. The Contractor shall contact the City of Nevada City, City Engineer to schedule a pre-construction meeting at least ten (10) working days prior to the start of construction (telephone 530-265-2496).

L. Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for construction of this project, including safety of all persons and property. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the owner and the design engineer harmless from any and all liability, real or alleged in connection with the performance of the work on this project, excepting for liability arising from the intentional negligence of the owner or engineer.

M. The contractor is hereby notified that prior to commencing construction he is responsible for contacting all utility companies for verification at the construction site of the locations of all underground facilities 55 where such facilities may conflict with placement of improvements shown on this plan. Call ‘Underground Service Alert’ at 800-642-2444 prior to any excavation.

N. The locations of all underground facilities shown on this plan are approximate. A reasonable effort has been made to locate and delineate all underground facilities. However, the design engineer assumes no liability for the accuracy of completeness of the existing facilities shown on hereon or for the existence of other underground utilities not shown on these plans. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing facilities interfering with the construction of improvements. If so directed by the design engineer, the contractor shall stop work immediately until remedial action can be taken. Any cost resulting from the contractor’s failure to report and or failure to stop work as directed will be the responsibility of the contractor.

O. The contractor shall request construction staking for any phase of work no less than two working days prior to commencement of construction.

P. The contractor is responsible for the protection of all existing monuments and other survey markers during construction. Monuments disturbed, or lost, due to construction activities will require that the contractor have them replaced, in kind, by a licensed California Land Surveyor-who will be required to file either a Corner Record, or Record of Survey, with the County-whichever will meet the requirements of L.S. Act Section 8773
Q. The Contractor shall provide one complete set of As-Built Drawings. Any changes to the plans shall be shown on a clean set of drawings marked in red and given to the City Engineer at job completion. 56 Project Specifications

PROJECT LIMITS
Refer to improvement plans for limits of work.

PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project consists of new building construction and all improvements as shown on the project plans.

CONSTRUCTION NOTES
Bid items shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for all work as shown on the plans.

All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. It is acknowledged that the Contractor’s failure to achieve substantial completion of the Work within the Contract Time provided by the Contract Documents will cause the City to incur substantial economic damages and losses of types and in amounts which are impossible to compute and ascertain with certainty as a basis for recovery by the City of actual damages, and that liquidated damages represent a fair, reasonable and appropriate estimate thereof. Accordingly, in lieu of actual damages for such delay, the Contractor agrees that liquidated damages may be assessed and recovered by the City as against Contractor and its Surety, in the event of delayed completion and without the City being required to present any evidence of the amount or character of actual damages sustained by reason thereof; therefore Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for payment of liquidated damages in the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for each day that Substantial Completion is delayed beyond the Contract Time as adjusted for time extensions provided by the Contract Documents. Such liquidated damages are intended to represent estimated actual damages and are not intended as a penalty, and Contractor shall pay them to Owner without limiting Owner’s right to terminate this agreement for default as provided elsewhere herein.

ADDENDUM NO. 1 CITY OF NEVADA CITY
This addendum is for the following project:

PUBLIC WORKS STORAGE BUILDING
Bid Documents are revised as follows.

No change to the Bid Date
No change to the Bid Schedule
Clarifications:

City will provide and pay for inspections including special inspections that are noted on the plans.

Contractor shall provide notification to the City 3 days prior to the date upon which observation or inspection is required.

Contractor shall comply with construction requirements described in the Geotechnical Engineering Report dated March 28, 2023 (attached hereto as part of the bid documents). This shall include site preparation, stump removal, rock removal, over excavation, fill and compaction, stockpiling, offhaul and disposal of excess material. The City will remove and dispose of any existing above ground structural debris and miscellaneous stored items that is not natural soil, rock or vegetative material.

DATED: November 30, 2023 CITY OF NEVADA CITY

Bryan McAlister, P.E.

City Engineer

ADDENDUM NO. 2 CITY OF NEVADA CITY
This addendum is for the following project:

PUBLIC WORKS STORAGE BUILDING
Bid Documents are revised as follows.

No change to the Bid Date
No change to the Bid Schedule
Clarifications:

See Attached Response to Pre‐Bid RFI's.

Changes to Contract Documents:

See Attached, Added section 10.1 to General Conditions
DATED: December 14, 2023 CITY OF NEVADA CITY

Bryan McAlister, P.E.

City Engineer
Addendum 2
Public Works Storage Building
2 RESPONSE TO RFI’s
Legend: Q ‐ bidders question
A‐ answer from City
Q1 The specs call for crystalline waterproofing additive to concrete. Clarifying that this is correct.

The additive is very expensive, 40‐50 $/cy of concrete. The testing requirements for this system are also stringent. Clarifying that those are wanted and who is paying for testing.

A1 The crystalline waterproofing additive may be omitted from the project scope.

Q2 Is Builders Risk/Course of Construction insurance required for this project? A2 Yes, we have added Item 10.1 to the General Conditions. See attachment.

Q3 Will the current debris be removed from the site before the contractor is to start work? A3 Refer to Addendum 1
Q4 Please confirm parking and staging locations for the contractor? A4 The site area west of existing public works buildings will be made available to the contractor. This is the rectangular shaped new pavement area on C1.1 If offsite storage is needed, there is vacant City property within two miles of the site that can be made available to the contractor provided that the contractor provides their own fencing as needed for security.

Q5     Overhead Door Operation ‐ Plans state chain hoist operated, and spec shows safety devices which are only needed when a motor is present. Will these doors need to be motor operated? A5     Overhead doors are to be manually operated as noted on drawings Q6     Will the overhead doors need to be insulated or non‐insulated? A6:     Non‐insulated
Q7     Will the overhead doors need to be fire rated? If yes, do you need this door to tie into the buildings fire alarm system?
A7:     Overhead doors are required to comply with WUI requirements as noted on plans.  Overhead doors are not required to be fire rated doors.

Addendum 2
Public Works Storage Building
3 Q8     Please Clarify the roofing material Gauge and Color.  Page A5.0 Exterior Finishes Specifies "Bonderized Corrugated (Dark Gray)".  Bonderized is bare metal meant for painting not already painted?
A8:     metal roofing shall have bonderized finish, as noted in drawings Q9     Please specify the metal guage for the roof. (22, 24, or 26 ga.)? A9:     24 gauge
Q10 Provide clarification on what Mirafi Drain Board product you're referring to? (102 & 104/S‐410 ‐ Notes
A10:     The Mirafi board protects the waterproofing from the drain rock.  Contractor shall provide a product submittal for City review and approval prior to installation.

Q11 Is there a specific 1" polyiso insul board product you're referring to & how is it supposed to adhere to the waterproofing system? (102 & 104/S‐410 ‐ Notes #2) A11: No specific product is required. Contractor shall provide a product submittal for City review and approval prior to installation. Installation shall be per manufacturer guidelines.

Q12 Does the retaining wall at the front stop at the concrete stairs or continue down past the stairs? A12: The retaining wall is both sides of the stairs as shown on the plan Q13 Does the waterproofing stop at the walkway when it turns the corner at the side wall or continue through to the other side wall?
A13: Waterproofing is not required along the walkway because the slab elevation is the same as the walkway.

Q14 The Feeder Schedule/One‐Line Diagram on E0.0 show a 3/4" conduit with (3) #4's & (1) #6 for both feeders, but this conduit is undersized. A minimum 1" conduit is required to fit the required conductors. Please advise.

A14: Correct, a 1” conduit is required.

Q15 What finish is required for the plywood wainscot? No Finish, Prime & Paint or Stain? Please advise.

A15: No finish required for interior plywood wainscot Addendum 2
Public Works Storage Building
4 Q16 Please confirm if there is a preference for the new fire alarm system or an existing system on the property that needs to be integrated with the new storage building fire alarm system..

A16: a new alarm system, not interconnected with the existing buildings Addendum 2
Public Works Storage Building
5 General Conditions, Item 10 (the following section is added as part of this addendum)

10.1 Builder’s Risk/All Risk
Course‐of‐Construction Insurance Requirements. During the progress of the Work and until final acceptance of the Work by City upon completion of the entire Contract, the contractor shall maintain Builder’s Risk, Course of Construction or similar first party property coverage issued on a replacement value basis consistent with the total replacement cost of the structures where work is being performed inclusive of all Work for the Project included within the Contract Documents. Such insurance shall include “All Risk” (Special Perils) coverage and shall name the City as a loss payee as their interest may appear with no coinsurance penalty provisions. Coverage is to insure against all risks of accidental direct physical loss, and must include, by the basic grant of coverage or by endorsement, the perils of vandalism, malicious mischief (both without any limitation regarding vacancy or occupancy), fire, sprinkler leakage, civil authority, sonic boom, earthquake, flood, collapse, wind, lightning, smoke and riot. The coverage must include the underlying structure where Work is being performed, completed Work and Work in progress, to the full insurable value thereof.

The Contractor shall submit to the City for its approval all items deemed to be uninsurable. The risk of the damage to the Work due to the perils covered by the “Builder’s Risk/All Risk” Insurance, as well as any other hazard which might result in damage to the Work, is that of the Contractor and the surety, and no claims for such loss or damage shall be recognized by the City nor will such loss or damage excuse the complete and satisfactory performance of the Contract by the Contractor.

ADDENDUM NO. 3 CITY OF NEVADA CITY
This addendum is for the following project:

PUBLIC WORKS STORAGE BUILDING
Bid Documents are revised as follows.

No change to the Bid Date
No change to the Bid Schedule
Clarifications:

See Attached Response to Pre‐Bid RFI's.

Changes to Contract Documents:

Section 10 Insurance Requirements of the Contract General Conditions is replaced in its entirety by Exhibit A Insurance Requirements for Construction Contracts (see attached). Section 10.1 which was added in addendum 2 is deleted since we determined that the City has Builders Risk Insurance so this is not required to be provided by the contractor.

Section 5.4 thru 5.11 Owners Liability Insurance of the General Conditions is deleted.

Changes to Plans
C1.1 General Notes (last paragraph) The note indicating depth to scarify and recompact was revised from 8” to 12” to conform with the Geotechnical Recommendations outlined in Section

5.1.4 Soil Preparation for Fill Placement.

C3.1 Details 5, 6, and 8 Depth to recompact is was revised from 8” to 12” to conform with Geotechnical Recommendations outlined in Section 5.2.2.2(8) Subgrade Soil Preparation.

S001, S100 Notes added and Detail 107/ S410 revised to provide specifications for foundation Subgrade Preparation, Base Preparation, and Vapor Barrier Placement.

SP2 Note 3.1B was revised to provide clarification for Vapor Barrier requirements.

DATED: December 18, 2023 CITY OF NEVADA CITY

Bryan McAlister, P.E.

City Engineer
Addendum 3
Public Works Storage Building
2 RESPONSE TO RFI’s
Legend: Q ‐ bidders question
A‐ answer from City
Q1 My company is interested in bidding the structural steel and miscellaneous metals for the upcoming Nevada City Storage Building project, but I noticed there is an AISC certification program requirement in place for the fabricator. We would like to see if we could have that requirement waived and the wording changed to be, "in accordance/conformance wit AISC specifications," or something of that kind.

A1 The note on S‐001 for DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION was revised to say “ALL

FABRICATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION.”
Q2 Do you want the bonderized metal roofing to be painted dark gray or not? A2 Roofing to have bonderized finish, not painted.

Addendum 3
Public Works Storage Building
3 Exhibit A
Insurance Requirements for Construction Contracts
Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract, and for 2 years thereafter, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors.

MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMIT OF INSURANCE
Coverage shall be at least as broad as:

1. Commercial General Liability (CGL): Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 covering CGL on an “occurrence” basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit.

2. Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Form CA 0001 covering Code 1 (any auto), with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

3. Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employers’ Liability insurance with a limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.

If the contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above for all policies, the City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or higher limits maintained by the contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City.

Self-Insured Retentions
Self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the contractor shall cause the insurer to reduce or eliminate such self-insured retentions as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers; or the Contractor shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to the City guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses. The policy language shall provide, or be endorsed to provide, that the selfinsured retention may be satisfied by either the named insured or City.

Addendum 3
Public Works Storage Building
4 Exhibit A cont.

Other Insurance Provisions:

Additional Insured
The City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations and automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by or on behalf of the Contractor. General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the Contractor’s insurance at least as broad as one of the following ISO ongoing operations Forms: CG 20 10 or CG 20 26 or CG 20 33 (not allowed from subcontractors), or CG 20 38; and one of the following ISO completed operations Forms: CG 20 37, 2039 (not allowed from subcontractors), or CG 20 40.

Primary Insurance
For any claims related to this project, the Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance coverage at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13 as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

Notice of Cancellation
Contractor shall provide immediate written notice if (1) any of the required insurance policies is terminated; (2) the limits of any of the required polices are reduced; (3) or the deductible or self-insured retention is increased. In the event of any cancellation or reduction in coverage or limits of any insurance, Contractor shall forthwith obtain and submit proof of substitute insurance.

Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers authorized to conduct business in the state with a current A.M. Best rating of no less than A: VII, unless otherwise acceptable to the City.

Waiver of Subrogation
Contractor hereby agrees to waive rights of subrogation which any insurer of Contractor may acquire from Contractor by virtue of the payment of any loss. Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the City has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer. However, the Workers’ Compensation policy shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City for all work performed by the Contractor, its employees, agents and subcontractors.

Addendum 3
Public Works Storage Building
5 Exhibit A cont.

Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the City with original Certificates of Insurance including all required amendatory endorsements (or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage required by this clause) and a copy of the Declarations and Endorsement Page of the CGL policy listing all policy endorsements to City before work begins. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor’s obligation to provide them. The City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements, required by these specifications, at any time.

Subcontractors
Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all the requirements stated herein, and Contractor shall ensure that City is an additional insured on insurance required from subcontractors. For CGL coverage subcontractors shall provide coverage with a form at least as broad as CG 20 38 04 13.

Special Risks or Circumstances
City reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of the risk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other circumstances. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
L
K
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
A
B
C
L
K
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
A
B
C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.31,2023
22-1210
12/18/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A0.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

COVER SHEET
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA CA 95959
These designs, plans and
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s are
protected under federal
copyright laws. Unauthorized
duplication of these
documents or the contents
herein is in violation of
federal copyright law.
© 2023 Siteline Architecture
All rights reserved.

NC Storage_30.pln 12/18/23 1:31 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_30.pln 4 SD-8
A0.0
C1.1
C2.1
C2.2
C3.1
C3.2
C3.3
A0.1
A0.2
A0.3
A2.0
A2.1
A2.2
A2.3
A3.0
A5.0
A5.1
A6.0
A7.0
A7.1
A7.2
M0
E0.0
E1.0
E2.0
E3.1
E3.2
E3.3
E4.1
E4.2
E4.3
E5.0
E6.0
E6.1
E6.2
E6.3
P0
P1
P2
P3
S-000
S-001
S-002
S-100
S-200
S-201
S-202
S-300
S-410
S-411
S-420
S-421
S-430
S-440
S-441
S-500
SP1
SP2
SP3
SP4
SP5

SECTIONS

COVER SHEET

OVERALL SITEPLAN

GRADING

UTILITY PLAN

DETAILS

CALGREEN MANDATORY MEASURES

CODE ANALYSIS, EGRESS PLANS

BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN

MAIN FLOOR PLAN

MEZZANINE FLOOR PLAN, DOOR SCHEDULE

REFLECTED CEILING PLANS

ELEVATIONS

SECTIONS

DETAILS

STAIR NOTES

MECHANICAL SCHEDULES, PLANS & GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES,ONE-LINE, & GEN. NOTES

ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES

ELECTRICAL PLAN SITE

ELECTRICAL PLAN POWER BASEMENT

ELECTRICAL PLAN POWER MAIN FLOOR

ELECTRICAL PLAN POWER MEZZANINE

ELECTRICAL PLAN LIGHTING BASEMENT

ELECTRICAL PLAN LIGHTING MAIN FLOOR

ELECTRICAL PLAN LIGHTING MEZZANINE

ELECTRICAL PLAN ROOF

ELECTRICAL ENERGY REPORT

ELECTRICAL ENERGY REPORT
PLUMBING SCHEDULES, CALCULATIONS, & GEN. NOTES

PLUMBING PLAN WATER MAIN FLOOR

PLUMBING PLAN SEWER & VENT MAIN FLOOR

PLUMBING PLAN ROOF

STRUCTURAL COVER PAGE

STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

FOUNDATION PLAN

MAIN LEVEL FLOOR FRAMING PLAN

MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN

ROOF FRAMING PLAN

SHEAR PLAN

FOUNDATION DETAILS

FOUNDATION DETAILS II

FRAMING DETAILS

FRAMING DETAILS II

SHEAR DETAILS

STEEL DETAILS

STEEL DETAILS II

STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
PROJECT:

SITE:

OWNER:

LOT SIZE:

ZONING:

CONSTRUCTION TYPE:

OCCUPANCY:

OCCUPANTS
(PER CBC 1004.1.1):

SQUARE
FOOTAGE:

REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING STORAGE BUILDING WITH A

NEW STRUCTURE IN APPROXIMATELY THE SAME

LOCATION AND FLOOR AREA OF THE PREVIOUS

BUILDING, INCLUDING SITE IMPROVEMENTS,
ACCESSIBILITY AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS.
255 BOULDER STREET NEVADA CITY
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959
APN:005-420-041-000

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD STREET

NEVADA CITY, CA
(530) 265-2496

0.92 ACRES/40,075.2 S.F.

R-1 NevCty

V-B, NON-SPRINKLERED
S-1
09 OCCUPANTS
BASEMENT LEVEL: 690 S.F. COVERED LOADING
890 S.F. STORAGE
MAIN LEVEL: 2,475 S.F. STORAGE

MEZZANINE: 563 S.F. STORAGE

PROPOSED BUILDING IS UNCONDITIONED
1 2
SITE

SHEET INDEX

PROJECT INFORMATION

GENERAL NOTES

VICINITY MAP
NONE
A

NEW STORAGE BUILDING
FOR

CITY OF NEVADA CITY

DEFERRED SUBMITTAL
PROJECT IS IN A VERY HIGH FIRE HAZARD SEVERITY ZONE:

WUI STANDARDS APPLY

1. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO DEVELOP AND SUBMIT DRAWINGS TO BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS FOR REVIEW.

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
REQUIRED, SEE SHEET S-002
ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2022 CBC AND THE

CURRENT EDITIONS OF THE CMC, CPC, CEC, CGSBC, CFC,

CALIFORNIA ENERGY REGULATIONS, AND ALL LOCAL
CODES AND ORDINANCES.

DO NOT SCALE THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.

WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED
GRAPHICS.

SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND DETAILS TAKE
PRECEDENCE OVER THESE GENERAL NOTES.

VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING

WORK, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES
PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.

CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUBMITTALS TO OWNER

AND ARCHITECT ON ITEMS AND SYSTEMS WHERE

ALTERNATES ARE AVAILABLE IN DESIGN, COLOR,
FABRICATION, ETC. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED
TO: METAL RAILINGS, ROOFING, SIDING, DOORS, DOOR

HARDWARE, LOUVERS, PAINT, FIXTURES, PLUMBING
FIXTURES, WIRING DEVICES, LIGHTING, AND FENCING.

CEILING HEIGHT NOTATIONS INDICATE FINISH CEILING
SURFACE.

DO NOT PROCEED WITH SHOP FABRICATION PRIOR TO
OBTAINING FIELD DIMENSIONS.

THE WORK IN THE BUILDER’S CONTRACT WITH THE OWNER

SHALL INCLUDE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LABOR

REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS SHOWN IN THE
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY CUSTOMARY AND

NECESSARY ITEMS WHICH ARE REASONABLY IMPLIED

AND REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHALL BE

FURNISHED, EVEN IF NOT SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS OR
SPECIFICATIONS.

FURNISH AND INSTALL SUPPORT BRACKETS, BACKING,

AND STIFFENERS AS REQUIRED AT ALL MECHANICAL AND

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS FIXTURES AND
ACCESSORIES.

DO NOT MODIFY, CUT, OR OTHERWISE COMPROMISE THE

INTEGRITY OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN

CONSENT AND GUIDANCE FROM THE STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER.

CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION
CERTIFYING THE WORK CONFORMS TO TITLE 24

REQUIREMENTS AND THE ENERGY COMPLIANCE
DOCUMENTATION FOR THE PROJECT.

PROVIDE A MINIMUM 42” HIGH GUARD RAIL WHERE SHOWN

ON PLANS AND AT ANY LOCATION WHERE SURFACE OF
WALKWAY IS MORE THAN 30" ABOVE ADJOINING GRADE.

PROVIDE INTERMEDIATE RAILS SPACED SUCH THAT A
SPHERE 4" IN DIAMETER CANNOT PASS THROUGH.

WHERE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF FIRE

RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES, CONTINUE GYPSUM BOARD OR

OTHER FINISH MATERIALS BEHIND ALL RECESSED
ACCESSORIES, CABINETS, AND PANELS.

AT DOORS ADJOINING WALLS, LAYOUT DOOR
INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 4” CLEARANCE
BETWEEN WALL SURFACE AND FACE OF DOOR IN 90
DEGREE OPEN POSITION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

CONNECT ALL DOWNSPOUTS TO SUB-SURFACE
DRAINAGE PIPING.

PROVIDE CONTINUOUS VENTING AT ALL RIDGES.

PROVIDE SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT

LATERAL BRACING

ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND UTILITIES SHALL BE

SCREENED FROM THE VIEW OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES
OR ROADWAYS. ALL GUTTERS, SCREENS, VENTS, AND

FLASHING SHALL BE PAINTED TO PREVENT GLARE AND
TO MATCH ADJACENT BUILDING COLORS.

DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK

A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR
THIS WORK BY NV5 DATED MARCH 28, 2023. THE

RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS REPORT ARE HEREBY

REFERENCED AS INCLUDED IN THE WORK SHOWN IN THE
CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

COMPLETED GRADING SHALL RESULT IN A MINIMUM 5%

SLOPE AWAY FROM ALL BUILDING WALLS AT UNPAVED
AREAS, A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 5’-0”, AND 2% SLOPE

AWAY FROM ALL BUILDING WALLS AT WALKS, PATIOS,

DRIVEWAYS, AND SOLID DECKING SURFACES AND STAIR
LANDINGS.

PROVIDE ADDRESS NUMERALS FOR ALL NEW
BUILDINGS. LOCATE TO BE PLAINLY VISIBLE AND
LEGIBLE FROM THE STREET FRONTING THE PROPERTY.

DIVISION 5 – METALS

PROVIDE GALVANIC ISOLATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR
METALS
DIVISION 6 – WOOD AND PLASTICS
PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING MAXIMUM 10’-0” ON CENTER

HORIZONTALLY AND AT ALL INTERSECTIONS BETWEEN

CONCEALED WALL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS
SOFFITS, ROOFS OR CEILINGS.

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

PROVIDE FLASHING AT INTERSECTION OF ROOF

PLANES AND WALLS, ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, AND
ALL EXTERIOR OPENINGS.

FLASH, CAULK, AND SEAL WHERE SHOWN IN DRAWINGS

AND WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT THE INFILTRATION
OF MOISTURE.

PROVIDE FLASHING SET IN CAULKING BED UNDER

THRESHOLDS AND SILLS, DOWN AND OVER EXTERIOR
WALL FINISH.

PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES

SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRE STOPPING ACCEPTABLE
TO THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL.

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES

ALL ROOF FLASHING TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH
ROOFING COLOR.

PROVIDE TYPE “X” GYPSUM WALL BOARD AT USEABLE
AREAS BELOW STAIRS.

WHERE FINISHES ARE NOT DETAILED, WORK SHALL
CONFORM TO THE BEST PRACTICES OF THE TRADE.

DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ELECTRICAL

PLANS WITH CONTRACTOR AND OWNER PRIOR TO
BEGINNING INSTALLATION.

PLANCHECK 01_111623
PRE-BID RFI_121523
20/49 CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Overall Siteplan C1.1 NEVADA CITY
SITE

BOULDER ST

SACRAMENTO ST BROAD ST

PARK AVE DEER CREEK
CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Grading C2.1 NEVADA CITY
CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Utility Plan C2.2 NEVADA CITY
CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Details C3.1 NEVADA CITY
CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Details C3.2 2' MIN NEVADA CITY
8"
8" 5"MIN 1'-6" MIN
11"MIN 2'-6" MAX.

TYP. 7" MAX. TYP.
8" 1'-6" MIN 3"
CALIFORNIA ã CITY OF NEVADA CITY 317 BROAD STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA 95959 (530) 265-2496 Public Works Yard Details C3.3 NEVADA CITY
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A0.1 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f
www.sitelinearch.com

CALGREEN

MANDATORY

MEASURES
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 CHAPTER 5

NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES
SECTION 5.101 GENERAL

5.101.1 SCOPE
The provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties.

DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (January 2023) Y SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS

5.102.1 DEFINITIONS
The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire.

LOW-EMITTING AND FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES.

Eligible vehicles are limited to the following:

1. Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), enhanced advanced technology PZEV (enhanced AT ZEV) or transitional zero emission vehicles (TZEV) regulated under CCR, Title 13, Section 1962.

2. High-efficiency vehicles, regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing a fuel economy and greenhouse gas rating od 9 oe 10 as regulated under 40 CFR Section 600 Subpart D.

NEIGHBORHOOD ELECTRIC VEHICLE (NEV). A motor vehicle that meets the definition of "low-speed vehicle" either in Section 385.5 of the Vehicle Code or in 49CFR571.500 (as it existed on July 1, 2000), and is certified to zero-emission vehicle standards.

TENANT-OCCUPANTS. Building occupants who inhabit a building during its normal hours of operation as permanent occupants, such as employees, as distinguished from customers and other transient visitors.

VANPOOL VEHICLE. Eligible vehicles are limited to any motor vehicle, other than a motortruck or truck tractor, designed for carrying more than 10 but not more than 15 persons including the driver, which is maintained and used primarily for the nonprofit work-related transportation of adults for the purpose of ridesharing.

Note: Source: Vehicle Code, Division 1, Section 668
ZEV. Any vehicle certified to zero-emission standards.

SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT

5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures:

5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance.

5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs.

1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible. b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters. c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow. d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils. e. Erosion control to protect slopes.
f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts). g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls). h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site. i. Stabilized construction exits.
j. Wind erosion control.
k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency.

2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dewatering activities.
b. Material handling and waste management.
c. Building materials stockpile management.
d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.). e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area. f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site.
g Spill prevention and control.
h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency.

DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.201 GENERAL

5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards.

DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
SECTION 5.301 GENERAL

5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance.

SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS

5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape.

FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks.

METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable.

GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers.

MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters.

MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO.

POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5.

POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction.

RECYCLED WATER. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is water treated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again.

SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) WATER BUDGET. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO).

5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code.

Exceptions:

1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:
a. Where there is no local utility power supply
b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.

2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section

5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces.
[N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements:

1. Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces.

2. A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS.

3. The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space.

4. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE."
Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details.

ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS:

HCD Department of Housing and Community Development
BSC California Building Standards Commission
DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development LR Low Rise
HR High Rise
AA Additions and Alterations N New

5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.

5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.

5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility.

5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following:

1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;

2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or

3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.

Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates.

5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections

5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2

5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building.

5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following:

1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;

2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or

3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.

5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2

5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter.

5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack.

Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces.

CHAPTER 3

GREEN BUILDING
SECTION 301 GENERAL
301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work.

A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used.
301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only:

Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance.
301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work.
301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC) 301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC)
SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS
302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy.

SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS
303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply.
303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations.

5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS).

ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section

5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs.

5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS.

When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3.

Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s).

5.106.5.4 Electric Vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE.

Exceptions:

1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:
a. Where there is no local utility power supply.
b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.

When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows:

5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces.
[N] In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spare raceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specifications shall include but are not limited to, the following:

1. The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE.

2. The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the planned offstreet loading space(s) reserved for medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table

5.106.5.4.1

3. Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium-and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles.

4. The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table

5.106.5.4.1.

TABLE 5.106.5.3.1

TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL

PARKING SPACES

NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV

CAPABLE SPACES

NUMBER OF EVCS (EV

CAPABLE SPACES
PROVIDED WITH EVSE)^2
0-9 0 0
10-25 2 0
26-50 8 2
51-75 13 3
76-100 17 4
101-150 25 6
151-200 35 9
201 AND OVER 20% of total¹ 25% of EV capable spaces¹

5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following:

1. The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and

2. Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8);

3. Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and

4. Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent.

Exceptions: [N]

1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code.

2. Emergency lighting.

3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6.

4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction.

5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens.

TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT,
UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2

ALLOWABLE RATING

LIGHTING
ZONE
LZ0

LIGHTING
ZONE LZ1

LIGHTING
ZONE LZ2

LIGHTING
ZONE LZ3

LIGHTING
ZONE LZ4

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
BACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2
mounting heights (MH) from
property line
N/A No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit
Luminaire back hemisphere is
1-2 MH from property line N/A B2 B3 B4 B4
Luminaire back hemisphere is

0.5-1 MH from property line N/A B1 B2 B3 B3
Luminaire back hemisphere is
less than 0.5 MH from property
line
N/A B0 B0 B1 B2

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE

UPLIGHT RATING (U)
For area lighting 3 N/A U0 U0 U0 U0
For all other outdoor
lighting,including decorative
luminaires
N/A U1 U2 U3 UR
DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.

5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale.

Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit).

The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures.

Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency.

Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at:
www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development.

N/A Y N/A

1. Where there is insufficient electrical supply.

2. The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towards the total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2.

5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)
EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table

5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 may be provided with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided.

One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger.

The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel.

Y N/A Y N/A
Y = YES
N/A = NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY = RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
RESPON.

PARTY
RESPON.

PARTY

5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight
Luminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line.

Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating.

5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare.

For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table

5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere.

Note: [N]

1.See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways.

2.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B.

3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations.

5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Swales.

2. Water collection and disposal systems.

3. French drains.

4. Water retention gardens.

5. Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge.

Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path.

5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6.

5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installed to provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years.

Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.

5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years.

Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.

5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years.

Exceptions:

1. Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting.

2. Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation.

TABLE 5.106.5.4.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER
REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N]
BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.)

NUMBER OF

OFF-STREET

LOADING SPACES

ADDITIONAL

CAPACITY

REQUIRED (KVA)

FOR RACEWAY &

BUSWAY AND

TRANSFORMER &
PANEL
Grocery
10,000 to 90,000
1 or 2 200
3 or Greater 400
Greater than 90,000 1 or Greater 400
Retail
10,000 to 135,000
1 or 2 200
3 or Greater 400
Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400
Warehouse
20,000 to 256,000
1 or 2 200
3 or Greater 400
Greater than 256,000 1 or Greater 400

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
GLARE RATING 5 (G)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
GLARE RATING 5 (G) N/A G1 G2 G3 G4

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
GLARE RATING 5 (G) N/A G0 G1 G1 G2

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
GLARE RATING 5 (G) N/A G0 G0 G1 G1

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
GLARE RATING 5 (G) N/A G0 G0 G0 G1

1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code.

2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section.

3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" x contractor
xx
x contractor
x civil eng. x
x
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A0.2 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

CALGREEN

MANDATORY

MEASURES
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following:

5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets.

Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush.

5.303.3.2 Urinals.

5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed

0.125 gallons per flush.

5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush.

5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG]

5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads.

5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time.

Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead.

DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE

EFFICIENCY
SECTION 5.401 GENERAL

5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of achieving material conservation and resource efficiency through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, and building commissioning or testing and adjusting.

SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND

RECYCLING

5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent.

5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that:

1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale.

2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream).

3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken.

4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated byweight or volume, but not by both.

5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section.

Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company.

Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2:

1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris.

2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist.

3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets.

5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency.

5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency.

Notes:

1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan.

2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle).

5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents.

Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/

5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed.

Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation.

Notes:

1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material.

2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov)
DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
SECTION 5.501 GENERAL

5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors.

SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS

5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route.

A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made.
1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320 Fahrenheit.

COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn.

COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels, structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a).

Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1.

DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.).

DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current.

Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propoelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle.

ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest.

EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections.

FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections.

GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one.

GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14.

HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter.

LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009).

MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999.

MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundreths of a gram (g O3/g ROC).

PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging).

PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage.

REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere.

SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed.

SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter.

SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units.

VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a) .Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question.

SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES

5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances.

5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits.

SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL

5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction.

5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system.

5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following:

1. Environmental and sustainability goals.

2. Building sustainable goals.

3. Indoor environmental quality requirements.

4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation.

5. Equipment and systems expectations.

6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations.

5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems:

1. Renewable energy systems.

2. Landscape irrigation systems.

3. Water reuse system.

5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following:

1. General project information.

2. Commissioning goals.

3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include:
a. An explanation of the original design intent.
b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests. c. Functions to be tested.
d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed.
e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.

4. Commissioning team information.

5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included.

5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made.

5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative.

5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1.

5.410.4.2 (Reserved)
Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems.

5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project:

1. Renewable energy systems.

2. Landscape irrigation systems.

3. Water reuse systems.

5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system.

5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (January 2023) SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE

5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2.

5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows:

1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop.

SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS

5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive.

Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section.

5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site.

Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area.

5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act).

Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site.

5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations.

5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following:

1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements.

2. Site contact information.

3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log.

4. Major systems.

5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes.

6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code.

7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable.

5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following:

1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces).

2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance.

3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual.

4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment.

2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems:
a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s). b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s). c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW).

5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day.

SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE

5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent.

Notes:

1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2.

2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at:
https://www.water.ca.gov/.

5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter

2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35.

Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO.

5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet.

5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet.

DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE.

5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT.

5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water.

Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation.

5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building.

5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code.

Y N/A
SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS

5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.

BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities.

BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements.

ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food soiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste.

TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT

5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent.

5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods.

5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures.

5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-driven rain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows:

5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular to such openings plus at least one of the following:

1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth.

2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth.

3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet.

4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection.

5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane.

5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements.

Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections

5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply.

Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include:

1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements.

2. Basis of design.

3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents.

4. Commissioning plan.

5. Functional performance testing.

6. Documentation and training.

7. Commissioning report.

Exceptions:

1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size.

2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses.

3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1.

4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure.

Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area, or room which does not provide heating and or air conditioning.

Informational Notes:

1. IAS AC 476 is an accreditation criteria for organizations providing training and/or certification of commissioning personnel. AC 476 is available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction as a reference for qualifications of commissioning personnel. AC 476 des not certify individuals to conduct functional performance tests or to adjust and balance systems.

2. Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code.

5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services.

5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations.

5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency.

RESPON. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A
PARTY
RESPON.

PARTY
RESPON.

PARTY
Y = YES
N/A = NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY = RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)

5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains.

5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi.

5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi.

5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi].

5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle.

5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi].

Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction.

5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value
When installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607 (d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff.

FOR REFERENCE ONLY:The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A).

TABLE H-2

STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY
VALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019

PRODUCT CLASS
[spray force in ounce force (ozf)] MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm) Product Class 1 (≤ 1.00
Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤ 1.20
Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf) 1.28 x x contractor xxx x contractor xxx x contractor x contractor x contractor x contractor
x
x contractor
xxx
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A0.3 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

CALGREEN

MANDATORY

MEASURES
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply.

5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49.

5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350).

See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material

5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1.

5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5.

5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following:

1. Product certifications and specifications.

2. Chain of custody certifications.

3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.).

4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards.

5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency.

TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT1,2
Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter

ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50
CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50
OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150
WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100
RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60
SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50
CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65
VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50
DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50
COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50
MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70
STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100
SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250
OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED 50

SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS
PVC WELDING 510
CPVC WELDING 490
ABS WELDING 325
PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250
ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550
CONTACT ADHESIVE 80
SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250
STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140
TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250

SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS
METAL TO METAL 30
PLASTIC FOAMS 50
POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD) 50
WOOD 30
FIBERGLASS 80

1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED.

2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC

CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF TABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT
Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter

SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT
ARCHITECTURAL 250
MARINE DECK 760
NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300
ROADWAY 250
SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450
OTHER 420

SEALANT PRIMERS

ARCHITECTURAL
NONPOROUS 250
POROUS 775
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500
MARINE DECK 760
OTHER 750
NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC

CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168.

TABLE 5.504.4.3 - CONT.

GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS

COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT

SPECIALTY COATINGS
ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400
BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400
BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50
BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350
BOND BREAKERS 350
CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350
CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100
DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50
DRY FOG COATINGS 150
FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350
FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350
FLOOR COATINGS 100
FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250
GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS) 500
HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420
INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250
LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1 120
MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450
MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100
METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500
MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250
PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420
PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS 100
REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350
RECYCLED COATINGS 250
ROOF COATINGS 50
RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250
SHELLACS:

CLEAR 730
OPAQUE 550
SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100
STAINS 250
STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450
SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340
TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100
TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250
WOOD COATINGS 275
WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350
ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340

1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS

2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE.

3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD.

TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1

MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION

PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05
HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05
PARTICLE BOARD 0.09
MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11
THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD2 0.13

1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12.

2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM).

5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities.

Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants.

5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below.

5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack.

5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less.

5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils.

5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil.

Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows.

5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows.

5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve.

5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve.

5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use.

5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic.

5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place.

5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps.

Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation.

5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances.

5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency.

5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver.

5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging.

5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum.

5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge.

5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge.

5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging.

5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes.

5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes.

5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period.

CHAPTER 7

INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS
702 QUALIFICATIONS
702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems.

Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following:

1. State certified apprenticeship programs.

2. Public utility training programs.

3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations.

4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations.

5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.
702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector:

1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher.

2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors.

3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade.

4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency.

Notes:

1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.

2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS). [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency.

Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 703 VERIFICATIONS
703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist.
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE
NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (January 2023) SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL

5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code.

SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY

5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8.

5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4).

5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms.
(DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements:

1. The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows.

2. When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel.

3. A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm.

4. The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain a record of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration.

5. The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater.

6. The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years.

SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT

5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2.

Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings.

Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction.

5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations:

1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport.

Exceptions:

1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan.

2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element.

2. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan.

5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB Leq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30).

5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation.

5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior.

5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior soundlevels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record.

5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40.

Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf.

SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY

5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2.

5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs.

5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons.

5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350)
See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material

5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits.

5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation
Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350).

See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material

5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance.

Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits.

5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels.

Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350).

See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.

5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits.

5.504.5.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of

13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual.

Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment.

5.504.5.3.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating.

5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions.

5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Manufacturer's product specification

2. Field verification of on-site product containers

5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems.

All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350).

See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material

5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through

5.504.4.6.

5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards:

1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below.

2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507.

Y N/A RESPON. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A
PARTY
RESPON.

PARTY
RESPON.

PARTY
Y = YES
N/A = NOT APPLICABLE
RESPON. PARTY = RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.)
x contractor
x contractor x contractor x mechanical
engineer
xxxx
x
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A2.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

CODE ANALYSIS,

EGRESS PLANS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 FE
72'-3 5/8" MAXIMUM OVERALL DIAGONAL DISTANCE 48'-8 1/4" EXIT SEPARATION DISTANCE EXIT 1
EXIT 2
7 B
27'-8" COMMON PATH

OF TRAVEL
53'-10" TO EXIT 1
71'-8" TO EXIT 2
A
A
23'-7" TO EXIT 1
72'-11" TO EXIT 2

STORAGE
OCCUPANCY: S-1
FLOOR AREA: 2,475 SF
OLF: 500
6 OCCUPANTS

STORAGE

LOADING LOADING
OPEN
TO
BELOW
OPEN
TO
BELOW
50'-1" COMMON

PATH OF TRAVEL
(78'-9"± TO EXIT 1
121'-5" TO EXIT 2)

MEZZANINE
OCCUPANCY: S-1
FLOOR AREA: 563 SF
OLF: 500
2 OCCUPANTS

EXITACCESSSTAIR
FE
63'-0" TO GRADE
55'-6" TO EXIT
2 STORAGE
OCCUPANCY: S-1
FLOOR AREA: 913 SF
OLF: 500
2 OCCUPANTS

BASEMENT LEVEL IS NOT A STORY

ABOVE GRADE PLANE
(LESS THAN 50% OF BUILDING

PERIMETER FOR STORY ABOVE
IS 6' ABOVE GRADE PLAN)

COVERED

LOADING
FE
OLF

REQUIRED EXIT WITH CUMULATIVE

EXITING LOAD AT DOOR
FIRE EXTINGUISHER: (PER CBC 906)
TYPE 2A-10BC WITH WALL BRACKET
(CBC 1003.3.3)
#

OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR
ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SIGN. SEE DETAIL
A EXIT SIGN. SEE DETAIL B
A3
A7.0
D3
A7.0

EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL PATH
FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER: (PER CBC 906)
TYPE 2A-10BC w/SEMI-RECESSED CABINET
MAX 4" PROJECTION
(CBC 1003.3.3)

DOOR TYPE
SEE SCHEDULE ON SHEET A2.3
#
NN
N
A9 EGRESS PLAN - MAIN FLOOR 1/8" = 1'-0"
G15 EGRESS PLAN - MEZZANINE 1/8" = 1'-0"
A15 EGRESS PLAN - BASEMENT 1/8" = 1'-0"

CODE ANALYSIS
LEGEND

AS NOTED

NEW STORAGE BUILDING
255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY
2022 CODE ANALYSIS

CONSTRUCTION OF NEW STORAGE BUILDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE APPLIES TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION (CBC TABLE 602.5):
(E) TYPE VB NON-SPRINKLERED
EXTERIOR WALLS – WOOD FRAMED EXTERIOR WALLS
FLOORS – CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (BASEMENT)

CONCRETE SLAB/WOOD FRAMED (MAIN FLOOR)

WOOD FRAMED (MEZZANINE)
ROOF – STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF OVER WOOD FRAMING

RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON SEPARATION DISTANCE (CBC TABLE 705.5)
NORTH (SIDE): x<5’ = 0 HOUR RATING REQUIRED
(ADJACENT BUILDING, x< 5’, AREA AND PROPOSED BUILDING ARE REVIEWED

AS AGGREGATE BUILDINGS, NO FIRE SEPARATION REQUIRED)
EAST (FRONT): 10’ <x< 30' = 0 HOUR RATING REQUIRED
SOUTH (BOULDER STREET): 10’ <x< 30' = 0 HOUR RATING REQUIRED WEST (REAR) : 10’ <x< 30' = 0 HOUR RATING REQUIRED
ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA (CBC TABLE 506.2)
S-1 OCCUPANCY / VB CONSTRUCTION / NON-SPRINKLERED
9,000 S.F. MAX AREA ALLOWED
BASEMENT AREA = 1,580 S.F.
(890 S.F. STORAGE + 690 S.F. COVERED STORAGE)
MAIN FLOOR AREA = 3,145 S.F.
2,475 S.F. (N) STORAGE BLDG + 508 S.F. (E) NORTH STORAGE BLDG + 162 S.F. (E) SOUTH STORAGE BLDG
MEZZANINE AREA = 563 S.F.

TOTAL AGGREGATE BUILDING AREA = 5,285 S.F.±

ALLOWABLE HEIGHT
S-1 OCCUPANCY / VB CONSTRUCTION / NON-SPRINKLERED
40’-0” MAXIMUM (CBC 504.3)
35’-6”± PROPOSED

ALLOWABLE STORIES
S-1 OCCUPANCY / VB CONSTRUCTION / NON-SPRINKLERED
1 STORY (CBC TABLE 504.4)
1 STORY w/BASEMENT PROPOSED
BASEMENT IS NOT A STORY PER CBC 202
FLOOR ABOVE IS:

NOT MORE THAN 6’ ABOVE GRADE PLANE
NOT MORE THAN 12’ ABOVE FINISHED GROUND LEVEL AT ANY POINT

OCCUPANT LOAD
BASEMENT - S-1 OCCUPANCY – MODERATE HAZARD STORAGE
890 S.F. / 500 OLF = 02 OCCUPANTS
MAIN FLOOR - S-1 OCCUPANCY – MODERATE HAZARD STORAGE
2,475 S.F. / 500 OLF = 05 OCCUPANTS
MEZZANINE - S-1 OCCUPANCY – MODERATE HAZARD STORAGE
563 S.F. / 500 OLF = 02 OCCUPANTS
TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD = 09 OCCUPANTS

EXITING
S-1 OCCUPANCY / VB CONSTRUCTION / NON-SPRINKLERED
MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE = 100’-0” MAX (CBC TABLE 1006.2.1)

BASEMENT LEVEL
1 EXIT REQUIRED (CBC 1006.2)

MEZZANINE
1 EXIT REQUIRED (CBC 1006.2)

MAIN FLOOR
1 EXIT REQUIRED (CBC 1006.2)
2 EXITS PROVIDED
EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE = 100’-0” MAXIMUM
(CBC TABLE 1006.2.1)

EXIT SIGNAGE REQUIRED

EVERY EXIT DOORWAY SHALL BE MARKED WITH A WELL LIGHTED EXIT SIGN HAVING LETTERS 5” HIGH (CEBC 313.8)
TACTILE EXIT SIGNS REQUIRED AT EACH EXIT DOOR (CBC 1013.4) PROVIDE “EXIT ROUTE” SIGN PER 1013.4
EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING REQUIRED PER CBC 1008.2 & 1008.3.2 WITH BATTERY BACKUP PER CBC 1008.3

REQUIRED TO BE ILLUMINATED ALL TIMES OCCUPIED PER CBC
1008.2

WITHIN CORRIDORS, EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAYS, & RAMPS (CBC
1008.3.1)
AT EXIT TO PUBLIC WAY (CBC 1008.2.3)
EXIT ACCESS STAIR PROVIDED – INTERIOR STAIR FROM MEZZANINE WIDTH - 48” MIN CLEAR BETWEEN HANDRAILS (CBC 1009.3.2)
RISER – 4” MIN / 7” MAX HEIGHT
TREAD – 11” MIN DEEP

EXTERIOR STAIR
STAIRWAYS SERVING LESS THAN 50 OCCUPANTS MAY BE 36” WIDE (CBC 1011.2 exception #3)
SOLID RISERS NOT REQUIRED AT EXTERIOR STAIRS PER CBC 1011.5.5.3 exception #1
WOOD HANDRAILS PERMITTED AT STAIRWAYS (CBC 1011.7)
STAIRS SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES (CBC 1011.11) HANDRAIL EXTENSION REQUIRED PER CBC 1014.6
GUARDRAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LANDING LOCATED +30” ABOVE GRADE OR FLOOR BELOW (CBC 1015.2)
42” MIN HIGH (CBC 1015.3)

FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
NOT REQUIRED PER CBC 903.2.10SPECIAL DETAILED OCCUPANCY

REQUIREMENTS

NO INCIDENTAL USES PROPOSED
STANDPIPE NOT REQUIRED PER CFC 905.3

EGRESS COMPONENT WIDTH AND DISTRIBUTION

SEE EGRESS FLOOR PLAN FOR EXIT DISTANCES
EXTERIOR EXIT DOORS 32” MIN CLR (CBC1010.1.1)
DOOR THRESHOLDS ½” MAX HIGH

ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS
REQUIRED FOR EACH REQUIRED EXIT (PER CBC 1009.1)

INTERIOR STAIR - CONTRASTING STRIPE REQUIRED AT UPPER APPROACH AND LOWER TREAD (PER CBC 504.4.1)
2” MIN / 4” MAX WIDE, 1” FROM EDGE (CBC 504.4.1)

EXTERIOR STAIR - CONTRASTING STRIPE REQUIRED AT UPPER APPROACH AND ALL TREADS (PER CBC 504.4.1)
2” MIN / 4” MAX WIDE, 1” FROM EDGE (CBC 504.4.1)
ENCLOSURES UNDER STAIRWAYS SHALL BE 1 HOUR RATED
CONSTRUCTION (CBC 1011.7.3) (1 HOUR PROPOSED)
INTERIOR STAIRS NOT REQUIRED TO BE ENCLOSED (CBC 1019.3 EXCEPTION #1)
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A2.1 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f
www.sitelinearch.com

BASEMENT

FLOOR PLAN
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 (E) METAL SHED
(NO WORK)
16'-0"
60'-0"
43'-0" 12'-0"
7'-0" 7'-0" 5'-5 3/4" 5'-8 1/2" 7'-0"
2'-6"
1/2" MAX. OPENING

HEAVY DUTY

PERFORATED

STEEL MESH

05.03 LINE OF ROOF ABOVE

06.70 03.04

03.05 03.05

06.70 FE

10.29 G15
A6.0
G15
A6.0
03 A12
A7.1
15'-0" 15'-0" 15'-0" 15'-0"
15'-0" 15'-0" 15'-0" 14'-4"
8"
30'-0"

LINE OF

BUILDING
ABOVE

32.37 STORAGE

COVERED

LOADING
SLOPE

TO DRAIN
CLCLCL
CLCLCL
SLOPE

TO DRAIN
A15
A6.0
A15
A6.0
01 2x FRAMED WALL

RETAINING WALL

DOOR TYPE
N
SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A2.3

03.04 CONCRETE SLAB WITH CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING ADDITIVE AND 15MIL VAPOR BARRIER, SEE SHEET S-100 - 07 16 16

03.05 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL, SEE SHEET S-100 - 03 30 00

05.03 BOLLARD - 05 50 00

06.70 WOOD POST, (TYP.), SEE SHEET S-200 - 06 10 00

10.29 FIRE EXTINGUISHER W/WALL BRACKET (SURFACE MOUNTED), TYPE 2A-10BC. MOUNT SO BOTTOM IS LESS THAN 27" AFF.

32.37 CHAIN LINK FENCE W/OVERHEAD ROLLING TRACK OPERABILITY, MATCH (E) GATES/ HARDWARE AT (E) BUILDING 70'± TO THE EAST, (TYP.) 32 31 13
##.##
1/4"=1'-0"
LEGEND

KEYNOTES
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A2.2 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

MAIN FLOOR
PLAN
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 43'-0" 12'-0"
1'-0"ROOFOVERHANG,(TYP.)
55'-0"
8"
ROOF
EAVE,
(TYP.)
60'-0" 30'-0"
14'-0" 6'-0"
1'-6"
13'-6 3/8" 3'-0" 1'-11" 3'-1/2"
4'-0"
MIN.
1'-4 5/8"
4'-7" 4'-0"
4'-0"
1'-0" 1'-0"
1'-8 5/8"
G15
A6.0
G15
A6.0
48"
FE

CONCRETE OVERSTRUCTURAL WOODFLOOR

CONCRETE

SLAB ON
GRADE
12"
24"
UP
DN

SIM, FULL
HEIGHT
(ABOVE)
TYP.
01 02
3:12PITCH
STOR.
04 05
05 G3
A7.0
G3
A7.0
1 C3.35
C3.2
32'-0"
3"
13'-1" 13'-1" 12'-11 3/4"
5'-4"
5 1/2"
3'-4"
7 1/4"
(TYP.)
4'-8"
5 1/2"
4'-4"
4'-8"
9'-2"
5 1/2"
10'-6 1/2"
26'-10 1/2" 15'-2 1/2"
A15
A6.0
A15
A6.0

LINE OF MEZZANINE
ABOVE
60"
60" 48"
48"

LINE OF ROOF

EAVE ABOVE,
(TYP.) 05.17

02.06 05.13

32.01 05.06

11.02 06.70

05.17 05.23

10.10 05.06

07.30 22.06

06.65 06.25

06.59 06.75

06.70 06.25

06.25 EDGE OF

SLAB BELOW

03.04 26.03

06.25 06.25

10.30 06.25

06.74 22.11

LINE OF ROOF

EAVE ABOVE,
(TYP.)

05.10 10.24

10.24 05.24

06.71 06.76

06.25 03.15

06.75 CONCRETE RAMP
(5% MAX SLOPE)

STORAGE
DN

CONCRETE WALKWAY
(5% MAX SLOPE) DN
SLOPE

TO DRAIN
CLCL

LOADING LOADING
5 RISE
4 RUN
18 RISE17 RUN
+0"
+0"
+0"
-42"
+0"
-42"
CL
TYP.

WH
01 2x FRAMED WALL

RETAINING WALL

DOOR TYPE
N
SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A2.3

02.06 SAFETY STRIPING, PROVIDE PAINTED BORDERLINE. THE AREA WITHIN

THE BORDERLINES SHALL BE MARKED WITH HATCHED LINES A
MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES ON CENTER IN A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH

THAT OF THE AISLE SURFACE, FEDERAL YELLOW
- 32 13 13

03.04 CONCRETE SLAB WITH CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING ADDITIVE AND 15MIL VAPOR BARRIER, SEE SHEET S-100 - 07 16 16

03.15 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB WITH CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING ADDITIVE , SEE SHEET S-100 - 03 30 00, 07 16 16

05.06 COLUMN IN WALL, SEE SHEET S-201

05.10 PREFABRICATED METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

05.13 METAL GUARDRAIL w/ METAL HANDRAIL - 05 52 13

05.17 METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

05.23 TROLLEY BEAM ABOVE, INSTALLED BEAM SHALL BE LEVEL w/NO

SLOPE, PROVIDE MANUFACTURED CLAMPS OR WELDED CAPS AT
BOTH ENDS (OZ1BC CLAMPS OR APPROVED EQUAL), SEE SHEET
S-202

05.24 STAIR NOSING, EXTRUDED METAL NOSING WITH EMBED ANCHOR AND

SLIP RESISTANT CONTRASTING STRIPE, AMERICAN SAFETY TREAD #3511 OR APPROVED EQUAL. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY COLOR OF
CONTRASTING STRIPE w/OWNER

06.25 PLYWOOD WAINSCOT, 3/4"THICK, 8'-0" HIGH, FULL HEIGHT AT EAST WALL OF STAIR, EXPOSURE 1, GRADE C - 06 20 00

06.59 WOOD FRAMING, (TYP.)

06.65 WOOD STAIR - 06 43 00

06.70 WOOD POST, (TYP.), SEE SHEET S-200 - 06 10 00

06.71 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP w/SIDE AND BACKSPLASH

06.74 1 LAYER 3/8" GYPSUM o/1 LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYSUM BOARD, o/ 3/4" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD, SECURED TO WOOD STUDS @ 16" o.c., 1 HOUR PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE ASSEMBLY (CBC TABLE 722.6.2(1) - 09 29 00

06.75 WOOD COLUMN IN WALL, SEE SHEET S-201 - 06 13 00

06.76 FRP SURROUND 48" HIGH ABOVE BACKSPLASH

07.30 CLASS "A" ROOFING ASSEMBLY (ULTGFU.R25913); TAYLOR METAL INC. "CLASSIC 7/8 CORRUGATED" ROOFING PANELS, OVER ONE
LAYER "VERSASHIELD SOLO FIRE RESISTANT SLIP SHEET", OVER C-15/32" PLYWOOD SHEATHING WITH RADIANT BARRIER - 07 61 00

10.10 BEAM TROLLEY, 1 TON CAPACITY, MODEL #0ZPBT MANUFACTURED BY OZ LIFTING PRODUCTS, w/ MANUAL CHAIN HOIST, 1 TON CAPACITY, 30' LIFT, MODEL OZ010, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS.

10.24 DOCK BUMPER, (TYP. OF 6). ROTARY PRODUCTS MODEL B4510-36,

MOUNTED VERTICALLY AND EQUALLY SPACED ACROSS OVERHEAD

DOOR OPENING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE SUBMITTAL FOR OWNER/ARCHITECT REVIEW.

10.30 FIRE EXTINGUISHER w/SEMI RECESSED METAL CABINET, TYPE 2A-10BC. MAX 4" PROJECTION

11.02 RELOCATED 16'-0" LONG PIPE STORAGE RACK. CONTRACTOR TO

DEMOLISH (E) CONCRETE FOOTING, PROTECT STEEL, AND PLACE ATOP CONCRETE SLAB WHERE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT

VERTICAL STEEL TO FIT WITHIN PROVIDED CEILING SPACE AND

SHALL ANCHOR TO CONCRETE SLAB PER STRUCTURAL, SEE DETAIL 222/S-421 .

22.06 UTILITY SINK w/EYEWASH ATTACHMENT, MOUNT SINK ATOP COUNTERTOP. SEE SHEETS P0-P2 - 22 40 00, 12 36 23.13, 09 72 00 22.11 WATER HEATER, SEE SHEET P0

26.03 ELECTRICAL PANEL, SEE SHEET E3.2

32.01 CONCRETE STAIR, SEE SHEET C2.1 - 32 13 13
##.##
LEGEND
1/4"=1'-0"

KEYNOTES
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A2.3 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

MEZZANINE

FLOOR PLAN,
DOOR SCHEDULE siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING for CITY OF NEVADA CITY 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA CA 95959 These designs, plans and
s p e c i f i c a t i o n s are
protected under federal
copyright laws. Unauthorized
duplication of these
documents or the contents
herein is in violation of
federal copyright law.
© 2023 Siteline Architecture
All rights reserved.

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 A3
A7.1
G15
A6.0
2'-4" 4'-0" 2'-0"
5'-0"
9'-7 1/2"±
3'-0"
SIM.

A15
A6.0
A15
A6.0
G3
A7.1
J6
A7.1
D3
A7.1
221
S-421
207
S-420
5'-0"
4'-8"
5'-2" 12'-10" 13'-6 1/2"
19'-10 3/4"
4'-10"

LINE OF ROOF
ABOVE

LINE OF WALL
BELOW

05.23 10.10

11.36 05.25

07.30 06.72

07.33 06.25

09.19 07.33
OPEN
TO
BELOW

MEZZANINE
DN
OPEN
TO
BELOW
+10'-6"+0"
ID
01 02
03 04
05 TYPE
SWING
SWING
SWING

OVERHEAD

OVERHEAD
Quantity 11112W x H Size
3'-0"×7'-0"
3'-0"×7'-0"
3'-0"×6'-8"
8'-0"×10'-0"
10'-0"×10'-0"
Front View NOTES
01, 02, 03, 04,
05, 07
01, 02, 04, 05,,
07 PROVIDE

LATCH, NO
CLOSER
01, 02, 03, 04,
05, 07
05, 06, 07
05, 06, 07
01 2x FRAMED WALL

RETAINING WALL

DOOR TYPE
N
SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A2.3

05.23 TROLLEY BEAM ABOVE, INSTALLED BEAM SHALL BE LEVEL w/NO

SLOPE, PROVIDE MANUFACTURED CLAMPS OR WELDED CAPS AT
BOTH ENDS (OZ1BC CLAMPS OR APPROVED EQUAL), SEE SHEET
S-202

05.25 PRE-FABRICATED METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 50 00

06.25 PLYWOOD WAINSCOT, 3/4"THICK, 8'-0" HIGH, FULL HEIGHT AT EAST WALL OF STAIR, EXPOSURE 1, GRADE C - 06 20 00

06.72 PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL, FROM MEZZANINE FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF BEAM

07.33 SNOW GUARDS - 07 72 53

09.19 SELF ADHERING YELLOW/BLACK SAFETY TAPE STRIPING, PROVIDE BORDERLINE. THE AREA WITHIN THE BORDERLINES SHALL BE
STRIPED WITH HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 16 INCHES ON CENTER

IN A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH THAT OF THE AISLE SURFACE,

FEDERAL YELLOW AND BLACK
- 32 13 13

10.10 BEAM TROLLEY, 1 TON CAPACITY, MODEL #0ZPBT MANUFACTURED BY OZ LIFTING PRODUCTS, w/ MANUAL CHAIN HOIST, 1 TON CAPACITY, 30' LIFT, MODEL OZ010, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS.

11.36 ROLLING GATE W/LATCHING SECURITY HARDWARE
##.##
LEGEND

DOOR SCHEDULE KEYNOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"

CODE REQUIREMENTS
A. DOORS AND DOORWAYS THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.

B. MANUAL DOORS AND DOORWAYS INTENDED FOR USER PASSAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.2.

C. DOUBLE LEAF DOORS. AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE LEAVES OF

DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTIONS 11B-404.2.3 AND 11B-404.2.4.

D. 11B-404.2.3 - CLEAR WIDTH
DOOR OPENINGS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32" MINIMUM. CLEAR

OPENINGS OF DOORWAYS WITH SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN FACE OF DOOR AND THE STOP, WITH THE DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. IN ALTERATIONS, A PROJECTION OF 5/8" MAXIMUM INTO THE

REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR THE LATCH
SIDE STOP.

2. DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 78" MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND.

E. 11B-404.2.4 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES

MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.2.4. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL EXTEND

THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY AND THE REQUIRED LATCH SIDE OR HINGE SIDE CLEARANCE.

F. 11B-404.2.4.4 FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE FLOOR OR GROUND

SURFACE WITHIN REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-302, CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED.

2. CHANGES IN LEVEL AT THRESHOLDS COMPLYING WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.2.5 SHALL BE PERMITTED.

G. 11B-404.2.5 THRESHOLDS
THRESHOLDS IF PROVIDED AT DOORWAYS, SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MAXIMUM.

RAISED THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN LEVEL AT DOORWAYS SHALL

COMPLY WITH CBC
SECTIONS 11B-302 AND 11B-303. (SEE DETAIL D9/A8.1).

H. 11B-404.2.7 DOOR HARDWARE

HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MINIMUM AND 44" MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND.

I. 11B-404.2.8 CLOSING SPEED
DOOR CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-404.2.8.

J. 11B-404.2.8.1 DOOR CLOSERS
DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM.

K. 11B-404.2.10 DOOR SURFACES
SWINGING DOOR SURFACES WITHIN 10" OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND

MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR. PARTS CREATING

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS IN THESE SURFACES SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16" OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER AND BE FREE OF SHARP ABRASIVE EDGES. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK PLATE SHALL BE CAPPED.

L. 11B-404.2.11 VISION LIGHTS

DOORS CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS THAT PERMIT

VIEWING THROUGH PANELS SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE GLAZED PANEL LOCATED 43"
MAXIMUM ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.

DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES:

1. SEE DETAIL G3/A7.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD

2. HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME - 08 11 13

3. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE CLOSER, LATCH & HARDWARE (PER CBC 716.2.6)

4. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.

5. POWDER COAT FINISH, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY COLOR w/OWNER

6. HAND OPERATED CHAIN HOIST

7. KEYED LOCK, NOT ACCESSIBLE TO PUBLIC (PER CBC 11B-203.5) 15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A3.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

REFLECTED

CEILING PLANS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 26.01

06.32 06.26

BEAM ABOVE

STORAGE

COVERED

LOADING
STOR.

26.01 06.26

26.01 06.73

09.08 STORAGE
OPEN
TO
ABOVE

26.01 06.68

26.01 06.26

LINE OF ROOF
BELOW

05.02 05.23

MEZZANINE
A15
A6.0
NN
N

05.02 STEEL BEAM FOR TROLLEY / CHAIN HOIST, SEE SHEET S-201 AND S-200 - 05 10 00, 05 12 00

05.23 TROLLEY BEAM ABOVE, INSTALLED BEAM SHALL BE LEVEL w/NO

SLOPE, PROVIDE MANUFACTURED CLAMPS OR WELDED CAPS AT
BOTH ENDS (OZ1BC CLAMPS OR APPROVED EQUAL), SEE SHEET
S-202

06.26 EXPOSED FLOOR/ROOF FRAMING, (TYP.) SEE SHEETS S-201, S-202

06.32 FIBER CEMENT SHEETING w/PAINT FINISH, ALL SOFFITS - 07 46 46

06.68 GLUED LAMINATED BEAM, SEE SHEET S-202 - 06 11 13

06.73 GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, TYPE "X" - 092900

09.08 PAINT FINISH - 09 91 13

26.01 LIGHTING, SEE SHEET E- 4.2
A15 BASEMENT 1/8" = 1'-0" A9 MAIN FLOOR 1/8" = 1'-0"
G15 MEZZANINE 1/8" = 1'-0"
##.##

AS NOTED

KEYNOTES
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A5.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

ELEVATIONS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 3'-6" MIN.
3'-6" MIN.

07.30 07.29

05.17 06.61

32.37 07.33

06.33 07.33
D6
A7.1
A6
A7.11
C3.3
A12
A7.1
S1
S1
P1
3'-8" MIN.

03.05 05.17

07.29 07.28

07.30 08.08

03.10 05.17

03.05 32.12

32.01 05.13

26.04 10.24

07.31 07.31

06.08 09.08

06.08 10
12 3
12 3
12 COVERED

LOADING
OPEN
+30'-8"±
+3'-9"±
0'-0"
-4'-10"±
J3
A7.0
A6
A7.1
R1
P2
P2
P1
P5 P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P4
P5

03.05 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL, SEE SHEET S-100 - 03 30 00

03.10 CONCRETE LOADING DOCK, SEE SHEET S-100, (TYP.) - 03 31 13

05.13 METAL GUARDRAIL w/ METAL HANDRAIL - 05 52 13

05.17 METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

06.08 FIBER CEMENT TRIM, PAINT FINISH, (TYP.)

06.33 NON-STRUCTURAL WOOD BRACE, PAINT FINISH.

06.61 WOOD COLUMN SEE SHEET S-201 - 06 13 00

07.28 FIBER CEMENT FASCIA, PAINT FINISH, (TYP) - 07 46 46

07.29 BOARD & BATTEN SIDING, FIBER CEMENT PANEL AND BATTENS TO

MATCH PATTERN, DIMENSIONS, AND FINISH OF (E) ON-SITE BUILDING - 07 46 23, 07 46 46, 06 16 00

07.31 PREFINISHED METAL GUTTERS w/DEBRIS SCREENS AND
DOWNSPOUTS - 07 41 13. 07 71 00

07.33 SNOW GUARDS - 07 72 53

08.08 FIXED METAL LOUVER, PAINT FINISH, SEE SHEET M0 - 08 91 19 VENT SHALL RESIST THE INTRUSION OF FLAME AND BURNING EMBERS.

09.08 PAINT FINISH - 09 91 13

10.24 DOCK BUMPER, (TYP. OF 6). ROTARY PRODUCTS MODEL B4510-36,

MOUNTED VERTICALLY AND EQUALLY SPACED ACROSS OVERHEAD

DOOR OPENING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE SUBMITTAL FOR OWNER/ARCHITECT REVIEW.

26.04 EXTERIOR LIGHTING, SEE SHEET E-4.2

32.01 CONCRETE STAIR, SEE SHEET C2.1 - 32 13 13

32.12 SLOPED CONCRETE WALKWAY, PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS OR IMPROVEMENTS. PROVIDE 2% MAX CROSS
SLOPE AND 5% MAX RUNNING SLOPE - 321313

32.37 CHAIN LINK FENCE W/OVERHEAD ROLLING TRACK OPERABILITY, MATCH (E) GATES/ HARDWARE AT (E) BUILDING 70'± TO THE EAST, (TYP.) 32 31 13
1 1
G15 NORTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"
A15 EAST ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"
##.##
1/4"=1'-0"

KEYNOTES
NOTE:

PROJECT IS IN A VERY

HIGH FIRE HAZARD
SEVERITY ZONE:

WUI STANDARDS APPLY.

SEE SHEET A7.0

EXTERIOR FINISH LEGEND

ID FINISH COLOR
R1 METAL ROOFING BONDERIZED CORRUGATED (DARK GRAY)
P1 PAINT GRAY
P2 PAINT DARK GRAY
P3 PAINT BLACK
P4 POWDER COAT DARK GRAY
P5 NATURAL WEATHERED STEEL (PATINA)
S1 WOOD STAIN WEATHERED GRAY
PLANCHECK 01_111623
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A5.1 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f
www.sitelinearch.com

ELEVATIONS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 35'-4 1/4"±

07.28 32.12

07.29 03.09

07.30 06.61

06.62 08.08

07.31 COVERED

LOADING
10 12
3 12
3 12
OPEN
A6
A7.1
S1
S1

26.37 32.36

32.03 32.12

05.10 07.30

26.04 07.33
G6
A7.1
J3
A7.1
5 C3.2

03.09 CONCRETE FOUNDATION, SEE SHEET S-100 - 03 31 13

05.10 PREFABRICATED METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

06.61 WOOD COLUMN SEE SHEET S-201 - 06 13 00

06.62 WOOD BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL - 06 10 00

07.28 FIBER CEMENT FASCIA, PAINT FINISH, (TYP) - 07 46 46

07.29 BOARD & BATTEN SIDING, FIBER CEMENT PANEL AND BATTENS TO

MATCH PATTERN, DIMENSIONS, AND FINISH OF (E) ON-SITE BUILDING - 07 46 23, 07 46 46, 06 16 00

07.31 PREFINISHED METAL GUTTERS w/DEBRIS SCREENS AND
DOWNSPOUTS - 07 41 13. 07 71 00

07.33 SNOW GUARDS - 07 72 53

08.08 FIXED METAL LOUVER, PAINT FINISH, SEE SHEET M0 - 08 91 19 VENT SHALL RESIST THE INTRUSION OF FLAME AND BURNING EMBERS.

26.04 EXTERIOR LIGHTING, SEE SHEET E-4.2

26.37 FUTURE PHOTOVOLTAIC ARRAY - 48 14 00

32.03 BOLLARD, (TYP.) - 32 39 13

32.12 SLOPED CONCRETE WALKWAY, PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS OR IMPROVEMENTS. PROVIDE 2% MAX CROSS
SLOPE AND 5% MAX RUNNING SLOPE - 321313

32.36 CONCRETE RETAINING WALL - 32 32 13
1 1
A15 WEST ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"
G15 SOUTH ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"
##.##
1/4"=1'-0"

KEYNOTES
2304.12 PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES

WOOD SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DECAY AND TERMITES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 2304.12.1 THROUGH 2304.12.4. 2304.12.1 LOCATIONS REQUIRING WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVES OR NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD
WOOD USED ABOVE GROUND IN THE LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 2304.12.1.1 THROUGH 2304.12.1.5 SHALL BE NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD USING WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA U1 FOR ABOVEGROUND USE. 2304.12.1.1 JOISTS, GIRDERS AND SUBFLOOR
WOOD JOISTS OR WOOD STRUCTURAL FLOORS THAT ARE CLOSER THAN 18 INCHES (457 MM) OR WOOD GIRDERS THAT ARE CLOSER THAN 12 INCHES (305 MM) TO THE EXPOSED GROUND IN CRAWL SPACES OR UNEXCAVATED AREAS LOCATED WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF THE BUILDING FOUNDATION SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD.
2304.12.1.1.1 [SPCB]
THERE SHALL BE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 18 INCHES (457 MM) BETWEEN THE UNDERSIDE OF WOOD FLOOR JOISTS AND THE FINISHED SURFACE OF THE GROUND, AND AT LEAST 12 INCHES (305 MM) BETWEEN THE UNDERSIDE OF ANY OTHER WOOD HORIZONTAL FRAMING MEMBER AND THE FINISHED SURFACE OF THE GROUND. THE GROUND UNDERNEATH FLOOR

JOISTS SHALL BE LEVELED OR SMOOTHED OFF SO AS TO MAINTAIN A REASONABLY EVEN SURFACE.

EXCEPTION: FOR PURPOSES OF STRUCTURAL PEST CONTROL INSPECTION, A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES (305 MM) OF CLEARANCE UNDER-FLOOR JOISTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ADEQUATE EXCEPT THAT SUCH CLEARANCE SHALL NOT BE NECESSARY WHERE THE SUBAREA SOIL IS OF SUCH A NATURE AS TO PREVENT EXCAVATION OR WHERE EXCAVATION WOULD CREATE A HAZARD FROM SHIFTING SOIL OR OTHER CAUSES.
2304.12.1.2 WOOD SUPPORTED BY EXTERIOR FOUNDATION WALLS

WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS, INCLUDING WOOD SHEATHING, THAT ARE IN CONTACT WITH EXTERIOR FOUNDATION WALLS AND ARE LESS THAN 8 INCHES (203 MM) FROM EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. 2304.12.1.3 EXTERIOR WALLS BELOW GRADE

WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS AND FURRING STRIPS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE INTERIOR OF EXTERIOR MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS BELOW GRADE SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD.
2304.12.1.4 SLEEPERS AND SILLS
SLEEPERS AND SILLS ON A CONCRETE OR MASONRY SLAB THAT IS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH EARTH SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD. 2304.12.1.5 WOOD SIDING

CLEARANCE BETWEEN WOOD SIDING AND EARTH ON THE EXTERIOR OF A BUILDING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 6 INCHES (152 MM) OR LESS THAN 2 INCHES (51 MM) VERTICAL FROM CONCRETE STEPS, PORCH SLABS, PATIO SLABS AND SIMILAR HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER EXCEPT WHERE SIDING, SHEATHING AND WALL FRAMING ARE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD.
2304.12.2 OTHER LOCATIONS
WOOD USED IN THE LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 2304.12.2.1 THROUGH 2304.12.2.8SHALL BE NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA U1. PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD USED IN INTERIOR LOCATIONS

SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH TWO COATS OF URETHANE, SHELLAC, LATEX EPOXY OR VARNISH UNLESS WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVES ARE USED. PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE

PROTECTIVE FINISH, THE WOOD SHALL BE DRIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
2304.12.2.1 GIRDER ENDS

THE ENDS OF WOOD GIRDERS ENTERING EXTERIOR MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A 1/2-INCH (12.7 MM) AIRSPACE ON TOP, SIDES AND END, UNLESS NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD IS USED. 2304.12.2.2 POSTS OR COLUMNS
POSTS OR COLUMNS SUPPORTING PERMANENT STRUCTURES AND SUPPORTED BY A CONCRETE OR MASONRY SLAB OR FOOTING THAT IS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD.

EXCEPTION: POSTS OR COLUMNS THAT MEET ALL OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. ARE NOT EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER, OR ARE PROTECTED BY A ROOF, EAVE, OVERHANG, OR OTHER COVERING IF EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER.

2. ARE SUPPORTED BY CONCRETE PIERS OR METAL PEDESTALS PROJECTED NOT LESS THAN 1 INCH (25 MM) ABOVE THE SLAB OR DECK AND ARE SEPARATED FROM THE CONCRETE PIER BY AN IMPERVIOUS MOISTURE BARRIER.

3. ARE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 8 INCHES (203 MM) ABOVE EXPOSED EARTH. 2304.12.2.3 SUPPORTING MEMBER FOR PERMANENT APPURTENANCES NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR THOSE

PORTIONS OF WOOD MEMBERS THAT FORM THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS OF BUILDINGS, BALCONIES, PORCHES OR SIMILAR PERMANENT BUILDING APPURTENANCES WHERE SUCH

MEMBERS ARE EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER WITHOUT ADEQUATE PROTECTION FROM A ROOF,

EAVE, OVERHANG OR OTHER COVERING TO PREVENT MOISTURE OR WATER ACCUMULATION ON THE SURFACE OR AT JOINTS BETWEEN MEMBERS.

EXCEPTION: SAWN LUMBER IN BUILDINGS LOCATED IN A GEOGRAPHICAL REGION WHERE

EXPERIENCE HAS DEMONSTRATED THAT CLIMATIC CONDITIONS PRECLUDE THE NEED TO USE DURABLE MATERIALS WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. 2304.12.2.4 SUPPORTING MEMBERS FOR PERMEABLE FLOORS AND ROOFS

WOOD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS THAT SUPPORT MOISTURE-PERMEABLE FLOORS OR ROOFS

THAT ARE EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER, SUCH AS CONCRETE OR MASONRY SLABS, SHALL BE

OF NATURALLY DURABLE OR PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD UNLESS SEPARATED FROM SUCH FLOORS OR ROOFS BY AN IMPERVIOUS MOISTURE BARRIER. THE IMPERVIOUS MOISTURE

BARRIER SYSTEM PROTECTING THE STRUCTURE SUPPORTING FLOORS SHALL PROVIDE

POSITIVE DRAINAGE OF WATER THAT INFILTRATES THE MOISTURE-PERMEABLE FLOOR TOPPING.
2304.12.2.6 WOOD IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND OR FRESH WATER

WOOD USED IN CONTACT WITH EXPOSED EARTH SHALL BE NATURALLY DURABLE FOR BOTH

DECAY AND TERMITE RESISTANCE OR PRESERVATIVE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA U1 FOR SOIL OR FRESH WATER USE.

EXCEPTION: UNTREATED WOOD IS PERMITTED WHERE SUCH WOOD IS CONTINUOUSLY AND ENTIRELY BELOW THE GROUND-WATER LEVEL OR SUBMERGED IN FRESH WATER. 2304.12.2.6.1 POSTS OR COLUMNS
POSTS AND COLUMNS THAT ARE SUPPORTING PERMANENT STRUCTURES AND EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE THAT IS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER OR IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH SHALL BE OF PRESERVATIVE-TREATED WOOD.
2304.12.2.7 TERMITE PROTECTION
IN GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS WHERE HAZARD OF TERMITE DAMAGE IS KNOWN TO BE VERY HEAVY, WOOD FLOOR FRAMING IN THE LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 2304.12.1.1 AND EXPOSED FRAMING OF EXTERIOR DECKS OR BALCONIES SHALL BE OF NATURALLY DURABLE SPECIES (TERMITE RESISTANT) OR PRESERVATIVE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA U1 FOR THE SPECIES, PRODUCT PRESERVATIVE AND END USE OR PROVIDED WITH APPROVED METHODS OF TERMITE PROTECTION.

NOTE:

SEE EXTERIOR FINISH
SCHEDULE ON SHEET A5.0
PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY, ETC. NOTES:

PLANCHECK 01_111623
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A6.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

SECTIONS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 104
S-410
9'-5 1/8"
8'-1" 5" 9'-5 3/8"
6'-8"
MIN.
3'-6"
1 HOUR
RATED

ASSEMBLY

07.30 07.28

32.12 07.30

06.32 06.61

06.62 06.63

06.64 03.04

06.65 05.10

06.67 06.67

05.02 03.04

06.68 06.72

06.25 06.25

07.31 06.25

06.25 06.32
+30'-8"±
+3'-9"±
-4'-10"±
SIM.

G12
A7.1

STORAGE

MEZZANINE

STORAGE

COVERED

STORAGE STORAGE
SLOPE

TO DRAIN
SLOPE

TO DRAIN
8'-1" 5" 10'-5 3/8"
3'-6" MIN. 3'-6" MIN.

03.04 06.67

06.63 05.17

06.69 05.10

11.02 06.71

22.06 22.11
+30'-8"±
+3'-9"±
-4'-10"±

MEZZANINE

LOADING STORAGE

STORAGE

03.04 CONCRETE SLAB WITH CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING ADDITIVE AND 15MIL VAPOR BARRIER, SEE SHEET S-100 - 07 16 16

05.02 STEEL BEAM FOR TROLLEY / CHAIN HOIST, SEE SHEET S-201 AND S-200 - 05 10 00, 05 12 00

05.10 PREFABRICATED METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

05.17 METAL GUARDRAIL - 05 52 13

06.25 PLYWOOD WAINSCOT, 3/4"THICK, 8'-0" HIGH, FULL HEIGHT AT EAST WALL OF STAIR, EXPOSURE 1, GRADE C - 06 20 00

06.32 FIBER CEMENT SHEETING w/PAINT FINISH, ALL SOFFITS - 07 46 46

06.61 WOOD COLUMN SEE SHEET S-201 - 06 13 00

06.62 WOOD BEAM, SEE STRUCTURAL - 06 10 00

06.63 POST, SEE SHEET S-100 - 06 10 00

06.64 RAFTER, SEE SHET S-201 - 06 10 00

06.65 WOOD STAIR - 06 43 00

06.67 FLOOR JOIST, SEE SHEET S-200 - 06 01 00

06.68 GLUED LAMINATED BEAM, SEE SHEET S-202 - 06 11 13

06.69 GLUED LAMINATED BEAM, SEE SHEET S-201 - 06 11 00

06.71 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP w/SIDE AND BACKSPLASH

06.72 PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL, FROM MEZZANINE FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF BEAM

07.28 FIBER CEMENT FASCIA, PAINT FINISH, (TYP) - 07 46 46

07.31 PREFINISHED METAL GUTTERS w/DEBRIS SCREENS AND
DOWNSPOUTS - 07 41 13. 07 71 00

11.02 RELOCATED 16'-0" LONG PIPE STORAGE RACK. CONTRACTOR TO

DEMOLISH (E) CONCRETE FOOTING, PROTECT STEEL, AND PLACE ATOP CONCRETE SLAB WHERE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT

VERTICAL STEEL TO FIT WITHIN PROVIDED CEILING SPACE AND

SHALL ANCHOR TO CONCRETE SLAB PER STRUCTURAL, SEE DETAIL 222/S-421 .

22.06 UTILITY SINK w/EYEWASH ATTACHMENT, MOUNT SINK ATOP COUNTERTOP. SEE SHEETS P0-P2 - 22 40 00, 12 36 23.13, 09 72 00 22.11 WATER HEATER, SEE SHEET P0

32.12 SLOPED CONCRETE WALKWAY, PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS OR IMPROVEMENTS. PROVIDE 2% MAX CROSS
SLOPE AND 5% MAX RUNNING SLOPE - 321313
A15 SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"
G15 SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"
##.##
1/4"=1'-0"

KEYNOTES
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
L
K
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
A
B
C
L
K
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
A
B
C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A7.0 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

DETAILS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN
1/2 INCH LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE
DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH
AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO
GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL TO 2 UNITS
HORIZONTAL (50-PERCENT SLOPE).
27" MAX.
27" MAX.
12" MIN.
34" - 38"
SEE "STAIR NOTES" FOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CBC
11B-504.4.1
60" A.F.F.

ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SIGN (TYP.)

ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SIGNAGE TO
CONFORM TO CBC 11B-703.5 FOR SIZE &

CONTENT
c L
60" MAX
48" MIN
9" MIN.

BRAILLE & RAISED

CHARACTERS SHALL

CONFORM TO CBC SECTION
11B-703
Tactile characters on signs shall
be located 48 inches minimum
above the finish floor or ground
surface, measured from the
baseline of the lowest Braille
cells and 60 inches maximum
above the finish floor or ground
surface, measured from the
baseline of the highest line of
raised characters.

Signs containing tactile
characters shall be located so
that a clear floor space of 18
inches by 18 inches minimum,
centered on the tactile
characters, is provided beyond
the arc of any door swing
between the closed position and
45 degree open position.

Where theres is no wall space at
the latch side of a single door or
at the right side of double doors,
signs shall be located on the
nearest adjacent wall.

CL
G3 ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD
J3 STAIR STRIPING & HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS
A3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SIGN
D3 TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE AT EXTERIOR DOOR
A6 TACTILE SIGN LOCATION
SECTION 704A IGNITION-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION
704A.1 GENERAL. THE MATERIALS PRESCRIBED HEREIN FOR IGNITION RESISTANCE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER.
704A.2 IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL SHALL BE

DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN SFM STANDARD 12-7A-5 “IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL” OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION.
704A.3 ALTERNATIVE METHODS FOR DETERMINING IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL.

ANY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE ACCEPTED AS MEETING THE DEFINITION OF IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. MATERIAL THAT COMPLIES WITH THE DEFINITION FOR NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN SECTION 202.

2. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD

IDENTIFIED FOR EXTERIOR USE THAT COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 2303.2.

3. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES. FIRE

RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1505.6 AND LISTED BY STATE FIRE MARSHAL FOR USE AS “CLASS B” ROOF

COVERING, SHALL BE ACCEPTED AS AN IGNITION-RESISTANT WALL COVERING MATERIAL WHEN INSTALLED OVER SOLID SHEATHING.

SECTION 705A ROOFING
705A.1 GENERAL. ROOFS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 7A AND CHAPTER 15. ROOFS SHALL HAVE A ROOFING ASSEMBLY INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS LISTING AND THE MANUFACTURER’SINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
705A.2 ROOF COVERINGS. WHERE THE ROOF PROFILE ALLOWS A SPACE BETWEEN

THE ROOF COVERING AND ROOF DECKING, THE SPACES SHALL BE

CONSTRUCTED TO PREVENT THE INTRUSION OF FLAMES AND EMBERS, BE FIRESTOPPED WITH APPROVED MATERIALS OR HAVE ONE LAYER OF MINIMUM 72 POUND (32.4 KG) MINERAL-SURFACED NONPERFORATED CAP SHEET COMPLYING WITH ASTM D3909 INSTALLED OVER THE COMBUSTIBLE DECKING. 705A.3 ROOF VALLEYS. WHERE VALLEY FLASHING IS INSTALLED, THE FLASHING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 0.019-INCH (0.48 MM) NO. 26 GAGE GALVANIZED

SHEET CORROSION-RESISTANT METAL INSTALLED OVER NOT LESS THAN ONE LAYER OF MINIMUM 72 POUND (32.4 KG) MINERAL-SURFACED NONPERFORATED CAP SHEET COMPLYING WITH ASTM D3909, AT LEAST 36-INCH-WIDE RUNNING THE FULL LENGTH OF THE VALLEY.
705A.4 ROOF GUTTERS. ROOF GUTTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE MEANS TO PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF LEAVES AND DEBRIS IN THE GUTTER.

SECTION 706A VENTS
706A.1 GENERAL. WHERE PROVIDED, VENTILATION OPENINGS FOR ENCLOSED

ATTICS, ENCLOSED EAVE SOFFIT SPACES, ENCLOSED RAFTER SPACES FORMED

WHERE CEILINGS ARE APPLIED DIRECTLY TO THE UNDERSIDE OF ROOF RAFTERS, AND UNDERFLOOR VENTILATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1203 AND SECTIONS 706A.1 THROUGH 706A.3 TO RESIST BUILDING IGNITION FROM

THE INTRUSION OF BURNING EMBERS AND FLAME THROUGH THE VENTILATION OPENINGS.
706A.2 REQUIREMENTS. VENTILATION OPENINGS FOR ENCLOSED ATTICS, ENCLOSED

EAVE SOFFIT SPACES, ENCLOSED RAFTER SPACES FORMED WHERE CEILINGS

ARE APPLIED DIRECTLY TO THE UNDERSIDE OF ROOF RAFTERS, AND

UNDERFLOOR VENTILATION OPENINGS SHALL BE FULLY COVERED WITH METAL

WIRE MESH, VENTS, OTHER MATERIALS OR OTHER DEVICES THAT MEET ONE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:

1. LISTED VENTS COMPLYING WITH ASTM E2886.

1.1. THE EMBER INTRUSION TEST SHALL HAVE NO FLAMING IGNITION OF THE COTTON MATERIAL.

1.2. THERE SHALL BE NO FLAMING IGNITION DURING THE INTEGRITY TEST PORTION OF THE FLAME INTRUSION TEST. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF THE UNEXPOSED SIDE OF THE VENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 662°F (350°C).

2. VENTS COMPLYING WITH ALL OF THE FOLLOWING:

2.1. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE OPENINGS THEREIN SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/16-INCH (1.6 MM) AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/8-INCH (3.2 MM).

2.2. THE MATERIALS USED SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE.

EXCEPTION: VENTS LOCATED UNDER THE ROOF COVERING, ALONG THE RIDGE

OF ROOFS, WITH THE EXPOSED SURFACE OF THE VENT COVERED BY NONCOMBUSTIBLE WIRE MESH, MAY BE OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.

2.3. THE MATERIALS USED SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT.
706A.3 VENTILATION OPENINGS ON THE UNDERSIDE OF EAVES AND CORNICES.

VENTS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON THE UNDERSIDE OF EAVES AND CORNICES.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. LISTED VENTS COMPLYING WITH ASTM E2886.

1.1. THE EMBER INTRUSION TEST SHALL HAVE NO FLAMING IGNITION OF THE COTTON MATERIAL.

1.2. THERE SHALL BE NO FLAMING IGNITION DURING THE INTEGRITY TEST PORTION OF THE FLAME INTRUSION TEST. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF THE UNEXPOSED SIDE OF THE VENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 662°F (350°C).

2. THE ENFORCING AGENCY MAY ACCEPT OR APPROVE SPECIAL EAVE AND CORNICE VENTS THAT RESIST THE INTRUSION OF FLAME AND BURNING EMBERS.

3. VENTS COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 706A.2 MAY BE

INSTALLED ON THE UNDERSIDE OF EAVES AND CORNICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH EITHER ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:

3.1. THE ATTIC SPACE BEING VENTILATED IS FULLY PROTECTED BY AN

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION903.3.1.1 OR,

3.2. THE EXTERIOR WALL COVERING AND EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF THE EAVE ARE OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL, OR IGNITION-RESISTANTMATERIALS AS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SFM STANDARD 12-7A-5 IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL AND THE VENT IS LOCATED MORE THAN 12 FEET FROM THE GROUND OR WALKING SURFACE OF A DECK, PORCH, PATIO OR SIMILAR SURFACE.

SECTION 707A EXTERIOR COVERING
707A.1 SCOPE. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL GOVERN THE MATERIALS

AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS USED TO RESIST BUILDING IGNITION AND/OR

SAFEGUARD AGAINST THE INTRUSION OF FLAMES RESULTING FROM SMALL EMBER AND SHORT-TERM DIRECT FLAME CONTACT EXPOSURE.
707A.2 GENERAL. THE FOLLOWING EXTERIOR COVERING MATERIALS AND/OR ASSEMBLIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION:

1. EXTERIOR WALL COVERING MATERIAL

2. EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY

3. EXTERIOR EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF ROOF EAVE OVERHANGS

4. EXTERIOR EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF ROOF EAVE SOFFITS

5. EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF EXTERIOR PORCH CEILINGS

6. EXTERIOR EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR PROJECTIONS

7. EXTERIOR UNDERFLOOR AREAS
EXCEPTIONS:

1. EXTERIOR WALL ARCHITECTURAL TRIM, EMBELLISHMENTS, FASCIAS, AND

GUTTERS

2. ROOF OR WALL TOP CORNICE PROJECTIONS AND SIMILAR ASSEMBLIES

3. ROOF ASSEMBLY PROJECTIONS OVER GABLE END WALLS

4. SOLID WOOD RAFTER TAILS AND SOLID WOOD BLOCKING INSTALLED BETWEEN RAFTERS HAVING MINIMUM DIMENSION 2 INCH (50.8 MM) NOMINAL

5. DECK WALKING SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 709A.4 ONLY 707A.3 EXTERIOR WALLS. THE EXTERIOR WALL COVERING OR WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. HEAVY TIMBER EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY

4. LOG WALL CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY

5. WALL ASSEMBLIES THAT MEET THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES FOR A 10-MINUTE DIRECT FLAME CONTACT EXPOSURE TEST SET FORTH IN SFM STANDARD 12-7A-1
EXCEPTION: ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE DEEMED TO MEET THE ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND INTENT OF THIS SECTION:

1. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND THE

EXTERIOR COVERING OR CLADDING ON THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF THE FRAMING

2. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY DESIGNED FOR EXTERIOR FIRE EXPOSURE INCLUDING ASSEMBLIES

USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN THE GYPSUM

ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL
707A.3.1 EXTENT OF EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS

SHALL EXTEND FROM THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION TO THE ROOF, AND TERMINATE AT 2 INCH NOMINAL SOLID WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN RAFTERS AT

ALL ROOF OVERHANGS, OR IN THE CASE OF ENCLOSED EAVES, TERMINATE AT THE ENCLOSURE.
707A.4 OPEN ROOF EAVES. THE EXPOSED ROOF DECK ON THE UNDERSIDE OF UNENCLOSED ROOF EAVES SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND AN

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE EXTERIOR OF THE ROOF DECK

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECK DESIGNED FOR

EXTERIOR FIRE EXPOSURE INCLUDING ASSEMBLIES USING THE GYPSUM PANEL

AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE

RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL
EXCEPTIONS: THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS DO NOT REQUIRE PROTECTION:

1. SOLID WOOD RAFTER TAILS ON THE EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF OPEN ROOF EAVES HAVING A MINIMUM NOMINAL DIMENSION OF 2 INCH

2. SOLID WOOD BLOCKING INSTALLED BETWEEN RAFTER TAILS ON THE

EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF OPEN ROOF EAVES HAVING A MINIMUM NOMINAL DIMENSION OF 2 INCH

3. GABLE END OVERHANGS AND ROOF ASSEMBLY PROJECTIONS BEYOND AN

EXTERIOR WALL OTHER THAN AT THE LOWER END OF THE RAFTER TAILS

4. FASCIA AND OTHER ARCHITECTURAL TRIM BOARDS
707A.5 ENCLOSED ROOF EAVES AND ROOF EAVE SOFFITS. THE EXPOSED

UNDERSIDE OF ENCLOSED ROOF EAVES HAVING EITHER A BOXED-IN ROOF EAVE

SOFFIT WITH A HORIZONTAL UNDERSIDE, OR SLOPING RAFTER TAILS WITH AN

EXTERIOR COVERING APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE RAFTER TAILS, SHALL BE PROTECTED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS FOR EXTERIOR WILDFIRE EXPOSURE 290 2016 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND AN

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE RAFTER TAILS OR SOFFIT

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE RAFTER TAILS OR SOFFIT

INCLUDING ASSEMBLIES USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS

LISTED IN THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL

5. BOXED-IN ROOF EAVE SOFFIT ASSEMBLIES WITH A HORIZONTAL UNDERSIDE

THAT MEET THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING:

5.1. SFM STANDARD 12-7A-3; OR

5.2. ASTM E2957
EXCEPTIONS: THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS DO NOT REQUIRE PROTECTION:

1. GABLE END OVERHANGS AND ROOF ASSEMBLY PROJECTIONS BEYOND AN

EXTERIOR WALL OTHER THAN AT THE LOWER END OF THE RAFTER TAILS

2. FASCIA AND OTHER ARCHITECTURAL TRIM BOARDS
707A.6 EXTERIOR PORCH CEILINGS. THE EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OFEXTERIOR PORCH CEILINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND THE

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE CEILING

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE CEILING ASSEMBLY INCLUDING

ASSEMBLIES USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN

THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL

5. PORCH CEILING ASSEMBLIES WITH A HORIZONTAL UNDERSIDE THAT MEET THE

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING:

5.1. SFM STANDARD 12-7A-3; OR

5.2. ASTM E2957
EXCEPTION: ARCHITECTURAL TRIM BOARDS.
707A.7 FLOOR PROJECTIONS. THE EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF A CANTILEVERED

FLOOR PROJECTION WHERE A FLOOR ASSEMBLY EXTENDS OVER AN EXTERIOR WALL SHALL BE PROTECTED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND AN

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR PROJECTION

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR PROJECTION INCLUDING

ASSEMBLIES USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN

THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL

5. THE UNDERSIDE OF A FLOOR PROJECTION ASSEMBLY THAT MEET

THE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST
PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING:

5.1. SFM STANDARD 12-7A-3; OR

5.2. ASTM E2957
EXCEPTION: ARCHITECTURAL TRIM BOARDS.
707A.8 UNDERFLOOR PROTECTION. THE UNDERFLOOR AREA OF ELEVATED OR

OVERHANGING BUILDINGS SHALL BE ENCLOSED TO GRADE IN ACCORDANCE

WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER OR THE UNDERSIDE OF THE EXPOSED UNDERFLOOR SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND AN

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR PROJECTION

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR INCLUDING

ASSEMBLIES USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN

THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL

5. THE UNDERSIDE OF A FLOOR ASSEMBLY THAT MEETS THE PERFORMANCE

CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING:

5.1. SFM STANDARD 12-7A-3; OR

5.2. ASTM E2957
EXCEPTION: HEAVY TIMBER STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS DO NOT REQUIRE PROTECTION.
707A.9 UNDERSIDE OF APPENDAGES. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY

THE UNDERSIDE OF OVERHANGING APPENDAGES SHALL BE ENCLOSED TO

GRADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER OR THE

UNDERSIDE OF THE EXPOSED UNDERFLOOR SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

2. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL

3. ONE LAYER OF 5/8-INCH TYPE X GYPSUM SHEATHING APPLIED BEHIND AN

EXTERIOR COVERING ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR PROJECTION

4. THE EXTERIOR PORTION OF A 1-HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE EXTERIOR WALL

ASSEMBLY APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FLOOR INCLUDING ASSEMBLIES

USING THE GYPSUM PANEL AND SHEATHING PRODUCTS LISTED IN THE GYPSUM

ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL

5. THE UNDERSIDE OF A FLOOR ASSEMBLY THAT MEETS THE PERFORMANCE

CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TEST PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING:

5.1. SFM STANDARD 12-7A-3; OR

5.2. ASTM E2957
EXCEPTION: HEAVY TIMBER STRUCTURAL COLUMNS AND BEAMS DO NOT REQUIRE PROTECTION.

SECTION 708A EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS
708A.2 EXTERIOR GLAZING. THE FOLLOWING EXTERIOR GLAZING MATERIALS AND/ OR ASSEMBLIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THIS SECTION:

1. EXTERIOR WINDOWS

2. EXTERIOR GLAZED DOORS

3. GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN EXTERIOR DOORS

4. GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN EXTERIOR GARAGE DOORS

5. EXTERIOR STRUCTURAL GLASS VENEER
708A.2.1 EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND EXTERIOR GLAZED DOOR ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS. EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND EXTERIOR GLAZED DOOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:

1. BE CONSTRUCTED OF MULTIPANE GLAZING WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE TEMPERED PANE MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 2406 SAFETY GLAZING, OR

2. BE CONSTRUCTED OF GLASS BLOCK UNITS, OR

3. HAVE A FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 20 MINUTES WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO NFPA 257, OR

4. BE TESTED TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF SFM STANDARD 12-7A-2
708A.2.2 STRUCTURAL GLASS VENEER. THE WALL ASSEMBLY BEHIND STRUCTURAL GLASS VENEER SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 707A.3.
708A.3 EXTERIOR DOORS. EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. THE EXTERIOR SURFACE OR CLADDING SHALL BE OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR

IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL, OR

2. SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF SOLID CORE WOOD THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:

2.1. STILES AND RAILS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 13/8 INCHES THICK.

2.2. RAISED PANELS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 11/4 INCHES THICK, EXCEPT

FOR THE EXTERIOR PERIMETER OF THE RAISED PANEL THAT MAY TAPER TO A TONGUE NOT LESS THAN 3/8 INCH THICK.

3. SHALL HAVE A FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 20 MINUTES WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO NFPA 252.

4. SHALL BE TESTED TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF SFM STANDARD 12-7A-1.
708A.3.1 EXTERIOR DOOR GLAZING. GLAZING IN EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 708A.2.1.

SECTION 709A DECKING
709A.1 GENERAL. THE WALKING SURFACE MATERIAL OF DECKS, PORCHES,

BALCONIES AND STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
709A.2 WHERE REQUIRED. THE WALKING SURFACE MATERIAL OF DECKS, PORCHES,

BALCONIES AND STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION WHEN ANY PORTION OF SUCH SURFACE IS WITHIN 10 FEET (3048 MM) OF THE BUILDING.
709A.3 DECKING SURFACES. THE WALKING SURFACE MATERIAL OF DECKS,

PORCHES, BALCONIES AND STAIRS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS:

1. IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL THAT COMPLIES WITH THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF BOTH SFM STANDARD 12-7A-4 AND SFM STANDARD 12-7A-5.

2. EXTERIOR FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD

3. NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

4. ANY MATERIAL THAT COMPLIES WITH THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF SFM STANDARD 12-7A-4A WHEN ATTACHED EXTERIOR WALL COVERING IS ALSO EITHER NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR IGNITION-RESISTANT MATERIAL.

EXCEPTION: WALL MATERIAL MAY BE OF ANY MATERIAL THAT OTHERWISE

COMPLIES WITH THIS CHAPTER WHEN THE DECKING SURFACE MATERIAL COMPLIES WITH THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ASTM E84 WITH A CLASS B FLAME SPREAD RATING.

SECTION 710A ACCESSORY STRUCTURES
710A.1 GENERAL. ACCESSORY AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES, OTHER THAN BUILDINGS COVERED BY SECTION 701A.3, WHICH POSE A SIGNIFICANT EXTERIOR

EXPOSURE HAZARD TO APPLICABLE BUILDINGS DURING WILDFIRES SHALL BE

CONSTRUCTED TO CONFORM TO THE IGNITION RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
710A.2 APPLICABILITY. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY TO

TRELLISES, ARBORS, PATIO COVERS, CARPORTS, GAZEBOS AND SIMILAR STRUCTURES OF AN ACCESSORY OR MISCELLANEOUS CHARACTER.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. DECKS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 709A.

2. AWNINGS AND CANOPIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 3105.
710A.3 WHERE REQUIRED. ACCESSORY STRUCTURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
710A.3.1 ATTACHED ACCESSORY STRUCTURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
710A.3.2 WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY, DETACHED ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN 50 FEET OF AN APPLICABLE BUILDING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION.
710A.4 REQUIREMENTS. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE ENFORCING AGENCY ACCESSORY STRUCTURES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR IGNITIONRESISTANT MATERIALS.

WILDLAND URBAN INTERFACE NOTES
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A7.1 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f
www.sitelinearch.com

DETAILS
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 FASTENER AT EACH

HIGH RIB

SEALANT

METAL ROOFING

FASTENER

METAL RIDGE

FLASHING, PER

MANUFACTURER

FOAM CLOSURE SET

IN SEALANT

FIRE RESISTANT SLIP

SHEET, GAF -

VERSASHIELD SOLO

ROOF SHEATHING
NOTES:

1. ROOFING ASSEMBLY PER TGFU.25913.

2. METAL ROOFING - TAYLOR METAL - CLASSIC CORRUGATED 7/8" OR APPROVED EQUAL.

3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS

FASTENER AT EACH LOW RIB

SEALANT

METAL ROOFING

FASTENER

METAL EAVE FLASHING

FOAM CLOSURE SET IN SEALANT

FIRE RESISTANT SLIP SHEET,

GAF - VERSASHIELD SOLO

ROOF SHEATHING

CEMENTITIOUS SOFFIT
FASCIA
GUTTER w/DEBRIS GUARD

CONTINUOUS CLEAT
NOTES:

1. ROOFING ASSEMBLY PER TGFU.25913.

2. METAL ROOFING - TAYLOR METAL - CLASSIC CORRUGATED 7/8" OR APPROVED EQUAL.

3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS

FASTENER AT EACH LOW RIB

SEALANT

METAL ROOFING

FASTENER AT EACH LOW RIB

METAL PITCH CHANGE

FLASHING, PER

MANUFACTURER

FOAM CLOSURE SET IN

SEALANT

FIRE RESISTANT SLIP SHEET,

GAF - VERSASHIELD SOLO

ROOF SHEATHING
NOTES:

1. ROOFING ASSEMBLY PER TGFU.25913.

2. METAL ROOFING - TAYLOR METAL - CLASSIC CORRUGATED 7/8" OR APPROVED EQUAL.

3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS
6"
5" 3/8"
PLYWD. SHT'G. (TYP.)
ROOF
FRAMING (TYP.)
26 GA. GALV. METAL PEAK
FLASHING (TYP.)
UNIVERSAL CLOSURE (TYP.)
(BY ROOFING MFR.)
#12-14 x 2" SELF-DRILLING
SCREW PER MFR.

RECOMMENDATIONS (TYP.)
TAPE SEALANT (TYP.)
#12-14 x 2" SELF-DRILLING
SCREW @ 12"o.c. (TYP.)
TAPE SEALANT (TYP.)
7/8" CORRUGATED PANEL
O
/
FIRE RESISTIVE SLIP SHEET, (TYP.)
5"
5/8"
4"
7/8" CORRUGATED PANEL
O
/
FIRE RESISTIVE SLIP SHEET (TYP.)
#12-14 x 2" SELF-DRILLING
SCREW @ 12"o.c. (TYP.)
TAPE SEALANT (TYP.)
#12-14 x 2" SELF-DRILLING
SCREW @ 12"o.c. (TYP.)
TAPE SEALANT (TYP.)
26 GA. GALV. METAL RAKE
(TYP.)
RAKE ANGLE (TYP.)
CAULK (TYP.)
PLYWD. ROOF
SHT'G. (TYP.)
ROOF
FRAMING (TYP.)
6"
4"
PLYWD. SHT'G. (TYP.)
ROOF
FRAMING (TYP.)
26 GA. GALV. METAL
PITCH BREAK FLASHING (TYP.)
CLOSURE (TYP.)
(BY ROOFING MFR.)
#12-14 x 2" SELF-DRILLING
SCREW PER MFR.

RECOMMENDATIONS (TYP.)
TAPE SEALANT (TYP.)
7/8" CORRUGATED PANEL
O
/
FIRE RESISTIVE SLIP SHEET (TYP.)

EXTERIOR SIDING

WOODCOLUMN
5 1/2" x 1/2" LAG
BOLT w/WASHER,
(TYP.)
6x6 DF BRACE

WOOD BEAM

BOTTOM OF BRACE
6'-8" MIN. ABOVE GRADE/

WALKING SURFACE

MATCH EXISTING

ADJACENT BUILDINGS

FIBER CEMENT

TRIM (BATTENS)

FIBER CEMENT
PANEL

EXTERIOR

WALL FRAMING

WATER RESISTIVE
BARRIER o/WALL

SHEATHING
1 1/4"
MAX.
11" MIN.
7"
MAX.
6'-8" MIN. HEADROOM
34" MIN. - 38" MAX.

ABOVE NOSING
2x LEDGER
2x STAIR FRAMING
2x12 STAIR

STRINGERS
MINIMUM OF (3)
2x PT KICKER PLATES
2x LANDING

PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR
2x FRAMING

INFORMATION SHOWN HERE IS GENERAL ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE JOB SPECIFIC. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN(S) FOR ACTUAL LAYOUT(S) OF STAIRS FOR THIS PROJECT.

1. GATE HARDWARE - UPPER TRACKS AND ROLLERS

2. GATE HARDWARE - LOWER GUIDES 3. GATE HARDWARE - SECURITY LATCH J3 ROOF RIDGE 3" = 1'-0"
A3 ROOF EAVE 1 1/2"= 1'-0"
G6 ROOF PITCH CHANGE 1 1/2"= 1'-0" G3 ROOF PEAK 3" = 1'-0" J6 ROOF RAKE 3" = 1'-0"
D6 DECORATIVE BRACE 3/4" = 1'-0" D3 ROOF TO ENDWALL 3" = 1'-0" A6 BOARD AND BATTEN 1 1/2"= 1'-0"
G12 STAIR DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0"
A12 (E) GATE HARDWARE PHOTOS

MECHANICAL SHEET INDEX

MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK

MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES MECHANICAL CALGREEN NOTES MECHANICAL LEGEND

GABLE VENTILATOR SCHEDULE
A

MECHANICAL PLAN
NORTH NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2024
No.M32225 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L

E NG I N E E R
S TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSKS
I TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSK I M E C H A N I C A L

S T A T E OF C A L I FORN I A

MECHANICAL

SCHEDULES, PLAN,
& GEN. NOTES
M0

ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX ELECTRICAL LEGEND

ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK

ELECTRICAL CALGREEN NOTES

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

FEEDER SCHEDULE

UNDERGROUND TRENCH ELECTRICAL

SCHEDULES, ONE-LINE,
& GEN. NOTES NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E0.0

ELECTRICAL PANEL
SCHEDULES NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E1.0

ELECTRICAL PLAN - SITE A NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN
SITE
E2.0 NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L

ELECTRICAL PLAN - POWER - BASEMENT A NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN
POWER
BASEMENT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E3.1

ELECTRICAL PLAN - POWER - MAIN FLOOR A J
NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN
POWER

MAIN FLOOR
E3.2 NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L

ELECTRICAL PLAN - POWER - MEZZANINE A NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN
POWER
MEZZANINE NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E3.3

ELECTRICAL PLAN - LIGHTING - BASEMENT A M M
NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN

LIGHTING
BASEMENT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E4.1

ELECTRICAL PLAN - LIGHTING - MAIN FLOOR A M M M
NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN

LIGHTING
MAIN FLOOR NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF C A L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E4.2

ELECTRICAL PLAN - LIGHTING - MEZZANINE A M
NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN

LIGHTING
MEZZANINE NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E4.3

ELECTRICAL PLAN - ROOF A NORTH

ELECTRICAL PLAN
ROOF NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A E DR N XA E A L E L E C T R I C A L E5.0

ELECTRICAL
ENERGY REPORT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E6.0

ELECTRICAL
ENERGY REPORT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E6.1

ELECTRICAL
ENERGY REPORT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E6.2

ELECTRICAL
ENERGY REPORT NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2023
No.E23735 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L
E NG I N E E R M . BA T I S TA

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

E DR N XA
E
A L

E L E C T R I C A L
E6.3

PLUMBING SHEET INDEX PLUMBING LEGEND

PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE

PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES

PLUMBING CALGREEN NOTES

FLOOR CLEANOUT WALL CLEANOUT VENT THRU ROOF

ROOF DOWNSPOUT CALCULATIONS

WATER HEATER SCHEDULE

PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE
WATER HEATER NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2024
No.M32225 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L

E NG I N E E R
S TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSKS
I TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSK I M E C H A N I C A L

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

PLUMBING

SCHEDULES,

CALCULATIONS,
& GEN. NOTES
P0
A

PLUMBING PLAN - WATER - MAIN FLOOR NORTH

PLUMBING PLAN
WATER

MAIN FLOOR
P1 NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

ISSUED FOR DATE
EXP.12-31-2024
No.M32225 R EG I S T E R E D P RO F E S S I ON A L E NG I N E E R S TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSK S I TEVEN P . W I SN I EWSK I M E C H A N I C A L S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A

PLUMBING PLAN - SEWER & VENT - MAIN FLOOR A NORTH

PLUMBING PLAN

SEWER & VENT

MAIN FLOOR
P2 NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

PLUMBING PLAN - ROOF A NORTH

PLUMBING PLAN
ROOF
P3 NEVADA CITY STORAGE 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959 REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE SHEET NO.

SHEET TITLE JOB NO. DRAWN CHECKED ORIGINAL DATE

PLANS & DETAILS LEGEND

SHEET NUMBER DESCRIPTION S-XXX

DETAIL TYPE DESIGNATOR
0 - TYPICAL DETAILS
1 - FOUNDATION DETAILS
2 - FRAMING DETAILS
3 - SHEAR DETAILS
4 - STEEL DETAILS
5 - MASONRY DETAILS
6 - CUSTOM DETAILS

SHEET TYPE DESIGNATOR
0 - SPECIFICATIONS
1 - FOUNDATION PLANS
2 - FRAMING PLANS
3 - SHEAR PLANS
4 - DETAILS
5 - STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS
6 - SK DETAILS / CONSTRUCTION ADMIN

STRUCTURAL SHEETS

DETAIL CALL OUT DESCRIPTION

DETAIL NUMBER
SPECIFIC TO EACH DETAIL.

DETAIL CUT LINE

DETAIL CUT LOOKING IN THE

DIRECTION OF THE SECTION
CUT. THE SECTION IS
CONTINUOUS UNO.

DETAIL LOCATION NUMBER
SHEET LOCATION. SEE

SHEET NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

DETAIL BUBBLE

LOCATION OF STRUCTURAL

DETAIL OR SECTION
XXX

SHEET SEQUENCE NUMBER

SUB-GROUP OF DESIGNATORS USED

WHEN MORE THAN ONE SHEET OF

SAME TYPE IS REQUIRED
S-XXX
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

CLIENT INFORMATION
These Drawings have been prepared by
Linchpin Structural Engineering Inc.. They
are not suitable for use on other projects, in
other locations, or by any other individuals
without the written approval and participation
of Linchpin Structural Engineering Inc..

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:
1" = 1'-0"
12/18/2023 1:06:36 PM
S-000
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV
COVER PAGE 255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

PROJECT INFORMATION

SHEET INDEX

APPLICABLE CODES

GOVERNING AGENCY

PROJECT SUMMARY

DAVID HODDER, PE, SE

LINCHPIN STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
530.563.6341 EXT. 805
THE PROJECT IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW 1-STORY STORAGE BUILDING WITH A MEZZANINE AND BASEMENT. THE BUILDING WILL BE CONVENTIONAL WOOD FRAMING WITH SOME STEEL ELEMENTS.

THE BUILDING WILL INCLUDE A COVERED LOADING AREA AND A
TROLLEY CRANE AT THE ROOF.
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (2022 CBC)
2018 NATIONAL DESIGN STANDARD (2018 NDS)
STEEL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, 15 ED. (AISC 15 ED.)

NEVADA COUNTY BUILDING DEPARTMENT
950 MAIDU AVE SUITE 170
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959
530.265.1222
SNOW: FOR SITES OVER 25 PSF. Pg = 45 PSF (GROUND SNOW LOAD) Pf = .7PgCeCt I = 35 PSF (FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD) Ps = CsPf = 35 PSF (SLOPED ROOF SNOW LOAD) Is = 1.0, Ce = 1.0, Ct = 1.1, Cs = 1.0

LATERAL FORCES
WIND:
• EXPOSURE CATEGORY = C
• RISK CATEGORY = II
• BASIC WIND SPEED, V = 130 MPH
SEISMIC:

V = C
s
W
C
s = Sds/(R/I) ; 0.044 Sds*Ie < Cs < Sd1/((R/Ie)*T)
• SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, I
e = 1
• SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION S
s = 0.589, S1 = 0.238
• SITE CLASS PER TABLE 20-3.1 OF ASCE 7-16 = D-DEFAULT
• SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS: Sds = 0.522, Sd1 = 0.337 • SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D
• ANALYSIS PROCEDURE USED = EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE

ANALYSIS
• RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR PER TABLE 12.2-1 (ASCE 7-16):
• LATERAL SYSTEM TYPE= WOOD SHEARWALLS, OMF
• R = 6.5 & 3.5
• C
s = 0.080
• DESIGN BASE SHEAR, V = 13.23 KIPS (ULTIMATE)
FOUNDATION:

SOIL BEARING PRESSURE: 2500 PSF* (DEAD PLUS LONG TERM LIVE) ACTIVE PRESSURE - RESTRAINED: N.A.

ACTIVE PRESSURE - UNRESTRAINED: 30 PCF
PASSIVE RESISTANCE: 300 PCF
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 0.35
*1/3 INCREASE ALLOWED FOR SEISMIC OR WIND LOADING
FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ON PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL REPORT:
• REPORT TITLE: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT 255 BOULDER

STREET, NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA
• GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER: NV5
• REPORT DATE: MARCH 28, 2023
• REPORT/PROJECT NUMBER: 5827.00

ALL FOUNDATION EXCAVATION TO BE CARRIED TO UNDISTURBED NATIVE MATERIAL OR PLACED IN AN APPROVED ENGINEERING FILL.

OVER-EXCAVATION OF SOILS TO BE BACKFILLED WITH CONCRETE.

UNUSUAL SITE CONDITIONS (LOOSE FILL, SUB-SURFACE WATER, ORGANICS, ETC.) TO BE REPORTED TO ENGINEER. DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK UNTIL ISSUE IS RESOLVED.

BACKFILL AROUND FOOTINGS, BEHIND WALLS, & UNDER SLABS TO BE COMPACTED TO 95% RELATIVE DENSITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 1557 UNO IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OF A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT.

DO NOT BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS UNTIL CONCRETE OR MASONRY HAS REACHED ITS FULL 28 DAY DESIGN STRENGTH, SUPPORTING STRUCTURE (FLOORS) ARE CONSTRUCTED, AND FOR 7 DAYS MIN.

THE BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR BEARING WALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE A MIN. OF 18" BELOW FINISH GRADE.

FLOOR 125 PSF
ROOF 20 PSF

LIVE LOAD SNOW LOAD

DESIGN DEAD
LOAD
AREA
18 PSF*
65 PSF
35 PSF
50 PSF (SLIDING)
--
RISK CATEGORY: II - TABLE 1604.5

VERTICAL LOADS

DESIGN CRITERIA
MEZZANINE 15 PSF 125 PSF --

AB- ANCHOR BOLT

ABV- ABOVE

ADDL- ADDITIONAL

ADJ- ADJACENT

ARCH- ARCHITECTURAL

AYC - ALASKAN YELLOW CEDAR

BLKG- BLOCKING

BLW- BELOW

BN- BOUNDARY NAILS

BOS- BOTTOM OF SHEATHING

BTWN- BETWEEN

CBC- CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE

CJ- CONSTRUCTION JOINT

CL- CENTERLINE

COL- COLUMN

CONC- CONCRETE

CONT- CONTINUOUS

CVG- CONTINUOUS VERTICAL GRAIN

DBL- DOUBLE

DIAM- DIAMETER

DF- DOUGLAS FIR

DFPT- DOUGLAS FIR PRESSURE TREATED

DL- DEAD LOAD

DN- DOWN

E- EXISTING

EA- EACH

EN- EDGE NAIL

ENGR- ENGINEER

ES- EACH SIDE

EW- EACH WAY

FDN- FOUNDATION

FF- FINISH FLOOR

FOS- FACE OF STUD

FRMG- FRAMING

FS- FAR SIDE

GA- GAGE

GALV- GALVANIZED

GC- GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GLB- GLUED LAMINATED BEAM

GYP- GYPSUM BOARD

HD- HOLDOWN

HORIZ- HORIZONTAL

HSS- HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION

IBC- INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

INTR- INTERMEDIATE

INV- INVERTED

K- KIPS

KP- KING POST

KS- KING STUD

LL- LIVE LOAD

LLV- LONG LEG VERTICAL

LLH- LONG LEG HORIZONTAL

LSL- LAMINATED STRAND LUMBER

LVL- LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER

LWT- LIGHTWEIGHT

MAX- MAXIMUM

MECH- MECHANICAL

MFR- MANUFACTURER

MIN- MINIMUM

MISC- MISCELLANEOUS
N- NEW

NS- NEAR SIDE

OC- ON CENTER

OCEW- ON CENTER EACH WAY

OF- OUTER FACE

OH- OPPOSITE HAND

OPNG- OPENING

PARA- PARALLEL

PERP- PERPENDICULAR

PL- PLATE

PLF- POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT

PSF- POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT

PSL- PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER

PT- PRESSURE TREATED

PW- PLYWOOD

REINF- REINFORCEMENT

REQ- REQUIRED

SCHED- SCHEDULE

SHTG- SHEATHING

SIM- SIMILAR

SMS- SHEET METAL SCREW

SOG- SLAB ON GRADE

SS- STAINLESS STEEL

STAG- STAGGERED

STD HK- STANDARD HOOK

STIFF- STIFFENER

STL- STEEL

SW- SHEARWALL

SYM- SYMMETRICAL

T&B- TOP & BOTTOM

T&G- TONGUE AND GROOVED

THRU- THROUGH

TN- TOE NAIL

TS- TUBE STEEL

TYP- TYPICAL

UNO- UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

VERT- VERTICAL

VIF- VERIFY IN FIELD
w/- WITH

WWF- WELDED WIRE FABRIC

ABBREVIATIONS

ENGINEER OF RECORD SHALL PERIODICALLY OBSERVE CONSTRUCTION AT THE FOLLOWING SIGNIFICANT STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION. THESE OBSERVATIONS ARE IN ADDITION TO REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION.

FOUNDATION

TO BE MADE AFTER EXCAVATIONS FOR FOOTINGS ARE COMPLETE AND ANY REQUIRED REINFORCING STEEL IS IN PLACE. FOR FORMED CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS, ALL FORMWORK SHALL BE IN PLACE. ALL CAST-IN ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE FORMWORK. ALL MATERIALS FOR THE FOUNDATION SHALL

BE ON THE JOB SITE, EXCEPT CONCRETE WHERE IT IS READY MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CODE.

FRAMING

OBSERVATION OF THE VERTICAL (STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND SHEATHING) AND LATERAL (WIND AND SEISMIC) FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS.

INTERMEDIATE OBSERVATION IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO CONCEALING ANY WORK REQUIRING OBSERVATION.

FINAL OBSERVATION TO BE MADE AFTER THE ROOF, ALL STRUCTURAL FRAMING,

SHEAR WALLS, LATERAL BRACING, TIES, COLLECTORS, DRAGS, AND SHEAR DIAPHRAGMS ARE CONSTRUCTED.

NOTIFICATION

NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST THREE BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE UPON WHICH OBSERVATION IS REQUIRED.

REPORT

AT CONCLUSION OF WORK, ENGINEER SHALL PREPARE A STATEMENT DESCRIBING SITE

VISITS, REPORTING WORK OBSERVED, IDENTIFYING KNOWN REMAINING DEFICIENCIES AND STATING APPARENT CONFORMANCE TO INTENT OF PLANS.

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES:

UNLESS EXPLICITLY STATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, BY NOTE OR

CLARIFICATION LETTER, THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK REPRESENTED BY THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.

THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE DESIGN TEAM BASED ON DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING SITE AND/OR FIELD CONDITIONS. ACTUAL

CONDITIONS MAY REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS TO ACHIEVE THE DESIGN INTENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY DESIGN TEAM IN WRITING OF ANY

DISCREPANCIES RELATED TO EXISTING SITE AND/OR FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONTINUING ANY WORK.

IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RECORD ALL OMISSIONS OR

CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND

TO BRING THEM TO THE ATTENTION OF THE DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE CONDITIONS SHOWN IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE DESIGN TEAM.

DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL

CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK.

THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WORK REQUIRED TO BE DONE BY ONE DOCUMENT AND NOT BY OTHERS SHALL BE DONE AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL.

THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE NO STRUCTURAL SUBSTITUTIONS,

CHANGES, OR MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL WORK IS PERFORMED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY SKILLED MECHANICS OF THE TRADE.

SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THEY ARE TO CONFER

AND COOPERATE FULLY WITH EACH OTHER DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION TO

DETERMINE THE EXACT EXTENT AND OVERLAP OF EACH OTHER'S WORK AND TO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER.

UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER

SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED, BORED, OR OTHERWISE WEAKENED WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

BUILDER'S SET: THIS SET OF DRAWINGS HAS BEEN PREPARED SUFFICIENT TO OBTAIN A BUILDING PERMIT. ALL MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT ARE NOT NECESSARILY DESCRIBED IN THIS "BUILDER'S SET". THE

IMPLEMENTATION OF THE DRAWINGS REQUIRES THE CONTRACTOR OR BUILDER TO BE

THOROUGHLY KNOWLEDGEABLE WITH THE APPLICATIONS OF CODES AND THE METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT AND TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION.

ALL WATERPROOFING, FLASHING, AND DRAINAGE ARE TO BE DESIGNED AND PROVIDED BY THE BUILDER.

COORDINATION BETWEEN DISCIPLINES

ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND AMONG THE DRAWINGS, THESE GENERAL NOTES, AND THE

SITE CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER, WHO SHALL CORRECT SUCH DISCREPANCY IN WRITING. ANY WORK DONE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFTER

DISCOVERY OF SUCH DISCREPANCY SHALL BE DONE AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RISK. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE DIMENSIONS AMONG ALL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK OR FABRICATION. THE

STRUCTURE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO RESIST CODE REQUIRED VERTICAL AND LATERAL

FORCES AFTER THE CONSTRUCTION OF ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS HAS BEEN COMPLETED. STABILITY OF THE STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETION IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THIS RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO JOB SITE SAFETY; ERECTION MEANS, METHODS, AND SEQUENCES; TEMPORARY SHORING, FORMWORK, AND BRACING; USE OF EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES. PROVIDE ADEQUATE RESISTANCE TO LOADS ON THE STRUCTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PER SEI/ASCE STANDARD NO. 37 "DESIGN LOADS ON STRUCTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION." CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION BY THE

STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IS FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN ASPECTS ONLY

AND IS NOT INTENDED IN ANY WAY TO REVIEW THE CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES.

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE THE PRIME CONTRACT DRAWINGS. CONSULTANT DRAWINGS BY OTHER DISCIPLINES ARE SUPPLEMENTARY TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

REPORT DIMENSIONAL OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL

DRAWINGS AND STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR CIVIL DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK.

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. PRIMARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE DIMENSIONED ON STRUCTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS AND OVERALL LAYOUT OF STRUCTURAL PORTION OF WORK. SOME SECONDARY ELEMENTS ARE NOT DIMENSIONED SUCH AS: WALL CONFIGURATIONS (INCLUDING EXACT DOOR AND WINDOW LOCATIONS), ALCOVES, SLAB SLOPES AND DEPRESSIONS, CURBS, ETC. VERTICAL DIMENSIONAL CONTROL IS DEFINED BY ARCHITECTURAL WALL SECTIONS AND BUILDING SECTIONS. STRUCTURAL DETAILS SHOW

DIMENSIONAL RELATIONSHIPS TO CONTROL DIMENSIONS DEFINED BY ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DETAILING AND SHOP DRAWING PRODUCTION FOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

WILL REQUIRE DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN BOTH ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS.

STANDARDS
ALL METHODS, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2022 CALIFORNIA

BUILDING CODE (CBC) AS AMENDED AND ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL OR APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

GENERAL NOTES
SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME S-000 COVER PAGE
S-001 SPECIFICATIONS
S-100 FOUNDATION PLAN
S-200 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR FRAMING
PLAN
S-201 MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING
PLAN
S-202 ROOF FRAMING PLAN
S-300 SHEAR PLAN
S-410 FOUNDATION DETAILS
S-411 FOUNDATION DETAILS ll
S-420 FRAMING DETAILS
S-421 FRAMING DETAILS ll
S-430 SHEAR DETAILS
S-440 STEEL DETAILS
S-441 STEEL DETAILS II
S-500 STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS

REVISIONS
*ROOF DEAD LOAD INCLUDES 3PSF FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC PANELS
DESIGN SOIL BEARING CAPACITY 2500 PSF ASSUMED FOR DEAD PLUS LONG TERM LIVE LOADS.

ALL FOUNDATION EXCAVATION TO BE CARRIED TO UNDISTURBED NATIVE MATERIAL OR PLACED IN AN APPROVED ENGINEERING FILL.

OVER-EXCAVATION OF SOILS TO BE BACKFILLED WITH CONCRETE.

UNUSUAL SITE CONDITIONS (LOOSE FILL, SUB-SURFACE WATER, ORGANICS, ETC.) TO BE REPORTED TO ENGINEER. DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK UNTIL ISSUE IS RESOLVED.

BACKFILL AROUND FOOTINGS, BEHIND WALLS, & UNDER SLABS TO BE COMPACTED TO 95% RELATIVE DENSITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D 1557 UNO IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OF A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT.

DO NOT BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS UNTIL CONCRETE OR MASONRY HAS REACHED ITS FULL 28 DAY DESIGN STRENGTH, SUPPORTING STRUCTURE (FLOORS) ARE CONSTRUCTED, AND FOR 7 DAYS MIN.

THE BOTTOM OF ALL EXTERIOR BEARING WALL FOOTINGS SHALL BE A MIN. OF 24" BELOW FINISH GRADE.

FOUNDATION DESIGN CRITERIA BASED PROJECT SOILS REPORT PROVIDED BY NV5 TITLED "GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT 255 BOULDER STREET NEVADA CITY, CALIFORNIA" DATED MARCH 28, 2023 (PROJECT NO. 5827.00).

CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE THIS REPORT FOR ALL REQUIRED SITE AND

SOILS PREPARATION INFORMATION, AND SHALL NOTIFY ALL PARITES OF ANY

CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE REPORT AND THE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO THE START OF AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION.

SOIL BEARING PRESSURE: 2500 PSF* (DEAD PLUS LONG TERM LIVE) ACTIVE PRESSURE - RESTRAINED: N.A.

ACTIVE PRESSURE - UNRESTRAINED: 30 PCF
PASSIVE RESISTANCE: 300 PCF
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 0.35
*1/3 INCREASE ALLOWED FOR SEISMIC OR WIND LOADING

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, AND STANDARDS; CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE

FOLLOWING CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, AND STANDARDS, AND THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS THEY REFERENCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND HAVE READILY AVAILABLE ON SITE THE LATEST VERSION OF THE "ACI MANUAL OF CONCRETE PRACTICE":

ACI:

1. ACI 116 'CEMENT AND CONCRETE TERMINOLOGY'.

2. ACI 301 'STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE'.

3. ACI 302.1R-15 'GUIDE TO CONCRETE FLOOR AND SLAB CONSTRUCTION'.

4. ACI 304R-00 'GUIDE FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE'.

5. ACI 305.1R-14 'HOT WEATHER CONCRETING'.

6. ACI 306.1-90 'COLD WEATHER CONCRETING'.

7. ACI 308.1-11 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CURING CONCRETE'.

8. ACI 309R-05 'STANDARD PRACTICE FOR CONSOLIDATION OF CONCRETE'.

9. ACI 311.4R-05 'GUIDE FOR CONCRETE INSPECTION'.

10. ACI 315R-18 'DETAILS AND DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT'.

11. ACI 318 'BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE'.

12. ACI 506R 'GUIDE FOR SHOTCRETING'.

ASTM:

1. ASTM C33 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CONCRETE AGGREGATES'.

2. ASTM C94 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR READY-MIX CONCRETE'.

3. ASTM C150 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PORTLAND CEMENT'.

4. ASTM C260 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR AIR-ENTRAINED ADMIXTURES FOR CONCRETE'.

5. ASTM C309 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING COMPOUNDS FOR

CURING CONCRETE'

6. ASTM C494 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES FOR CONCRETE'.

7. ASTM C595 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENTS'.

8. ASTM C618 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ... FLY-ASH...', MAXIMUM LOSS ON IGNITION SHALL BE 1.0%.

9. ASTM C1017 'STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES FOR USE IN PRODUCING FLOWING CONCRETE'.

10. ASTM C1116 'SYNTHETIC FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE'.

11. ASTM C1218 'STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR WATER-SOLUBLE CHLORIDE IN MORTAR AND CONCRETE'.

MIX DESIGNS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN CONCRETE MIXES THAT MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONCRETE MIX TABLE. THE MIX DESIGNS SHALL FACILITATE

ANTICIPATED PLACEMENT METHODS, WEATHER, REBAR CONGESTION, ARCHITECTURAL

FINISHES, CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING, STRUCTURAL DETAILS, AND ALL OTHER FACTORS

REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A STRUCTURALLY SOUND, AESTHETICALLY ACCEPTABLE FINISHED PRODUCT. WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURES WILL LIKELY BE REQUIRED TO MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE TARGET SLUMP.

SLUMP TOLERANCE SHALL BE ± 1-1/2 INCHES.

AGGREGATE: COARSE AND FINE AGGREGATE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C 33 CEMENT: CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C 150 TYPE II PORTLAND CEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

ALTERNATE MIX DESIGNS: VARIATIONS TO THE MIX DESIGN PROPORTIONS MAY BE ACCEPTED IF SUBSTANTIATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318, CHAPTER 26. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS A MINIMUM OF TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO BID FOR DETERMINATION OF ACCEPTABILITY.

ADMIXTURES: ADMIXTURES SHALL BE BY MASTER BUILDERS, W.R. GRACE, OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL. ALL MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE FOLLOWED.

WATER: SHALL BE CLEAN AND POTABLE.

MAXIMUM CHLORIDE CONTENT: THE MAXIMUM WATER SOLUBLE CHLORIDE CONTENT SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.15% BY WEIGHT OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER: PROVIDE 5.0% TOTAL AIR CONTENT FOR ALL CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. TOTAL AIR CONTENT IS THE

SUM OF ENTRAINED AIR PROVIDED BY ADMIXTURES AND NATURALLY OCCURRING ENTRAPPED AIR. AIR CONTENT SHALL BE TESTED PRIOR TO BEING PLACED IN THE PUMP HOPPER OR BUCKET; IT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE TESTED AT THE DISCHARGE END OF THE PUMP HOSE. THE TOLERANCE ON TOTAL AIR SHALL BE +2.0% AND -1.5% WITH THE AVERAGE OF ALL TESTS NOT LESS THAN THE SPECIFIED AMOUNT.

CONCRETE MIX NOTES:

1. TOTAL CEMENTITOUS MATERIAL IS THE SUM OF ALL CEMENT PLUS FLYASH.

2. AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION, FLYASH MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR CEMENT BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED 25% BY WEIGHT OF TOTAL CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL.

3. THE MAXIMUM FREE SHRINKAGE FOR THE SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE 0.04%

4. ALL SLABS SHALL HAVE A CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOF ADDITIVE SUCH AS MASTER-BUILDERS MASTERLIFE 300 OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE AT A DOSAGE RATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.

CONDITION OF PLACEMENT AND CURING WALLS & SLABS FOOTINGS MIN. TEMP. FRESH CONCRETE AS

MIXED FOR WEATHER INDICATED,
DEGREES F.

ABOVE 30° F.
0 TO 30° F.

BELOW 0° F.
60 65
70 55
60 65
55 50
50 40
MIN. TEMP. FRESH CONCRETE AS PLACED AND
MAINTAINED, DEGREES F.

MAX. ALLOWABLE GRADUAL DROP IN TEMP.

THROUGHOUT FIRST 24 HOURS AFTER END OF
PROTECTION, DEGREES F.

ALL OTHER CONCRETE NONE
BASEMENT WALLS4
2,3, & 5

CURING METHOD

ALL SLABS ON GRADE
ITEM
CONCRETE CURING NOTES:

1. PROVIDE PRE-APPROVED MOIST CURE METHOD FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS.

2. WHEN THE ESTIMATED EVAPORATION RATE IS GREATER THAN 0.2 PSF/HOUR,

PROVIDE A SPRAY APPLIED EVAPORATION RETARDER IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT. THE EVAPORATION RATE MAY BE CALCULATED PER ACI 305 FIGURE 2.1.5.

3. APPLY A LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND PER MANUFACTURER'S

RECOMMENDATIONS TO ALL EXPOSED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINAL FINISHING.

4. APPLY A LIQUID MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ALL FORMED SURFACES IMMEDIATELY AFTER FORM REMOVAL.

NOT REQUIRED IF FORMWORK REMAINS IN PLACE FOR MORE THAN 7 DAYS.

5. APPLY A SILANE SEALER WITH A MINIMUM SOLIDS CONTENT OF 40% PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

GROUT
NON-SHRINK GROUT: MASTER BUILDERS "MASTERFLOW 555" OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO CRD-C621 AND ASTM C1107 GRADE B WHEN TESTED AT A FLUID CONSISTENCY PER CRD- C611-85 FOR 30 MINUTES. GROUT MAY BE PLACED FROM A 25 SECOND FLOW TO A STIFF PACKING CONSISTENCY. FILL OR PACK ENTIRE SPACE UNDER PLATES OR FLOW TO A STIFF PACKING CONSISTENCY. FILL OR PACK ENTIRE SPACE UNDER PLATES OR SHAPES. NO GROUTING SHALL BE DONE BELOW 40° F.

EPOXY: USE TWO-PART LOW-SAG EPOXY. GROUT MAY CONTAIN QUARTZ SAND AGGREGATE AS PROPORTIONED BY THE MANUFACTURER. USE EQUIPMENT WHICH WILL ACCURATELY MIX AND DISPENSE THE COMPONENTS. HOLE SHALL BE DRY AND CLEANED WITH WIRE BRUSH AND PRESSURIZED AIR JUST PRIOR TO INSTALLING GROUT.

THE REBAR OR ROD SHALL BE CLEAN AND INSTALLED SLOWLY, AND SHALL BE ROTATED AS IT IS PUSHED INTO THE HOLE. COLD WEATHER GROUTING SHALL BE DONE WITH PROPER GROUT FORMULA. FIRST STAGES OF THE GROUTING OPERATION SHALL BE INSPECTED.

REINFORCING STEEL
REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-615, GRADE 60 (GRADE A706 FOR WELDED BARS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, GRADE 40 FOR BEND OUT BARS). DETAIL, FABRICATE AND PLACE PER ACI 315 AND ACI 318. HORIZONTAL BEAM BARS, VERTICAL

COLUMN BARS AND VERTICAL SHEAR WALL BARS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 318 SECTION 21.2.5. REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A706 FOR LOW- ALLOY STEEL. BILLET STEEL A615 GRADE 60 REINFORCEMENT MAY BE USED IF THE

ACTUAL YIELD STRENGTH BASED ON MILL TESTS DOES NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED STRENGTH BY MORE THAN 18,000 PSI AND THE RATIO OF THE ACTUAL ULTIMATE TENSILE STRESS TO THE ACTUAL YIELD STRENGTH IS NOT LESS THAN 1.25.

WELDED WIRE FABRIC REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-1064. LAP ONE FULL MESH ON SIDES AND ENDS.

SPLICE TABLE NOTES:

1. "TOP BARS" ARE HORIZONTAL BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" DEPTH OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THEM.

2. LENGTHS SHALL BE INCREASED BY 50% FOR EPOXY COATED BARS WITH COVER LESS

THAN THREE TIMES THE BAR DIAMETER OR CLEAR SPACING IS LESS THAN SIX TIMES THE BAR DIAMETER. LENGTHS SHALL BE INCREASED BY 20% FOR ALL OTHER EPOXY COATED BARS.

3. LENGTHS MAY BE REDUCED BY 25% WHEN A MINIMUM 2 1/2" COVER IS PROVIDED.

REINFORCING COUPLERS: "CADWELD" OR "LENTON" BY ERICO PRODUCTS, INC., MBT BAR- LOCK, "NO-SLIP" BY FOX-HOWLETT INDUSTRIES, INC., OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL.

COUPLER MUST DEVELOP THE TENSILE STRENGTH OF THE BAR UNO.

REINFORCING STEEL COVER

PROVIDE CONCRETE COVER OVER REINFORCEMENT AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

CONCRETE CAST AGAINST EARTH ------------ 3"
EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR EARTH ------------ 2"
TIES ON BEAMS AND COLUMNS -------------1-1/2"
WALLS AND SLABS NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER---- 3/4"
ELEVATED SLABS NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER 2,3, & 5

FOUNDATION DESIGN CRITERIA

CONCRETE
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301 SECTIONS 2.2.2.5 AND 5.3.2.6. KEYWAYS PER SECTION 2.2.2.5B ARE NOT REQUIRED UNLESS DETAILED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SPECIAL BONDING METHODS PER SECTION 5.3.2.6 SHALL BE SATISFIED BY ITEM 3 BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DETAILED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. WHERE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ARE NOT SHOWN ON PLAN OR ADDITIONAL

CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ARE REQUIRED, SUBMIT PROPOSED JOINTING FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AS INDICATED BELOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS:

1. SLABS ON GRADE: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION AND/OR CONTROL JOINTS AT 13 FEET OC FOR SLABS ON GRADE. PERPENDICULAR SPACING RATIO SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5.

2. WALLS AND COLUMNS: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REVEALS.

3. BONDING AGENT: WHERE BONDING AGENT IS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, USE "WELD CRETE" BY LARSON PRODUCTS CORPORATION OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

EMBEDDED ITEMS

EMBEDDED CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED IN SLAB EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. IT SHALL BE PLACED AND REINFORCED PER THE TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS.

NO ALUMINUM ITEMS SHALL BE EMBEDDED IN ANY CONCRETE. ALL EMBED PLATES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE.

CONCRETE CURING AND SEALING

CURING PROCEDURES SHALL COMMENCE IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINISHING CONCRETE TO MAINTAIN CONCRETE IN A MOIST CONDITION. VERIFY CURING AND/OR SEALING

PRODUCTS ARE COMPATIBLE WITH FLOOR COVERINGS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION

ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AND AISC 360 CURRENT EDITION.

STEEL MEMBERS ARE EQUALLY SPACED BETWEEN DIMENSION POINTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

ALL FABRICATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ERECTION AIDS AND JOINT

PREPARATIONS THAT INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, ERECTION ANGLES, LIFT

HOLES, AND OTHER AIDES, WELDING PROCEDURES, REQUIRED ROOT OPENINGS,

ROOT FACE DIMENSIONS, GROOVE ANGLES, BACKING BARS, WELD EXTENSION TABS, COPES, SURFACE ROUGHNESS VALUES AND TAPERS OF UNEQUAL PARTS.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CURRENT OSHA REQUIREMENTS.

HOLES, COPES, OR OTHER CUTS OR MODIFICATIONS OF THE STRUCTURAL STEEL

MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE MADE IN THE FIELD WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SURFACES SHALL BE SHOP PAINTED. ALL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL HAVE TWO COATS OF PAINT. ALL EXPOSED

STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL SATISFY AISC REQUIREMENTS FOR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL (AESS) UNLESS WAIVED IN WRITING BY ARCHITECT.

MATERIAL PROPERTIES
WIDE FLANGE SECTIONS: ASTM A992 (F
y = 50 KSI)
OTHER SHAPES AND PLATES: ASTM A36 (F
y = 36 KSI)
STRUCTURAL STEEL PIPES: ASTM A53, GRADE B, TYPE E OR S (F y = 35 KSI)
STEEL STRUCTURAL TUBING: ASTM A500, GRADE C, (F
y =50 KSI).

MACHINE BOLTS (M.B.): ASTM A307, GRADE A
HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS: A325-ASTM F1852, A490-ASTM A490
ANCHOR BOLTS (A.B.): ASTM F1554, GRADE 36, CLASS 2A
STUDS
STUDS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN AWS D1.1 CLAUSE 7, WITH MATERIAL AS REQUIRED IN CLAUSE 7.2.6.

TYPE A (F
y = 49 ksi, Fu = 61 ksi) ARE ALLOWED FOR STEEL TO WOOD CONNECTIONS.

TYPE B (F
y = 51 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi) SHALL BE USED IN ALL OTHER CONNECTIONS AND ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR WOOD CONNECTIONS.

ALL STUDS SHALL BE DRAWN ARC WELDED
WELDING:

STRUCTURAL STEEL: WELD IN ACCORDANCE WITH "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE" AWS D-1.1. 70 KSI MINIMUM WELD MATERIAL.

CERTIFICATION: ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AWS CERTIFIED WELDERS. WELDERS SHALL BE PREQUALIFIED FOR EACH POSITION AND WELD TYPE WHICH THE WELDER WILL BE PERFORMING. IF WELDERS ARE NOT

CERTIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ANY INSPECTIONS BY TESTING AGENCY THAT WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN REQUIRED IF SHOP WAS CERTIFIED. WITHOUT CERTIFICATION, ALL WELDS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FIELD WELDS.

WELD TABS (ALSO KNOWN AS WELD "EXTENSION" TABS OR "RUN OFF" TABS SHALL BE USED. AFTER THE WELD HAS BEEN COMPLETED THE WELD TABS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE WELD END GROUND TO A SMOOTH CONTOUR. WELD "DAMS" OR "END DAMS" SHALL NOT BE USED.

THE PROCESS CONSUMABLES FOR ALL WELD FILLER METAL INCLUDING TACK

WELDS, ROOT PASS, AND SUBSEQUENT PASSES DEPOSITED IN A JOINT SHALL BE COMPATIBLE.

ALL WELD FILLER METAL AND WELD PROCESS SHALL PROVIDE CHARPY V-NOTCH TOUGHNESS RATING PER LATEST EDITION OF AISC 341.

PENNYWEIGHT
8d
10d
16d
20d

DIAMETER (INCHES)

0.131

0.148

0.162

0.192
LENGTH (INCHES) 2-1/2 33-1/2 4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE MINIMUM NAILING PER CBC TABLE 2304.10.2 OR MORE, AS OTHERWISE SHOWN. STAGGER ALL NAILING TO PREVENT SPLITTING OF WOOD MEMBERS.

PRESSURE TREAT ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF INTERIOR CONCRETE TOPPING ON WOOD FLOOR SYSTEMS. HOLES AND CUTS IN 3X OR 4X PLATES SHOULD BE TREATED WITH A 20% SOLUTION OF COPPER NAPHTHENATE.

BOLT HOLES IN WOOD MEMBERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/32" TO A MAXIMUM OF 1/16" LARGER THAN THE BOLT DIAMETER. PROVIDE CUT WASHERS WHERE BOLT HEADS, NUTS, AND LAG SCREW HEADS BEAR ON WOOD. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 3X3X1/4 PLATE WASHER ON ALL ANCHOR BOLTS WHICH CONNECT MUD SILLS TO FOUNDATION. DO NOT NOTCH OR DRILL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, EXCEPT AS ALLOWED BY CBC SECTION 2308.5.9-10 OR AS RESTRICTED BY PLANS OR DETAILS, OR AS APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ALL JOIST WITHIN 18" AND GIRDERS WITHIN 12" OF FINNISH GRADE SHALL BE PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD. REFER TO PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD REQUIREMENTS IN THESE GENERAL NOTES FOR GALVANIZING REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTORS AND FASTENERS.

FRAMING CONNECTORS: SHALL HAVE ICC APPROVAL AND BE MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY, SAN LEANDRO, CA, OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE MAXIMUM

SIZE AND QUANTITY OF NAILS OR BOLTS PER MANUFACTURER, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE LEAD HOLES AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SPLITTING OF WOOD MEMBERS. REFER TO PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD REQUIREMENTS IN THESE GENERAL NOTES FOR GALVANIZING REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTORS AND FASTENERS.

CARPENTRY
NAILS: CONNECTION DESIGNS ARE BASED ON "COMMON WIRE" NAILS WITH THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES:

CONNECTORS &
FASTENERS (2)(3)
GALV (G60)
GALV (G90)
GALV (G90)
GALV (G185)
GALV (G90)
GALV (G185)
GALV (G90)

FOUNDATION SILL PLATES,

TOP PLATES & LEDGERS

ON CONCRETE OR
MASONRY WALLS (4)
2x, 4x, 6x, OR

GLU-LAM (FIR) ,
LSL

1. CCA: CHROMATED COPPER ARSENATE
SBX: DOT SODIUM BORATE
ACQ: ALKALINE COPPER QUAT
CBA & CA: COPPER AZOLE

2. CONNECTORS: JOIST HANGERS, STRAPS, FRAMING CONNECTORS, COLUMN CAPS AND BASES, ETC.

FASTENERS: MACHINE BOLTS, ANCHOR BOLTS AND LAG SCREWS WITH ASSOCIATED PLATE WASHERS AND NUTS. NAILS, SPIKES, WOOD SCREWS, ETC.

3. G60, G90 & G185 PER ASTM A653 BATCH/POST HOT-DIP GALVANIZED PER ASTM A123 FOR CONNECTORS, AND ASTM A153 FOR FASTENERS. MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED FASTENERS PER ASTM B695, CLASS 55 OR GREATER.

4. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, LEDGERS AND TOP PLATES A MINIMUM OF 8 FEET ABOVE

GRADE ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS MAY BE UN-TREATED IF COMPLETELY SEPARATED FROM THE WALL BY A SELF ADHERING ICE & WATER SHIELD BARRIER (40 MIL MINIMUM). 2x, & 4x (FIR)
2x, & 4x (CEDAR)
6x OR GLU-LAM (CEDAR)
6x OR GLU-LAM (FIR)

FRAMING, DECKING,

POSTS & LEDGERS

BEAMS & COLUMNS

EXPOSURE

WET DRY

ACQ, CBA, CA
NONE

ACQ, CBA, CA
NONE
CCA
CCA

APPLICATION SPECIFIED MATERIAL PRESERVATIVE
TREATMENT (1)

CCA, SBX
ACQ, CBA, CA GALV (G185)
WOOD SHEATHING (STRUCTURAL): SHEATHING ON ROOF SURFACES SHALL BE PLYWOOD ONLY. SHEATHING ON FLOOR AND WALLS SHALL BE PLYWOOD OR ORIENTED STRAND BOARD (OSB). PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE 5-PLY MINIMUM WHERE INDICATED AS 3/4" OR THICKER.

WOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE "STRUCTURAL I" CONFORMING TO PS1-95 AND/OR PS2-92. ALL PANELS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF AN APPROVED GRADING AGENCY.

GLUE-LAMINATED MEMBERS: CONFORM TO ANSI/AITC A190.1. MEMBERS SHALL BE 24F-V4 DF/DF FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F-V8 DF/DF FOR CANTILEVERED SPANS WITH E=1.8x10^6 PSI AND EWS3 DF FOR COLUMNS, ALL WITH EXTERIOR GLUE. ARCHITECTURAL APPEARANCE GRADE WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW; INDUSTRIAL APPEARANCE WHERE NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW.

ALL MEMBERS TO HAVE AITC OR APA-EWS STAMP.

FRAMING LUMBER: STANDARDS: EACH PIECE SHALL BEAR THE GRADE TRADEMARK OF AN

AGENCY ACCREDITED BY THE AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARD COMMITTEE (ALSC) TO GRADE UNDER ALSC CERTIFIED GRADING RULES. ALL NEW FRAMING LUMBER SHALL HAVE 19% MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT AT TIME OF INSTALLATION AND FABRICATION.

SPECIES AND GRADE (BASE DESIGN VALUE)
1) 6x BEAMS AND HEADERS: "DOUG FIR-LARCH" NO. 1 (F
b = 1350 PSI, Fv = 170 PSI)
2) 2x to 4x JOISTS, PURLINS AND HEADERS: "DOUG FIR-LARCH" NO. 2 (Fb = 900 PSI, F v= 180 PSI)
3) INTERIOR NON-BEARING STUD WALLS: "DOUG FIR-LARCH" CONSTRUCTION GRADE (F b = 1000
PSI, F
c = 1650 PSI)
4) 2x & 3x T&G DECKING: "DOUG FIR-LARCH" SELECT (F
b = 1750 PSI, Fc = 1150 PSI)
5) 2x DECKING FOR EXTERIOR USE: "REDWOOD" NO. 2 (F
b= 925 PSI, Fc = 950 PSI)
6) THE MINIMUM GRADE OF ALL OTHER STRUCTURAL FRAMING: "DOUG FIR-LARCH"

CONSTRUCTION GRADE (F
b = 1000 PSI, Fc = 1650 PSI)
7) UTILITY AND STANDARD GRADES NOT PERMITTED.

FRAMING LUMBER (MANUFACTURED): SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY TRUS JOIST

CORPORATION OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS.

MICROLAM LVL: F
b = 2600 PSI E = 2000 KSI
PARALLAM PSL: F
b = 2900 PSI E = 2200 KSI **
PARALLAM PSL POST: F
b = 2400 PSI E = 1800 KSI
TIMBERSTRAND LSL: F
b = 2325 PSI E = 1550 KSI
RIM MATERIAL: TIMBERSTRAND LSL
**FOR 5.25 x 7.25 OK TO USE LP SOLID START LVL IN LIEU OF PSL

MEMBERS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO SERVICEABILITY AND OTHER PERFORMANCE-BASED REQUIREMENTS, WHICH MAY EXCEED MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS.

SUBSTITUTIONS MUST MEET OR EXCEED MOMENT, SHEAR, AND STIFFNESS OF THOSE MEMBERS SPECIFIED AT THE SAME DEPTH AND SPACING.

PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD REQUIREMENTS:

TREATMENTS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED BELOW ARE NOT PERMITTED.

STRUCTURAL STEEL WOOD

CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
PLACE CONCRETE FOLLOWING ALL APPLICABLE ACI RECOMMENDATIONS. CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPERLY CONSOLIDATED PER ACI 309 USING INTERIOR MECHANICAL VIBRATORS; DO NOT OVER- VIBRATE. CONCRETE SHALL BE POURED MONOLITHICALLY BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION OR EXPANSION JOINTS. IF CONCRETE IS PLACED BY THE PUMP METHOD, HORSES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SUPPORT THE HOSE. WEATHER FORECASTS SHALL BE MONITORED AND ACI

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HOT AND COLD WEATHER CONCRETING SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS REQUIRED. CONCRETE SHALL NOT FREE FALL MORE THAN 5 FEET DURING PLACEMENT WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ENGINEER.

FORMWORK STRIPPING
1) COLUMNS & WALLS - COLUMNS AND WALLS NOT SUPPORTING FRAMING WEIGHT MAY BE

STRIPPED AS SOON AS FORMS CAN BE REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGING THE CONCRETE AND THE CONCRETE HAS REACHED A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 500 PSI. 2) BEAMS & SLABS - BEAMS AND SLABS MAY BE STRIPPED AND BECOME SELF-SUPPORTING AS SOON AS THEIR COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH REACHES 75% OF THE SPECIFIED DESIGN STRENGTH.

RESHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION LOADS THEREAFTER PER THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.

COLD WEATHER PLACEMENT
1) COLD WEATHER IS DEFINED BY ACI 306 AS "A PERIOD WHEN FOR MORE THAN 3 SUCCESSIVE DAYS THE MEAN DAILY TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 40° F."
2) NO CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED ON FROZEN OR PARTIALLY FROZEN GROUND. THAWING WITH HEATERS AND SUBSEQUENTLY COMPACTING THE GROUND IS PERMISSIBLE. 3) CONCRETE MIX TEMPERATURES SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW. HEATING OF WATER AND/OR AGGREGATES MAY BE REQUIRED TO ATTAIN THESE TEMPERATURES. 4) THE CONCRETE MAY REQUIRE PROTECTION FOR 4-7 DAYS AFTER PLACING. IF TEMPERATURES REMAIN BELOW FREEZING, INSULATING BLANKET COVERAGE IS REQUIRED. IF TEMPERATURES ARE SLIGHTLY BELOW FREEZING (30° F MIN.) AT NIGHT AND ABOVE FREEZING DURING THE DAY, KRAFT PAPER WITH COMPLETE COVERAGE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF INSULATED BLANKETS. 5) NO ADDITIVES CONTAINING CHLORIDES SHALL BE USED. USE "POZZUTEC 20" BY MASTER BUILDERS OR "POLARSET" BY W.R. GRACE OR PRE-APPROVED EQUAL.

CONCRETE PLACEMENT
EPOXY GROUT FOR POST INSTALLED AND REINFORCING BAR ANCHORS SHALL BE:
• SET XP FOR TEMPERATURES ABOVE 50º FAHRENHEIT
• AT-XP FOR ALL TEMPERATURES
• SET-3G FOR ALL RETROFIT HOLDOWN ANCHORS
• OTHER APPROVED EQUAL
INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S ICC REPORT AND RECOMMENDATIONS.

EPOXY GROUT
ALL OTHER CONCRETE 4000 at 28 DAYS 0.50 --
15-1/2
4000 at 28 DAYS 0.50 -- 3/85-1/2 COLUMNS AND
SHEAR WALLS U.N.O.

SLAB ON GRADE 3500 at 28 DAYS 0.45 100
1 3, 45-1/2
ITEM
f'c (PSI)
DESIGN 2500
f'c (PSI)

BASEMENT,

RETAINING, AND

STEM WALLS
4500 at 28 DAYS
MAX. W/C
RATIO

0.45 MIN. (2)
FLYASH
(PCY)
MAX.

AGG.

SIZE (IN)
NOTES
MIN.

CEMENTITOUS
(1) MATERIAL
(SACKS/YARD)
100
15-1/2
FOUNDATIONS 4500 at 28 DAYS 0.45 --
15 ELEVATED
SLABS 4000 at 28 DAYS 0.45 100
1 5-1/2
1'-3"
1'-7"
2'-1"
3'-0"
4'-0" 3'-1"
2'-3"
1-7"
1'-3"
1'-0"
TOP BARS(1)(2) OTHER BARS (2)

MINIMUM DEVELOPMENT
LENGTHS ("Ld")

REINFORCING SPLICE AND DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE

MINIMUM

EMBEDMENT

LENGTH FOR

STANDARD

END HOOKS
("Ldh") (3)
MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS ("Ls")
BAR
SIZE
TOP BARS(1)(2) OTHER BARS (2)
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
1'-7"
2'-1"
2'-8"
3'-10"
5'-3"
0'-9"
1'-0"
1'-5"
1'-10"
2'-4"
1'-4"
1'-7"
2'-1"
3'-0"
4'-0"
#8
#9
#10
2'-10"
3'-4"
3'-11"
4'-0"
5'-2"
6'-6"
5'-3"
6'-8"
8'-5"
5'-3"
6'-8"
8'-5"
6'-10"
8'-8"
10'-11"

CONCRETE OVER
METAL DECK 3000 at 28 DAYS 0.50 --
15-1/2
4 22
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:
1" = 1'-0"
12/18/2023 1:06:37 PM
S-001
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV
SPECIFICATIONS255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

REVISIONS
2 PRE-BID RFI 12-15-23

SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE
AREAS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION: FREQUENCY COMMENTS
FABRICATORS (CBC 1704.2.5) IF FABRICATOR IS APPROVED, ON -SITE INSPECTION IS

NOT REQUIRED BUT A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE B.O. (CBC 1704.2.5.1)

CONTINUOUS PERIODIC X
STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION (CBC 1705.2, 1705.13, AND 1705.14) PRIOR TO WELDING (TABLE N5.4-1, AISC 360-16):

VERIFY WELDING PROCEDURES

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

WELDER IDENTIFICATION

FIT-UP GROOVE WELDS

ACCESS HOLES

FIT-UP FILLET WELDS
DURING WELDING (TABLE N5.4-2, AISC 360-16):

USE OF QUALIFIED INSPECTORS

CONTROL AND HANDLING OF WELDING CONSUMABLES

CRACKED TACK WELDS

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

WPS FOLLOWED

WELDING TECHNIQUES
AFTER WELDING (TABLE N5.4-3, AISC 360-16):

WELDS CLEANED

SIZE, LENGTH, AND LOCATION OF WELDS

WELDS MEET VISUAL ACCPETANCE CRITERIA

ARC STRIKES K-AREA

BACKING AND WELDING TABS REMOVED

REPAIR ACTIVITIES

DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF WELD
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING (SECTION N5.5, AISC 360-16):

CJP WELDS (RISK CATEGORY II)
ACCESS HOLES (FLANGE > 2")

WELDED JOINTS SUBJECT TO FATIGUE
INSPECTION OF HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTING (SECTION N5.6, AISC 360-16)

VERIFY MATERIAL CERTIFICATION FOR FASTENERS

INSTALLATION OF BOLTS

DOCUMENT ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF BOLTS
OTHER STEEL INSPECTIONS (SECTION N5.8, AISC 360-16, TABLES J8-1 AND J10-1, AISC 341-16):

STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILS

ANCHOR RODS/EMBEDS SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL STEEL

REDUCED BEAM SECTIONS (RBS)

PROTECTED ZONES

VERIFY TYPE AND GRADE OF MATERIAL

VERIFY THERE IS A SYSTEM IN PLACE TO IDENTIFY THE WELDER WHO HAS WELDED A JOINT OR MEMBER.

VERIFY JOINT PREPARATION, DIMENSIONS, CLEANLINESS, TACKING, AND

BACKING

VERIFY CONFIGURATION AND FINISH

VERIFY ALIGNMENT, GAPS AT ROOT, CLEANLINESS OR STEEL SURFACES,

TACK WELD QUALITY, AND LOCATION

VERIFY THAT WELDERS ARE APPROPRIATELY QUALIFIED

VERIFY PACKAGING AND EXPOSURE CONTROL

VERIFY WELDING IS NOT OVER A CRACKED TACK WELD

VERIFY WIND SPEED IS WITHIN LIMITS AS WELL AS PRECIPITATION AND

TEMPERATURE

VERIFY ITEMS SUCH AS WELDING EQUIPMENT SETTINGS, TRAVEL SPEED,

WELDING MATERIALS, SHIELDING GAS TYPE/FLOW RATE, PREHEAT

APPLIED, INTERPASS TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED, AND PROPER

POSITION
VERIFY INTERPASS AND FINAL CLEANING; EACH PASS IS WITHIN PROFILE

LIMITATIONS, AND QUALITY OF EACH PASS

VERIFY THAT WELDS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY CLEANED
ULTRASONIC TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED ON 10% OF CJP GROOVE

WELDS IN BUTT, T- AND CORNER JOINTS SUBJECT TO TRANSVERSELY APPLIED TENSION LOADING IN MATERIALS 5/16' THICK OR GREATER.

TESTING RATE MUST BE INCREASED IF >5% OF WELDS HAVE
UNACCEPTABLE DEFECTS.

PRIOR TO BOLTING

ALL FABRICATED STEEL AND THEIR CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSPECTED

TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE DETAILS SHOWN IN THE APPROVED PLANS

SHALL BE ON THE PREMISES DURING THE PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR RODS/EMBEDMENTS. VERIFY DIAMETER, GRADE, TYPE, AND LENGTH OF

ELEMENT AND THE EXTENT OR DEPTH OF EMBEDMENT PRIOR TO
PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE.

VERIFY CONTOUR AND FINISH AS WELL AS DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES (SEE TABLE J8-1 OF AISC 341)

VERIFY THAT NO HOLES OR UNAPPROVED ATTACHMENTS ARE MADE WITHIN THE PROTECTED ZONE (SEE TABLE J8-1 OF AISC 341)

STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL TESTING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY AN INDEPENDENT AGENCY EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER FOR THE ITEMS

IDENTIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND IN OTHER AREAS OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS WAIVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL (SEE CBC CHAPTER 17).

THE NAMES AND CREDENTIALS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO BE USED SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR APPROVAL.

DUTIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR:
a. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL WORK LISTED BELOW FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE 2022 CBC.
b. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH SPECIAL INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE EOR, CONTRACTOR, OWNER AND BUILDING OFFICIAL ON A WEEKLY BASIS, OR MORE FREQUENTLY AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. ALL ITEMS NOT IN COMPLIANCE

SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, AND IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE EOR AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL.
c. ONCE CORRECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR, THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL STATING THAT THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR’S

KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE 2022 CBC.

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR:
a. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE OWNER AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 1704.4, THE STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SHALL CONTAIN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN THIS “STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS”. b. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE RESPONSIBLE SPECIAL INSPECTOR THAT WORK IS READY FOR INSPECTION AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY (24 HOURS MINIMUM) BEFORE SUCH INSPECTION IS REQUIRED. c. ALL WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE AND EXPOSED UNTIL IT HAS BEEN OBSERVED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR.

PLEASE SEE THE “SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE” FOR THE TYPES, EXTENTS AND FREQUENCY OF SPECIFIC ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL TESTS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT.

CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (CBC 1705.3)

REINFORCING STEEL PLACEMENT

EMBEDDED BOLTS OR PLATES

VERIFY REQUIRED DESIGN MIX

CONCRETE PLACEMENT/SAMPLING

INSPECT FORMWORK

POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS

EPOXY ANCHORS
(SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED UNLESS ANCHORAGE IS NOT

DESIGNED FOR STRUCTURAL LOADING, AS NOTED (NSIR))

VERIFY SIZE, CLEARANCES, SPLICES, AND PROPER TIES

VERIFY MIX DESIGN MEETS STREGTH AND EXPOSURE REQUIREMENTS

LISTED ON APPROVED PLANS

INCLUDES SAMPLING FOR AIR, SLUMP, STRENGTH, AND TEMPERATURE

TECHNIQUES

VERIFY SHAPE, LOCATION, AND MEMBER DIMENSIONS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED ICC-ES REPORT. PERIODIC

INSPECTIONS ALLOWED IF STATED IN ES REPORT
ADHESIVE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING NAME AND EXP. DATE,

MIXING PROCEDURE FOR THE SET-PAC CARTRIDGE (IF USED), AND USE OF PROPER NOZZLES FOR ALL CARTRIDGES DESCRIBED IN ESR REPORT.

ANCHOR BOLT OR REBAR MATERIAL GRADE, DIAMETER, LENGTH, AND CLEANLINESS. REQUIRED DRILL BIT DIAMETER AND COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI B212.15-1994 OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTE PER ER REPORT. HOLE DEPTH AND CLEANLINESS. VERIFICATION OF OF PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

OF THE CONCRETE, CONCRETE MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION,

SUBSTRATE TEMPATURE AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION, ACTUAL GEL TIME WHEN ANCHORS ARE INSTALLED NOT DISTURBED; AND

VERIFICATION OF ANCHOR INSTALLATION AND LOCATION
X
XXXXX
X

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX
X
XXXX
XXX
SOILS (CBC 1705.6)

VERIFY ADEQUATE MATERIALS BELOW FOOTINGS

EXCAVATION EXTENDS TO PROPER DEPTH AND MATERIALS

CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF FILL MATERIALS

VERIFY PROPER FILL MATERIALS, LIFT THICKNESSES, AND

IN-PLACE DENSITIES

VERIFY PROPERLY PREPARED SITE AND SUBGRADE

PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE

PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED FILL OR CONCRETE

CHECK CLASSIFICATION AND GRADATIONS AT EACH LIFT, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONCE FOR EACH 10,000 FT
2 OF SURFACE AREA

DURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF COMPACTED FILL

PROCEDURES AND MATERIALS PER APPROVED GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE
XXXX
XX
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:
1" = 1'-0"
12/18/2023 1:06:38 PM
S-002
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

SPECIAL
INSPECTIONS 255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

REVISIONS

FOUNDATION NOTES

FOUNDATION & FLOOR FRAMING LEGEND
1) SEE TYP NOTES AND DETAILS ON SHEET S-001 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
2) SECURE ALL HOLDOWN ANCHORS WITHIN FORMWORK PRIOR TO
POUR.
3) BUILDER SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
4) WIDEN/EXTEND FOOTINGS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR ANY VENEER SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
5) INSTALL ALL HOLDOWN ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER SPECS & EDGE DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS.
6) BUILDER TO VERIFY TYPICAL FOUNDATION WALLS RETAIN LESS THAN 30" OF GRADE. WALLS RETAINING GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 30" FROM TOP OF FOOTING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER

RETAINING WALL DETAIL

NEW FOOTING

HARDWARE AT TOP
(WHERE OCCURS)

MEMBER SIZE

PC / PB

WALLS ABOVE FRAMING

POST , TRIMMER OR COLUMN

HARDWARE AT BOTTOM
##
##x##

CONTINUOUS FOOTING PER SCHEDULE (IN)

PAD FOOTING PER SCHEDULE (IN)
MEMBER TYPE: T - TRIMMER

K - KINGSTUD
6x6 T/K/P P - POST
## ANCHOR BOLT PER SCHEDULE (IN)

SHEARWALL SOLE PLATE
STEP

STEP IN CONCRETE

ANCHOR BOLT SCHEDULE
SYMBOL ANCHOR SIZE AND SPACING 3x MUDSILL REQ.
48"
32"
24"
16"
12"
5/8" x 12" J BOLTS at 48" O.C.
1) PROVIDE ANCHORS AT 48" O.C. UNDER ALL WINDOWS UNO
2) ANCHOR BOLT SPACING SPECIFIED IS AT SHEARWALLS ONLY. AT OTHER LOCATIONS PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS AT 48" O.C. TYP UNO. 3) ANCHORS SHALL HAVE 7" EMBEDMENT AND AMPLE THREADS TO ACCOMMODATE A 3X PLATE. WHERE STEMWALL CURB CONDITIONS

OCCUR, EMBEDMENT SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE
FULL WIDTH STEMWALL. EMBEDMENT IN THE CURB PORTION SHALL NOT COUNT TOWARD TOTAL EMBEDMENT.
4) ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM .229"x3"x3" WASHER OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE PLATE WASHER SHALL EXTEND WITHIN 1/2"

OF THE EDGE OF THE BOTTOM PLATE ON THE SIDE(S) WITH

SHEATHING
5) ALL SILL PLATES TO BE BORATE PRESSURE TREATED
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
5/8" x 12" J BOLTS at 32" O.C.
5/8" x 12" J BOLTS at 24" O.C.
5/8" x 12" J BOLTS at 16" O.C.
5/8" x 12" J BOLTS at 12" O.C.

HOLDOWN HARDWARE SCHEDULE
HDU5

HOLDOWN
HDU2
HDU4
HDU8
HD19
SB 5/8x24
ANCHOR
HDU11
N.A.

ALT. EMBED EMBED INTO FTG
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
HDU14 N.A.

SB 5/8x24
SB 5/8x24
SB 7/8x24
N.A.

N.A.

N.A.
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
7/8" ROD 18" EMBED
N.A.

N.A.

N.A.
1" ROD 18" EMBED
1" ROD 18" EMBED
1 1/4" ROD 18" EMBED
1) THE ROD IS TO BE ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 ALL-THREAD WITH DOUBLE NUT AND 3/8x2-1/2x2 1/2 PLATE WASHER (1/2x3x3 AT HD19). SIMPSON PAB8 AND PAB10 CAN BE SUBSTITUTED.
2) REFERENCE TO HEAVY DUTY HOLDOWN DETAIL FOR HDU11
HOLDOWNS AND LARGER.

AABB
12 1
S-500
18x18 24x24 24x24 24x24
6x6 P
CBSQ66
HSS5X5X1/4 HSS5X5X1/4
HDU14
6x6
HDU14
6x6 6x6
CBS66
STORAGE/COVERED LOADING SLAB:
5" CONC SLAB W/ #3 AT 15" OC EW OVER 15 MIL VAPOR
BARRIER OVER 4" GRAVEL, SEE
MAIN LEVEL STORAGE SLAB:
5" SLAB ON GRADE w/ #3 AT 15" OC EW OVER 15 MIL
VAPOR BARRIER OVER 4" GRAVEL, SEE
18"
60x60 48x48
102 S-410
_____________________
42x42 36x36 36x36
18x18
42x42
104 S-410
_____________________
HSS5X5X1/4
CCO7

SLOPE SLAB PER ARCH
W12X26
W12X26 _____________________
109 S-410
_____________________
109 S-410
60x60 D
60x60 D
42x42 D 42x42 D
42x42
_____________________
110 S-410
112 S-411
_____________________
102 S-410
_____________________
122 S-411
_____________________
102 S-410
_____________________
122 S-411

GUARDRAIL PER ARCH,
_____________________

ATTACH TO SLAB PER

COVERED LOADING
5" CONC SLAB W/ #3 AT 15" OC EW OVER 4" GRAVEL, SEE

STORAGE
DN
6x6 P
6x6 P
CB66
_____________________
114 S-411
6x6 P
CB66
_____________________
114 S-411
6x6 P
CB66
_____________________
114 S-411
(3) 2x8 P
120 S-411
_____________________
117 S-411
_____________________

SLOPED WALK SLAB PER CIVIL

RAILING PER ARCH
120 S-411
_____________________
6x8 P

PROVIDE PT LSL SILL AT

THIS WALL
5' - 4 3/4" 14' - 10 1/4" 13' - 1" 13' - 1" 13' - 7"
0' - 2 3/4" 14' - 9 1/4" 15' - 0" 15' - 0" 14' - 9 1/4" 0' - 2 3/4"
3' - 8"
11' - 0"
(3) 2x8 T
6x8 T
6x8 T
2x8 T
2x8 T
6x8 P
2x8 T
2x8 T
(2) 2x6 T (2) 2x6 T
118 S-411
_____________________
6x6 P
CBSQ66
_____________________
115 S-411
113 S-411
_____________________
18"
STEP FOOTING AS REQ'D PER _____________________
116 S-411
102 S-410
_____________________
18"
18"
24"
24"
_____________________
415 S-441
18"
122 S-411
_____________________
119 S-411
_____________________
24"
120 S-411
_____________________
24"
24"
6x6 P
CBSQ66
6x6 P
CBSQ66
6x6 P
CBSQ66
STEP
122 S-411
_____________________
18"
16' - 0"
TYP
18"
SIM
122 S-411
_____________________
(3) 2x8 K
(3) 2x8 K
16' - 0"
STEP
_____________________
121 S-411

STEP FOOTING AS

REQ'D PER
_____________________
116 S-411
24"
3 3"
_____________________
110 S-410
(E) RELOCATED STORAGE RACK,

SEE FOR ANCHORAGE
_____________________
222 S-421
_____________________
107 S-410
_____________________
107 S-410
2 102 S-410
_____________________
_____________________
107 S-410
2 U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:38 PM
S-100
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

FOUNDATION
PLAN
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

PAD FOOTING SCHEDULE TYPE W L THICKNESS REBAR COUNT
18x18 18" 18" 10" (3) #3 EW 2
24x24 24" 24" 10" (3) #4 EW 3
36x36 36" 36" 12" (4) #4 EW 2
42x42 42" 42" 15" (4) #5 EW 3
42x42 D 42" 42" 24" (4) #5 EW 2
48x48 48" 48" 15" (4) #5 EW 1
60x60 60" 60" 18" (5) #5 EW 1
60x60 D 60" 60" 36" (5) #5 EW 2
CONT. FOOTING SCHEDULE TYPE WIDTH THICKNESS REBAR
18" 18" 0' - 10" (2) #4 CONT.
24" 24" 0' - 10" (3) #4 CONT.

REVISIONS
2 PRE-BID RFI 12-15-23
1/4" = 1'-0"

FOUNDATION PLAN
N

FLOOR FRAMING NOTES
1) FLOOR SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" T&G APA RATED 40/20 STURD-I FLR GLUE AND NAIL W/ 10d (0.148 SHANK DIAMETER) at 6" O.C.

BOUNDARY & EDGES AND 10" O.C. FIELD (UNO). SEE DIAPHRAGM NAILING DETAIL ON S-430 FOR MORE INFO.
2) SEE SHEARWALL AND DIAPHRAGM PLANS SHEET S-300 FOR
ADDITIONAL DIAPHRAGM AND STRAPPING REQUIREMENTS.
3) ALL BEARING/PERIMETER WALLS - UPPER TOP PLATES TO BE SPLICED 48" MINIMUM AWAY FROM LOWER TOP PLATE SPLICES W/ (12) 16d AT LAP PROVIDE MST37 AT ANY PLATE DISCONTINUITIES (UNO).
4) SEE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN STRUCTURAL
SPECIFICATIONS SHEET S-001.
5) SEE SHEET S-430 FOR SHEARWALL NOTES, SCHEDULES, &
DETAILS.
6) PROVIDE SINGLE TRIMMERS AT ALL HEADERS MIN. UNO ON PLAN. 7) PROVIDE KINGSTUDS PER TYPICAL HEADER/KINGSTUD DETAIL UNO ON PLAN.

CONCRETE WALLS

FRAMING LEGEND

FLOOR JOIST

CONCEALED BEAM OR HEADER

STEEL BEAM

WALLS BELOW FRAMING

HARDWARE AT TOP

MEMBER SIZE
/-
6x6 T/K/P
CC

WALLS ABOVE FRAMING
RAFTER

ADDITIONAL HARDWARE AT BOTTOM

WHERE OCCURS (AT BCO ATTACH TO SILL)

POST , TRIMMER OR COLUMN

DISCONTINUOUS POST ABV

POST BELOW FRAMING
MEMBER TYPE: T - TRIMMER

K - KINGSTUD

P - POST

EXPOSED WOOD BEAM OR RAFTER
AABB
11 22
1 S-500
MAIN LEVEL FLOOR JOISTS: 1-3/4" x 11-7/8" LVL AT 16" OC MAIN LEVEL CONC SLAB:
5" SLAB w/ #3 AT 15" OC EW OVER FLOOR SHEATHING
208 S-420
_____________________
BA1.81/11.88 TYP
5-1/4x16 PSL
5-1/4x11-7/8 PSL W16X26 W16X26
W8X21
HSS5X5X1/4 HSS5X5X1/4 6x6
CC66
5-1/4x11-7/8 PSL
6x6 P 6x6 P 6x6 P 6x6 P 6x6 P
_____________________
405 S-440
105 S-410
_____________________
_____________________
412 S-441
210 S-420
_____________________
_____________________
410 S-440
ECCOQ6 PER _____________________
409 S-440
6x8 P
218 S-421
_____________________
408 S-440
_____________________
413 S-441
_____________________
6x8 T
6x8 T
(3) 2x8 P 6x6 P 6x6 P 6x6 P 6x6 P
2x8 STUDWALL AT 16" OC
210 S-420
_____________________
HU11 TYP
108 S-410
_____________________
SIM
33 (2) 2x8 K
6x6 6x6
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:39 PM
S-200
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

MAIN LEVEL

FLOOR FRAMING
PLAN
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

REVISIONS
1/4" = 1'-0"

LOWER LEVEL FRAMING PLAN
N

ROOF RIDGE ABOVE
LOWER MAIN ROOF RAFTERS:
2x12 RAFTERS AT 24" OC
LOWER ROOF RAFTERS:
2x12 RAFTERS AT 24" OC
5-1/2x12 GLB
AABB
11 MIU1.81/11 TYP THIS LINE

ATTACHING TO BEAM

FLUSH FRAME GLB
5-1/2x10-1/2 GLB
W8X28
MEZZANINE FLOOR JOISTS: 1-3/4" x 11-7/8" LVL AT 16" OC
1-3/4" x 11-7/8" LVL JOISTS AT
16" OC
MIU1.81/11 TYP THIS LINE

ATTACHING TO BEAM

OPEN TO MAIN

STORAGE BELOW
6x12 6x12 6x12 6x12
6x6 P
CC66
6x6 P
CC66
6x6 P
CC66
6x6 P
CC66
6x6 P
CC66
22 1
S-500
MIT11.88 TYP THIS LINE

ATTACHING TO BEAM
207 S-420
_____________________
205 S-420
_____________________
2x8 @ 16" OC STUDWALL
2x8 @ 16" OC STUDWALL

BALLOON FRAME AT

STAIR OPENING
211 S-420
_____________________
210 S-420
_____________________
206 S-420
_____________________
LUS210 TYP
HSS5X5X1/4
CCO7
_____________________
405 S-440
2x12 LEDGER PROVIDE (3) 1/4" x 4-1/2"

SDS SCREWS AT EA STUD
202 S-420
_____________________
6x8
203 S-420
_____________________
6x6 P
CCQ66
6x6 P
CCQ66
6x8 P
6x6 P
6x6 P
W8X28
5-1/2x12 GLB
6x8
209 S-420
_____________________
(3) 2x8 P
2x8 T
6x8
211 S-420
_____________________
6x12
6x6 P _____________________
412 S-441
(2) 2x6 T (2) 2x6 T
DN
14" LVL CUT LEDGER AT STAIRS
PROVIDE (2) 3 1/2" SDS SCREWS

AT EA STUD
216 S-421
_____________________
217 S-421
_____________________

TERMINATE FLOOR FRAMING

PER ARCH
2x8 T
2x8 T
6x8 T
6x8 T
(3) 2x8 T
6x6 P
CCQ66
5-1/2x12 GLB5-1/2x12 GLB
(2) 2x8 K
(2) 2x8 K
6x6 POST
409 S-440
_____________________
(2) 2x8 K
2x8 T
(3) 2x8 K
(3) 2x8 K
(3) 2x8 K
214 S-421
_____________________
213 S-421
_____________________
6x8
HUC68
(2) 2x8 K
(2) 2x8 K
33 FLOOR FRAMING NOTES
1) FLOOR SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" T&G APA RATED 40/20 STURD-I FLR GLUE AND NAIL W/ 10d (0.148 SHANK DIAMETER) at 6" O.C.

CONCRETE WALLS

FRAMING LEGEND

FLOOR JOIST

CONCEALED BEAM OR HEADER

STEEL BEAM

WALLS BELOW FRAMING

HARDWARE AT TOP

MEMBER SIZE
/-
6x6 T/K/P
CC

WALLS ABOVE FRAMING
RAFTER

ADDITIONAL HARDWARE AT BOTTOM

WHERE OCCURS (AT BCO ATTACH TO SILL)

POST , TRIMMER OR COLUMN

DISCONTINUOUS POST ABV

POST BELOW FRAMING
MEMBER TYPE: T - TRIMMER

K - KINGSTUD

P - POST

EXPOSED WOOD BEAM OR RAFTER

ROOF FRAMING NOTES
1) ROOF SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" APA RATED 40/20 W/ 10d (0.148 SHANK DIAMETER) at 6" O.C. BOUNDARY & EDGES AND 12" O.C.

FIELD (UNO). PROVIDE 4" O.C. NAILING INTO ALL BLOCKING, OUTRIGGERS AND GABLE TRUSSES. SEE DIAPHRAGM NAILING
DETAIL ON S-430 FOR MORE INFO.
2) SEE SHEARWALL AND DIAPHRAGM PLANS SHEET S-300 FOR
ADDITIONAL DIAPHRAGM AND STRAPPING REQUIREMENTS.
3) ALL BEARING/PERIMETER WALLS - UPPER TOP PLATES TO BE SPLICED 48" MINIMUM AWAY FROM LOWER TOP PLATE SPLICES
W/ (12) 16d AT LAP PROVIDE MST37 AT ANY PLATE
DISCONTINUITIES (UNO).
4) SEE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS IN STRUCTURAL
SPECIFICATIONS SHEET S-001.
5) SEE SHEET S-430 FOR SHEARWALL NOTES, SCHEDULES, &
DETAILS.
6) ROOF SHEATHING: IN ADDITION TO THE NAILING
REQUIREMENTS IN THE WOOD FRAMING SECTION ON SHEET S-001, AND THE SHEAR PLAN, PROVIDE 4" O.C. EDGE NAILING & 6" O.C. FIELD NAILING WHEN WITHIN 5' OF GABLE FASCIA LINES, AND PROVIDE 6" O.C. FIELD NAILING WHEN WITHIN 4' OF RIDGES OR EAVES.
7) PROVIDE MIN. OF ONE STUD UNDER EVERY TRUSS OR RAFTER. 8) PROVIDE SINGLE TRIMMERS AT ALL HEADERS MIN. UNO ON
PLAN.
9) PROVIDE KINGSTUDS PER TYPICAL HEADER/KINGSTUD DETAIL UNO ON PLAN.

U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:40 PM
S-201
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

MEZZANINE

FLOOR FRAMING
PLAN
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24

REVISIONS
1/4" = 1'-0"

MEZZANINE FLOOR/ LOWER ROOF FRAMING PLAN
N

ROOF FRAMING NOTES
1) ROOF SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" APA RATED 40/20 W/ 10d (0.148 SHANK DIAMETER) at 6" O.C. BOUNDARY & EDGES AND 12" O.C.

ROOF RAFTERS:
2x12 RAFTERS AT 16" OC UNO
ROOF RAFTERS:
2x12 RAFTERS AT 16" OC
AABB
11 6-3/4x28 1/2 GLB
22 1
S-500
W12X26
W12X26_____________________
401 S-440
W12X26_____________________
401 S-440
201 S-420
_____________________
_____________________
204 S-420
202 S-420
_____________________
205 S-420
_____________________
HSS5X5X1/4
CCO7
214 S-421
_____________________
5-1/4x9-1/4 PSL
6x8 T
6x8 T
(2) 2x6 T
6x6 P
CCQ66
6x6 P
CCQ66

LOWER ROOF RAFTERS
SEE SHEET S-201

COVERED LOADING ROOF RAFTERS
SEE SHEET S-201
6x8 P
6-3/4x28 1/2 GLB
414 S-441
_____________________
5-1/4x9-1/4 PSL
6x8 T
6x8 T
W8X21
ROOF RAFTERS AT TROLLEY:
4x12 AT 16 " OC
213 S-421
_____________________
219 S-421
_____________________
(2) 2x8 K
(2) 2x8 K
(2) 2x8 K
(2) 2x8 K
214 S-421
_____________________ SIM w/ DBL RIM
416 S-441
_____________________
33 FLOOR FRAMING NOTES
1) FLOOR SHEATHING TO BE 5/8" T&G APA RATED 40/20 STURD-I FLR GLUE AND NAIL W/ 10d (0.148 SHANK DIAMETER) at 6" O.C.

CONCRETE WALLS

FRAMING LEGEND

FLOOR JOIST

CONCEALED BEAM OR HEADER

STEEL BEAM

WALLS BELOW FRAMING

HARDWARE AT TOP

MEMBER SIZE
/-
6x6 T/K/P
CC

WALLS ABOVE FRAMING
RAFTER

ADDITIONAL HARDWARE AT BOTTOM

WHERE OCCURS (AT BCO ATTACH TO SILL)

POST , TRIMMER OR COLUMN

DISCONTINUOUS POST ABV

POST BELOW FRAMING
MEMBER TYPE: T - TRIMMER

K - KINGSTUD

P - POST

EXPOSED WOOD BEAM OR RAFTER
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:41 PM
S-202
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

ROOF FRAMING
PLAN
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1/4" = 1'-0"

ROOF FRAMING PLAN

REVISIONS
N

HOLDOWN HARDWARE SCHEDULE
HDU5

HOLDOWN
HDU2
HDU4
HDU8
HD19
SB 5/8x24
ANCHOR
HDU11
N.A.

ALT. EMBED EMBED INTO FTG
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
HDU14 N.A.

SB 5/8x24
SB 5/8x24
SB 7/8x24
N.A.

N.A.

N.A.
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
5/8" ROD 18" EMBED
7/8" ROD 18" EMBED
N.A.

N.A.

PLAN LEGEND

SHEAR PLAN NOTES
X
HOLDOWN & K.STUD

REQUIREMENT

SCHEDULE

WALL TYPE, SEE SHEARWALL

SHEARWALL

STRUCTURAL WALL SHEATHING
HDU2
X.XX' SHEARWALL LENGTH
1) SEE SHEET S-430 FOR SHEARWALL NOTES, SCHEDULES, & DETAILS. 2) SEE SHEET S-001 FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES. 3) SEE ROOF AND FLOOR FRAMING PLANS FOR ROOF AND FLOOR SHEATHING REQUIREMENTS.
4) HATCHED AREAS PER LEGEND INDICATE BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS; AT THESE AREAS, PROVIDE 10d AT 2" O.C. BOUNDARY NAILING / 2" O.C. EDGE NAILING AT ALL PANELS. 5) EDGE NAIL TO ALL MEMBERS INDICATED COLLECTORS OR WHERE NOTED PER PLAN 6) PROVIDE 10d AND 6" O.C. BOUNDARY NAILING / 6" O.C. EDGE NAILING / 10" O.C. FIELD NAILING, U.N.O.
(2) 2x6 K

SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE
10d COM.
at 4" O.C.
15/32

BOTH SIDES
3X
2 10d COM.
at 3" O.C.
15/32
10d COM.
at 4" O.C.
15/32
10d COM.
at 6" O.C.

PANEL
EDGE

NAILING
310 (SEISMIC)
435 (WIND)

ALLOWABLE

SHEAR (PLF)
15/32
3 3X 4 2X
16d at 4" O.C.

NOTE 16*

SOLE PLATE

ON SUBFLOOR

FRAMING

SILL PLATE
AGAINST CONC.

OR MASONRY

SOLE PLATE

NAILING

SHEATHING

THICKNESS
(IN) NOTE 20*
PLAN
SYMBOL 6 2X 16d at 6" O.C.
2/2
10d COM.
at 2" O.C.
15/32 3X

FRAMING AT

ABUTTING

PANEL EDGES
2X
3X
3X
3X
1 4/4
23 10d COM.
at 2" O.C.
4X 3X 3X
3X
NOTE 16
2X
2X
3X
3X
at 8" O.C.
at 12" O.C.
at 16" O.C.

NOTE 15 & 17*
45 FRAMING

CLIPS, TYPE

PER DETAIL

0.22" x 6" SDWS
@ 6" O.C.

NOTE 16*
at 12" O.C.
at 16" O.C.
at 24" O.C.
at 32" O.C.
at 48" O.C.
at 24" O.C. 6
ANCHOR

BOLTS, TYPE

PER DETAIL
3/3
10d COM.
at 3" O.C.
3X 3X 3X at 8" O.C. at 16" O.C.
16d at 3" O.C.

NOTE 16*
460 (SEISMIC)
645 (WIND)
600 (SEISMIC)
840 (WIND)
770 (SEISMIC)
1077 (WIND)
920 (SEISMIC)
1290 (WIND)
1200 (SEISMIC)
1680 (WIND)
1540 (SEISMIC)
2155 (WIND)
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 10" O.C.
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 8" O.C.
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 6" O.C.
* SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE NOTES ON SHEET S-430
15/32

BOTH SIDES
15/32

BOTH SIDES
at 12" O.C.

NOTE 15 & 17*
at 8" O.C.

NOTE 15 & 17*
3X

BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM
AABB
11 22
1 S-500
60'-0" 6
43'-0"
6 14'-5" 642'-5" 6

MOMENT FRAME
CONT CMST14 OVER PW. PROVIDE DOUBLE

RIM ALONG GRID B FOR ATTACHMENT
3' - 0" 3' - 0"
33 MSTA 36
AB
11 6'-2"
2/2
HDU14
6x6
HDU14
6x6
MST37 FROM BOTTOM OF BEAM TO TOP PLATE
MST37 AT SIDE OF BEAMS
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:42 PM
S-300
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

SHEAR PLAN
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1/4" = 1'-0"

ROOF SHEAR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"

MAIN LEVEL SHEAR PLAN

REVISIONS
135°
HOOKS
d

DETAILING DIMENSION
6d (MIN) or 4" (MIN)
R
TYP. TIE
6d (MIN) or 3" (MIN)
SEE TYP. TIE

FOR NOTES
R
TYP. STIRRUP
BEND RADIUS:

R = 3d FOR #3 THRU #8
R = 4d FOR #9 THRU #11
R = 5d FOR #14 THRU #18
R
90° BEND
6d (#3 THRU #5)
12d (#6 THRU #8)
4" (MIN)
135° BEND
R
8d (MIN)
3" (MIN)
TYP. CROSS TIE
NOTE:

PUT CROSSTIE w/
EACH STIRRUP or TIE
(ALT 135° BENDS)
12d R
90° HOOK

OFFSET R
d
180° HOOK
4d or 2-1/2" (MIN)

SPLICE LENGTH PER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
6" MAX

SEE SPECIFICATIONS SHEET FOR SPLICE LENGTH
3" CLR TYP.
3" CLR TYP.
2" CLR TYP
F G
J
K E
I
C
H
D
M
B
6" MIN.

SLOPE AWAY FROM WALL
at 5% MIN. FOR 10' MIN.

BITUTHENE SYSTEM 4000
O.A.E w/ 1" POLYISO

INSUL BD PROTECTION
SEE NOTE 2
M
12" MIN OF FREE DRAINING

GRANULAR BACKFILL FULL
HEIGHT w/ 12" NATIVE CAP
A
4" DIAM. PERF. PIPE.

DRAIN TO DAYLIGHT
WRAPPED w/ FILTER
FABRIC
SUITABLE BACKFILL MATERIALSHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION N

SEE TYP DETAILS FOR TOP

OF WALL CONDITIONS THAT
APPLY
NOTES:

1. REBAR PLACEMENT SHOWN NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE PLACEMENT PER LEGEND AND KEY NOTES.

2. CONSULT ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR SUBSTITUTIONAL DRAINAGE PROCEDURE SUCH AS MIRAFI DRAIN BOARD.

3. SEE FRAMING DETAILS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN.

RET. WALL LEGEND
KEY
NOTE

RETAINING WALL COMMENT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
<4' - 0"
4' - 0"
MAX
>4' - 0"
6' - 6"
MAX
>6' - 6"
8' - 6"
MAX

MAX RETAINED

HEIGHT TO TOP

OF FOOTING
8"
THICK
CONC
8"
THICK
CONC
8"
THICK
CONC
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
9" OC
SEE NOTE 1
#5 @
18" OC

HORIZ TEMP STL

LOCATION PER

KEY NOTE M
13" 15" 18"

FOOTING

THICKNESS
12" 15" 18"

EDGE FOOTING

TO INSIDE FACE

OF WALL
18" 39" 48"
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC

VERT STL &
TEMP. STL
NOT
REQ'D
NOT
REQ'D

EQ SPACED
(3) - #5 EQ SPACED
CONT
(3) - #5
CONT
(4) - #5
CONT
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC
2" 2" CLR
FULL
HEIGHT
30" 30"
L
2"
#5 @
18" OC
(4) - #5
CONT
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC
#5 @
18" OC
(3) - #5
CONT
#5 @
18" OC 6" MIN

FINISH GRADE
(2) TYP VERT BARS

INTERSECTION

BARS SHALL

MATCH HORIZ
WALL REINF. TYP.

STD. HOOK
(2) TYP VERT
BARS at

CORNERS

WALL LAP
SPLICE

STAGGER
SPLICE

STAGGER

INTERSECTION CORNER
(1) TYP

VERT BAR

WALL LAP
SPLICE

STAGGER

INTERSECTION VERT PIPE CORNER
(1) TYP

VERT BAR
SPLICE

STAGGER
4" MAX
DIAM. PIPE
#3 HORIZ.

AND VERT
BAR
3/4" CLR.
1-1/2" CLR.

WALL LAP

WALL LAP
CP
TYP AT

FLANGES

COL PER PLAN

DOUBLE NUT & WASHER
PL 5/8"x3"x3", TYP
WRAP TOP 6" OF

ALL ANCHORS IN
STEMWALL w/ TAPE

C COL, PL, & SPREAD FTG

SEE PLAN

SPREAD FOOTING

GRADE BEAM PER PLAN

CONT THRU SPREAD FTG,

PROVIDE HOOK AT ENDS

PER REINF SPEC SCHED

PEDESTAL PER PLAN

SEE ARCH DWGS

FOR EXACT

DIMENSIONS
#3 CLOSED TIES at 6" OC
FULL HEIGHT OF STEM.

PROVIDE (2) TIES AT TOP.
(6) #5 CLOSED

TIES AS SHOWN
L
1-3/4" THICK BASE
PLATE
(8) - 3/4"Ø ASTM A449

THREADED ROD

PER SCHED

SPREAD FOOTING

AND REINF PER PLAN
12"
#5 CLOSED TIE, TYP
5/16"
AT WEB
8"
20"
1 1/2"
18" EMBED
1 1/2"

SLAB ON GRADE
NOTES:
1) SEE PLAN FOR SIZE OF FOOTING AND FOR REINFORCING STEEL. 2) ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE. DO NOT DISPLACE OR OTHERWISE DISTURB THE ANCHOR BOLTS.
3) PLACE THE GROUT BEFORE APPLYING SIGNIFICANT LOADS TO THE COLUMN(S).

SEE PLAN FOR COLUMN. COLUMNS

SHALL BE PLUMB AND BASE PLATES

SHALL BE LEVEL

BLOCKOUT AS REQ'D

FOR COL INSTALLATION
(4) #4 DOWELS W/ STD HOOK
AT TOP (1 EA. CORNER)
1 1/2" NON-SHRINK GROUT 8" MIN.
3" CLR., TYP.

PER SCHED.

FOOTING REINF. PER SCHED.
3" CLR., TYP.

BASE PLATE PER SCHED
Z

TUBE OR PIPE
1 1/2" TYP COLUMN SEE PLAN
O.D.
1 1/2" TYP

BASE PLATE SCHEDULE
MEMBER SIZE O.D.
4" OR LESS
GREATER THAN 4" TO 6"
GREATER THAN 6" TO 8"
PLATE

THICKNESS
WELD
Z
5/8"
3/4"
1"
1/4"
1/4"
5/16"
PLATE WASHER 1/4"x2"x2" 1' - 0"
1' - 6"
DFPT SOLE PLATE w/ AB'S

PER SHEAR SCHED
EN

WALL SHEATHING PER SHEAR SCHED

CONC SLAB PER PLAN

FLOOR SHEATHING PER PLAN

FLOOR JOIST

PER PLAN
RETAIN WALL PER _____________________
104
S-410
EN
1 3/4" PT LVL LEDGER w/ (2) 5/8"
DIAM. STRONG-BOLT 2 @ 32" OC
AS SHOWN w/ 4" MIN EMBED
4"
4"
3/4" FELT EXPANSION JOINT

EXTR SLAB PER PLAN

BOUNDARY NAIL TO LEDGER

FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN

SHEATHING PER PLAN

RETAINING WALL PER
_____________________
104
S-410

MAIN LEVEL CONC SLAB PER PLAN

SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN
4x12 PPT LEDGER w/ (3) 5/8" DIAM.

STRONG-BOLT 2 @ 16" OC w/ 4" MIN EMBED

CONSTRUCTION JOINT
4"

HANGER PER PLAN
3"
3"
3"
2 1/4"

WALL SHEATHING PER SHEAR WALL SCHED

DFPT SOLE PLATE
EN

ANCHOR BOLTS PER SHEAR WALL SCHED

CONC SLAB PER PLAN
RETAINING WALL PER _____________________
102
S-410
1 1/2" CLR

SEE FOUNDATION NOTES
ON S001 AND

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

FOR SUBGRADE

PREPARATION

CONTROL JOINT PER

SPECIFICATIONS SHEET

CONC SLAB &

REINF PER PLAN

VAPOR BARRIER PER
PLAN WHERE OCCURS 2
2 3" CLR TYP.
3" CLR TYP.
2" CLR TYP
F G
J
K E

CONC SLAB ON

GRADE PER PLAN
I
C
H
D
M
B
8" MIN

SLOPE AWAY FROM WALL
at 5% MIN. FOR 10' MIN.

BITUTHENE SYSTEM 4000
O.A.E w/ 1" POLYISO

INSUL BD PROTECTION
SEE NOTE 2
M
12" MIN OF FREE DRAINING

GRANULAR BACKFILL FULL
HEIGHT w/ 12" NATIVE CAP
A
4" DIAM. PERF. PIPE.

DRAIN TO DAYLIGHT
WRAPPED w/ FILTER
FABRIC
SUITABLE BACKFILL MATERIALSHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION N

SEE TYP DETAILS FOR TOP

OF WALL CONDITIONS THAT
APPLY
NOTES:

1. REBAR PLACEMENT SHOWN NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE PLACEMENT PER LEGEND AND KEY NOTES.

2. CONSULT ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR SUBSTITUTIONAL DRAINAGE PROCEDURE SUCH AS MIRAFI DRAIN BOARD.

3. SEE FRAMING DETAILS FOR ITEMS NOT SHOWN.

RET. WALL LEGEND
KEY
NOTE

RETAINING WALL COMMENT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
8' - 6" MAX

MAX RETAINED

HEIGHT TO TOP

OF FOOTING
8" THICK
CONC
#5 @ 9" OC SEE NOTE 1
#5 @ 18" OC

HORIZ TEMP STL

LOCATION PER

KEY NOTE M
15"

FOOTING

THICKNESS
18"

EDGE FOOTING

TO INSIDE FACE

OF WALL
42"
#5 @ 18" OC

VERT STL &
TEMP. STL

EQ SPACED

EQ SPACED
(3) - #5 CONT
#5 @ 18" OC
CLR
30"
L
2"
#5 @ 18" OC
(3) - #5 CONT
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:43 PM
S-410
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

FOUNDATION

DETAILS
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
101

BENDS AND HOOKS
1" = 1'-0"
102
CONCRETE RETAINING WALL w/o SLAB
1" = 1'-0"
103

STEMWALL AND WALL STEEL
3/4" = 1'-0" 109 MOMENT FRAME BASE PLATE AND FOOTING
3/4" = 1'-0" 110 TYPICAL INTERIOR COLUMN
1" = 1'-0" 108 FRAMED FLOOR PARA. TO RETAIN WALL1" = 1'-0" 105 FRAMED FLOOR OVER RETAINING WALL 1" = 1'-0" 106 WALL ABOVE RETAINING WALL
1" = 1'-0" 107 SLAB ON GRADE
1" = 1'-0"
104
CONCRETE RETAINING WALL w/ SLAB

REVISIONS
2 PRE-BID RFI 12-15-23

CONC SLAB

PER PLAN

EXPANSION JOINT
(3/4" FELT TYP

OPTIONAL)
8" CONC STEMWALL

DFPT SILL PLATE &
AB's PER PLAN @ 48"
OC UNO

STRUCTURAL WALL

SHEATHING PER
PLAN
EN
5% MIN. SLOPE FOR 10'
#4 VERTS @ 24" OC

CENTERED IN WALL

ALTERNATE TAIL DIR
TYP

CONT REINF

PER SCHED
#4 HORIZ. BARS @
12" OC TYP UNO
PER SCHED.

PER SCHED.
3" CLR., TYP.

SEE STRUCTURAL

NOTES FOR

SUBGRADE

PREPARATION
8" MIN 18" MIN

POST PER PLAN

POST BASE PER PLAN

SLAB PER PLAN

REINF PER
SCHED
PER SCHED.

PER SCHED.

FOOTING PER
PLAN
3" CLR, TYP

CONT REINF

PER SCHED

PER SCHED
18" MIN
PROVIDE GALV HSS3-1/2 X 3-1/2X1/8
SLEEVE IN WALL. GROUT GUARDRAIL

POST IN SLEEVE

SLAB OR STEPS

WHERE OCCURS
NOTE: IF WALL RETAINS MORE THAN 30" OF SOIL, SEE _____________________ 102
S-410
#4 VERT. AT 18" OC
w/ STD HOOK INTO

FOOTING
PER
ARCH
#4 HORIZ. AT 18" OC
6" EMBED
HSS2X2X1/8 GUARDRAIL POST
AT 48" OC MAX, SEE ARCH

DRWGS FOR EXACT LAYOUT
BASE PL 1/4"x5"x5":
1/8"

CL POST &

BASE PL
1"
(4) 1/2" DIAM x 2 3/4" STAINLESS
STEEL SIMPSON STRONG BOLT 2

SLAB PER PLAN
3" MIN.

HSS2X2X1/8 GUARDRAIL POST
AT 48" OC MAX, SEE ARCH

DRWGS FOR EXACT LAYOUT
1"
1" 3" 1"
#3 at 12" OC
#4 NOSING BAR, TYP.

CONC STEPS
ADD'L. #4
ADD'L. #3
#3 at 12" OC

STAIR NOSING
3/4" RADIUS, TYP.

CONTROL JOINT
4" GRAVEL

CONC SLAB & REINF

PER PLAN
(2) #4 CONT
12"
12"
NOTE:

SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR EXACT STAIR CONFIGURATION
4" MIN.
2" CLR.
2" CLR.

FINISH GRADE,
PAVING, ETC. SEE

ARCH AND CIVIL

DRAWINGS
#4 AT 16" OC
LAP w/ SLAB REINF.
24"
1/2" CHAMFER TYP.

PER PLAN
3" CLR., TYP.

SEE STRUCTURAL

NOTES FOR

SUBGRADE

PREPARATION

CONT REINF

PER PLAN

CONC SLAB &

REINF PER PLAN
18" MIN

OPTIONAL CJ
NOTES:
1) FOR FOOTING REINFORCING, SEE
FOUNDATION DETAILS.
2) VERTICAL WALL DOWELS SHOULD EXTEND TO
THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING.
3) WALL REINFORCING NOT SHOWN.
4) SPLICE AND DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS FOR #5
AND SMALLER. LARGER BARS PER ACI.

MATCH

LONGITUDINAL

REINFORCEMENT

TOP OF FOOTING

TOP OF STEP

BOTTOM OF FOOTING
2xH MIN

FRAMED WALL SILL

PLATE WHERE
OCCURS

UPPER WALL

REINFORCING
H = 36" MAX
24" LAP, TYP.
24" MIN

CONC RAMP PER PLAN

SLOPE PER ARCH

SLAB PER PLAN

VARIES, SEE ARCH

LAP PER SCHED
#3 Z BAR AT 15" OC

SLAB REINF PER PLAN

LAP PER SCHED

POST PER PLAN

POST BASE PER PLAN

SLAB PER PLAN

REINF PER
SCHED
PER SCHED.

PER SCHED.

MIN 14"

SONOTUBE

FOOTING PER
SCHED
(4) #4 VERTS w/
6" MIN HOOK
#3 TIES, (3) at TOP, THEN
@ 8" O.C. (CIRCULAR,

SQUARE OR SPIRAL OK)
8" MIN 18" MIN

CONC SLAB

PER PLAN
EXPANSION JOINT (3/4"

FELT TYP OPTIONAL)
8" CONC STEMWALL STRUCTURAL WALL

SHEATHING PER PLAN
EN
#4 VERTS at 24" OC

CENTERED IN WALL

ALTERNATE TAIL DIR TYP
#4 HORIZ. BARS @
12" OC TYP UNO18" MIN
PER SCHED.

PER SCHED.
3" CLR TYP

DFPT SILL PLATE &
AB's PER PLAN OR @
48" OC UNO

SEE STRUCTURAL

NOTES FOR

SUBGRADE

PREPARATION

CONT REINF

PER SCHED
MIN.
9"
24" MIN./36" MAX.

ELEVATION

SECTION
3" MIN.
4" MIN
SEE NOTE 1
36" MAX.

THROUGH FTG

FOOTING, FOR PIPES IN THIS

AREA LOWER FOOTING SO

PIPES PASS THRU
OUTSIDE DIAM. OF PIPE
SEE NOTE 4
SLEEVE 2" LARGER THAN
3D MIN
#4 at 16" OC
2 BARS MIN

STEMWALL

PER PLAN
PIPE

THROUGH

STEMWALL
NOTES:
1) FOOTING SHALL BE STEPPED SO THAT THIS DIMENSION DOES NOT EXCEED 3 FEET. 2) CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PIPE LOCATIONS WITH BUILDING FOUNDATION REQUIREMENTS. 3) TRENCH BELOW FOOTING SHALL BE FILLED WITH CONCRETE OR 3-SACK SLURRY BEFORE POURING FOOTING. CONCRETE FILL SHALL BE SAME WIDTH AS FOOTING AND FULL WIDTH OF PIPE TRENCH. 4) PIPE MAY BE WRAPPED IN 1" THICK FOAM IN LIEU OF SLEEVING. 5) CONDUIT MAY BE RUN THRU STEM OR ENCASEMENT UNDER FOOTING WITHOUT SLEEVES OR FOAM WRAP.

LAP
4" MIN.

LINE OF TYP.

CONT. FOOTING
18" 42"
24"

CONC SLAB ON

GRADE PER PLAN
3" CLR

RETAINING WALL
PER
_____________________
104
S-410
(5) #5 T&B
#4 TIES AT 12" OC
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:44 PM
S-411
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

FOUNDATION
DETAILS ll
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
113

CONTINUOUS FOOTING AT SLAB ON GRADE
1" = 1'-0"
114

WOOD POST AT SLAB
1" = 1'-0" 120 RAILING ATTACHMENT TO SITEWALL
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 121 GUARDRAIL ATTACHMENT TO SLAB
1" = 1'-0" 117 EXTERIOR CONC. STAIR ON GROUND
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 118 TURNDOWN FOOTING
N.T.S.
116

STEP WALL AND FOOTING
1" = 1'-0" 119 STEP SLAB
1" = 1'-0"
115

ELEVATED WOOD POST AT SLAB
1" = 1'-0" 122 INTERIOR CONTINUOUS FOOTING AT SLAB
N.T.S.
111

PIPES PERPENDICULAR TO FOOTING
1" = 1'-0"
112
CONCRETE RETAINING WALL w/ SLAB

REVISIONS
1 Revisions Date 1

ROOF SHEATHING PER PLAN

ROOF RAFTER PER PLAN
A35 AT EA RAFTER
FINISH PER ARCH.

RIDGE BEAM PER PLAN,
SHAPE TOP AS REQ.

NOTES:
1) NOTCH AT RAFTER NOT TO EXCEED 25% OF TOTAL RAFTER DEPTH. 2)BUILDER TO ENSURE HANGERS ARE PLACED ABOVE CENTER LINE OF GLB.

BEAM BEAM

BOUNDARY NAILING
12 SLOPE PER
ARCH
SHAPED 1-3/4" LVL

BLOCKING
(10) 10d NAILS at RAFTER

LAP CONNECTION

FLOOR SHEATHING &

NAILING PER PLAN

DBL TOP PLATE

EDGE NAILING PER

SHEAR SCHED
1-3/4" LSL RIM JOIST

EDGE NAILING PER SCHED

FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN

PROVIDE SOLID BLOCK AT

GUARDRAIL POST LOCATIONS

BOUNDARY NAILS
5 A35 FRAMING CLIPS PER SHEAR
SCHED, PROVIDE AT 32" OC AT

NON-SHEAR

STRUCTURAL WALL
SHEATHING PER SCHED 1
HSS2X2X1/8 GUARDRAIL POST
AT 48" OC MAX, SEE ARCH
DRWGS FOR EXACT LAYOUT.

SEE FOR

ATTACHMENT
221 / S-421

FLOOR SHEATHING &

NAILING PER PLAN
10d at 3"
1-1/4" LSL BLOCKING
MIN at 48" OC

DBL TOP PLATE

EDGE NAILING PER

SHEAR SCHED
1-3/4" LSL RIM JOIST
1/8" GAP MIN at SPLICE

EDGE NAILING PER SCHED

STRUCTURAL WALL

SHEATHING PER SCHED
NOTE: SEE SHEARWALL DETAIL AND SCHEDULE FOR SHEARWALL INFORMATION. 1 PROVIDE SQUASH BLOCK AT

POST LOCATIONS, UNO

CONT LVL JOIST
1-3/4" LSL RIM JOIST EACH

SIDE WALL

STRUCTURAL WALL

SHEATHING PER SCHED
1 SOLE PLATE NAILING
PER SHEAR SCHED 4

SOLE PLATE PER
SCHED
3 AT DOUBLE SIDED SHEARWALLS
5 LTP4 FRAMING CLIPS

PER SHEAR SCHED

SOLE PLATE NAILING
PER SHEAR SCHED 4
5 A35 FRAMING CLIPS PER SHEAR
SCHED, at 32" OC AT NON-SHEAR
3 SOLE PLATE PER SCHED
5 A35 FRAMING CLIPS

PER SHEAR SCHED

AT SINGLE SIDED SHEARWALLS

ROOF RAFTER PER PLAN

BEAM PER PLAN
RAFTER PER PLAN PROVIDE A35 FRAMING CLIP AT EA RAFTER

ROOF SHEATHING PER PLAN
2x BLOCKING TYP
EN
EN

SHEATHING PER PLAN

RAFTER PER PLAN
SEE NOTE 1

WALL SHEATHING

PER PLAN
2X6 STUDWALL

HANGER PER PLAN

LEDGER AND ANCHORAGE PER
PLAN

PERPENDICULAR TO WALL CONDITION
2X BLOCK W/ 16d AT 8"
EN
NOTE:

1. NOTCH AT RAFTER NOT TO EXCEED 25%
OF THE DEPTH OF THE RAFTER.
12 SLOPE PER
ARCH
12 SLOPE PER
PLAN

ROOF SHEATHING PER PLAN

PLYWOOD BN
EN at OPTIONAL

SHEAR TRANSFER

INTO FRIEZE BLOCK

DBL TOP PLATE
SIMP H2.5A OR

SDWC SCREW

EA RAFTER
(UNO)

RAFTERS PER PLAN
SEE NOTE 1

SHEATHING PER

SHEARWALL SCHED

FASCIA AND TAIL CUT NOT

SHOWN, SEE ARCH

DETAILS
0°
10°
30°

OPTIMAL

22.5°

SDWC INSTALLATION ANGLE
FULLY

COUNTERSINK

SCREW INTO DBL
TP (1/2" MAX).

A35 FRAMING CLIPS PER

SHEAR SCHEDULE, PROVIDE
AT 32" OC AT NON-SHEAR
5 PROVIDE BLOCKING EACH SIDE
WALL AND LTP4 FRAMING CLIPS

PER SHEAR SCHEDULE AT

DOUBLE SIDED SHEARWALLS
2X OR 1-3/4" LSL BLOCKING
5 NOTE:

1. NOTCH AT RAFTER NOT TO EXCEED 25% OF THE
DEPTH OF THE RAFTER.

DBL 2x NAILER, 1/2" PAST FLANGE EA SIDE

BEAM PER PLAN

HANGER PER PLAN

JOIST PER PLAN
5/8" DIAM. WELDED STUDS w/ WASHERS @ 24"
O.C. STAG SPACED AT BEAM GAGE APART
1/2"

BEAM PER PLAN

HANGER PER
PLAN
3/16"

RAILING POST
TO WF
HSS2x2x1/8 RAILING
POST at 48" OC MAX, SEE

ARCH DRWGS FOR

EXACT SPACING

GLB PER PLAN

BEAM PER PLAN
MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PER _____________________
207
S-420

ROOF RAMING PER
_____________________
205
S-420

WF BM TO WOOD COLUMN

CONN PER
_____________________
412
S-441
PROVIDE DBL 2X TRIMMER UNDER GLB

STEEL STIFFENER PLATE PER
_____________________
411
S-440
8"
.
.

OPENING IN WOOD STUD,

MAKE T&B OF OPENING ROUNDED GAP REQ'D T&B FOR

DIFFERENTIAL

MOVEMENT
5/8" MIN 5/8" MIN

MAX OPENING IN BEARING OR
EXTERIOR STUD:
1-1/2" FOR 2x4 STUD
2-1/4" FOR 2x6 STUD

MEP STUD PER PLAN
NOTES:
-ENGINEER SHALL REVIEW LOADING CONDITIONS ON WALL FOR ALLOWABLE SIZE OF PENETRATION. -CONTRACTOR OPTION TO PROVIDE SLIP-JOINT CONNECTIONS at VERTICAL RUNS OF MEP.

GLB BEAM PER PLAN

COLUMN CAP PER PLAN

STEEL COLUMN PER PLAN
3/16"

CONC SLAB PER PLAN

FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN

SEE NOTES HANGER PER PLAN

BEAM PER PLAN

SOLE PLATE

WALL PER PLAN
NOTE:

1. NOTCH AT RAFTER NOT TO EXCEED 25% OF THE DEPTH OF THE RAFTER. 2x6 BLOCKING TYP
EN
PROVIDE 16d NAILS
AT 6" OC AT

BLOCKING TYP
EN

WALL SHEATHING PER

SHEARWALL SCHED

SHEATHING PER PLAN

PLYWOOD BN
A35 FRAMING CLIPS PER

SHEAR SCHEDULE, PROVIDE
AT 32" OC AT NON-SHEAR
2X OR 1-3/4" LSL BLOCKING
LTP4 FRAMING CLIPS PER

SHEAR SCHEDULE, PROVIDE
AT 32" OC AT NON-SHEAR

BEAM PER PLAN

RAFTER PER PLAN
SEE NOTE 1

FASCIA AND TAIL

CUT PER ARCH
NOTES:

1. NOTCH AT RAFTER NOT TO EXCEED 25% OF THE DEPTH OF

THE RAFTER

ROOF SHEATHING PER PLAN
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:45 PM
S-420
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

FRAMING

DETAILS
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
201

RIDGE AT FLUSH WOOD BEAM
1" = 1'-0" 211 EXTERIOR WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST
1" = 1'-0" 210 EXTERIOR WALL PARALLEL TO JOIST
1" = 1'-0"
205

SLOPE CHANGE AT DROPPED BEAM
1" = 1'-0"
206

RAFTER LEDGER
1" = 1'-0"
202

LOW SIDE ROOF EAVE
1" = 1'-0" 207 JOISTS TO STEEL TOP FLANGE HANGERS
1" = 1'-0"
203

GLB BEARING ON WF BEAM
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 212 MEP PENETRATION THRU STUD
1" = 1'-0"
204

STL COLUMN POST CAP
1" = 1'-0" 208 MAIN LEVEL JOISTS TO FLOOR BEAM

REVISIONS
1" = 1'-0" 209 LOW SIDE EAVE RAFTERS OVER BEAM
A
A
A
A
A35 @ 24" OC

DBL TOP PLATE EDGE NAILING PER

SHEAR SCHEDULE

STRUCTURAL WALL

SHEATHING PER

SCHEDULE

RAFTERS PER PLAN

SHEATHING PER PLAN

BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN
2x12 BLOCK @ 24"

OC RAFTER TAIL
2x6 FLAT OUTRIGGER @ 24" O.C. NOTCH

RIM & EXTEND OUTRIGGER TO TWO

INTERIOR RAFTERS AS SHOWN
8d @ 6" OC (EACH SHEATHING PANEL)
(4) 16d TYP
LSTA9 @ 32" OC
1 ST22 EA OUTRIGGER

RIM, PROVIDE DBL RIM ALONG GRID B

BEAM PER PLAN
OPTIONAL ST6236 EA
SIDE IN LIEU OF 2x KING

FILLER MATERIAL
FLUSH w/ BEAM
A35 EACH SIDE OF

TRIMMER OR POST

TRANSFER BEAM

WHERE OCCURS

TRIMMERS OR

POST PER PLAN
(DBL TRIM UNO)
2 ROWS 16d at 6"
O.C. STAGGERED
VERT 3"
2x KING STUD

BOTH SIDES

DEPTH OF BEAM
PROVIDE (10) 16d
MIN. INTO BEAM,

EA SIDE
2x12 STAIR TREAD

STAIR LEDGER AND

ANCHORAGE PER PLAN

SHEATHING PER SHEAR WALL PER PLAN

WALL SCHED
PROVIDE 3/4" GAP

AT INSTALLATION

ROOF FRAMING PER PLAN
BLOCK at 48"

DTC AND FLAT
BLOCK at 16"

ALTERNATE
SIDES

DBL TOP PLATE

PARALLEL TO ROOF
FRAMING CONDITION PROVIDE 3/4" GAP

AT INSTALLATION

ROOF FRAMING

PER PLAN

DBL TOP PLATE

DTC AND FLAT
BLOCK at 16"

PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF

FRAMING CONDITION
GYP BOARD TYP.
2x SILL PLATE

SLAB PER PLAN

HILTI X-CP
at 32"

BASE OF WALL

CONNECTION

SHEATHING PER SHEAR SCHED
5/8" DIAM. WELDED STUDS w/
WASHERS @ 48" O.C. STAG

SPACED AT BEAM GAGE APART
2x NAILER
EN

BEAM PER PLAN

CONC SLAB PER PLAN

FLOOR SHEATHING PER PLAN

JOIST PER PLAN

HANGER PER PLAN

BEAM FILLER
5/8" DIAM. WELDED
STUDS AT 32" OC

PROVIDE TIGHT BEARING

TO BOT FLANGE
2x6 BLKG w/ 16d AT 6" OC TO FILLER
EN
SECTION A-A:
3/16
CC06
CC06

BEAM PER PLAN

ROOF RAFTER PER PLAN
PROVIDE A35 FRAMING CLIP AT

EA RAFTER

RAFTER PER PLAN

ROOF SHEATHING PER PLAN
2x BLOCKING TYP
EN
EN

SHEATHING PER SCHED

SILL PLATE NAILING

PER SHEAR SCHED
EN

BEAM PER PLAN

FLOOR JOIST PER PLAN

FLOOR SHEATHING PER PLAN
TOP OF

KINGSTUD
TOP PL

KING STUD(S)

PER SCHEDULE

HEADER PER
PLAN
OPEN
SILL

TRIMMER

PER PLAN
BTM OF

KINGSTUD
BTM PL

WIDTH (W)
H

KING STUD SCHEDULE

MAXIMUM OPENING WIDTH (W)
TYPE
2x6 DF#2
NOTES:

1. SCHEDULE WAS DEVELOPED FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:
• 30' MAX BUILDING HEIGHT (Kz=0.98)
• EXPOSURE C, ENCLOSED BUILDING
• DESIGN WIND SPEED, V=130 MPH
• L/240 DEFLECTION

2. WHERE 3 OR MORE KING STUDS OCCUR, PROVIDE A35 KING STUD TO PLATE (T&B). 1-1/2X5-1/2 LSL

MAXIMUM

HEIGHT (H)
11 FT
13 FT
15 FT 9 IN
4 FT 6 FT 8 FT 10 FT

NUMBER OF KING STUDS PER SIDE
1-3/4X5-1/2 LVL
12 FT 15 FT 20 FT
4 SEE PLAN

SEE PLAN

SEE PLAN
2 2 3 3 4 5
2 3 4 4 5
2 3 4 5 5

STUDWALL

SPACING
24" OR 16" OC
16" OC
16" OC
SEE NOTE 2
SEE NOTE 2
BASE PL 1/4"x5"x5":
1/8"

CL POST &

BASE PL
1"
(4) 5/8" DIAM x 6" LAG BOLTS WOOD BEAM OR

BLOCKING
3" MIN.

HSS2X2X1/8 GUARDRAIL POST
AT 48" OC MAX, SEE ARCH

DRWGS FOR EXACT LAYOUT
1"
1" 3" 1"
3" 1 1/2"
(2) 3/8" DIAM x 2 1/4" EMBED SIMPSON STRONG
BOLT 2 EXPANSION ANCHOR AT EACH STORAGE
RACK FOOT (6 ANCHORS TOTAL)

SECTION A-A
(E) STORAGE RACK FRAME

SLAB ON GRADE
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:46 PM
S-421
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

FRAMING
DETAILS ll
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
214

GABLE END FRAMING AT RAFTER
1" = 1'-0"
215

BEAM POCKET
1" = 1'-0"
216

STAIR FRAMING
1" = 1'-0"
217

NON BEARING WALL CONNECTIONS
1" = 1'-0"
218

MAIN JOISTS TO WF BEAM AT MAIN
1" = 1'-0" 219 RIDGE BEAM AT HEADER1" = 1'-0"
213

PERP RAFTERS AT WALL
1" = 1'-0" 220 HEADER AND KING STUD
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 221 GUARDRAIL ATTACHMENT TO WOOD
1" = 1'-0" 222 STORAGE RACK ANCHORAGE

REVISIONS
A
A
2' MIN.

FIELD NAILING TYP

PER SHEARWALL

SCHEDULE

MUDSILL PLATE

PER SHEARWALL

SCHEDULE

ALL BEARING/PERIMETER

WALLS - UPPER TOP PLATES
TO BE SPLICED 48" MINIMUM

AWAY FROM LOWER TOP
PLATE SPLICES W/ (12) 16d
AT LAP PROVIDE MST37 at

ANY PLATE DISCONTINUITIES
(UNO).
2X BLOCKING MIN AT ALL

ABUTTING PANEL EDGES

UNO IN SHEARWALL

SCHEDULE

HOLDOWN, SEE
PLAN FOR TYPE.

TYPICAL ANCHOR BOLT

SEE SHEARWALL

SCHEDULE AND

FOUNDATION PLAN FOR

ADDITIONAL INFO
1/4" GAP (PLYWOOD TO

TOP OF CONCRETE)

HOLDOWN POST/

KINGSTUD PER PLAN
BEAM PER PLAN. TOP OF

BEAM SPLICED AT TOP PLATE

SOLID BLOCKING IN

FLOOR SPACE TYP

BELOW POSTS

STEMWALL

FLOOR SYSTEM

WHERE OCCURS
2X STUD at 16" OC UNO

JOIST OR BLOCKING

FRAMING CLIPS TO DBL
TOP PLATE, SEE SCHEDULE.

APPLY AT SHEARWALL & 24"
OC AT OTHER LOCATIONS.

CLIPS CAN BE DISTRIBUTED

ON THE LENGTH OF THE

SHEARWALL

PROVIDE CRIPPLE FRAMING

WHERE REQD AT OPENING

DOOR/WINDOW/

CLEAR OPENING TYP

STEMWALL EDGE OR

CORNER WHERE OCCURS

ROOF RAFTERS OR TRUSSES

1. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWO ANCHORS PER PLATE, WITH AN ANCHOR LOCATED WITHIN 12" OF EACH END.

2. ANCHORS SHALL BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE A MINIMUM OF 7".

3. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 2304.9.5.

4. ALL ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SIMPSON BP PLATE OR 3"x3" x0.299" PLATE WASHER. THE PLATE WASHER SHALL EXTEND TO WITHIN 1/2" OF THE EDGE OF THE BOTTOM PLATE ON THE SIDE OF THE SHEATHING.

5. AT 3X SILL PLATES, USE 12" LONG AB's FOR EXTRA THREAD LENGTH ABOVE CONCRETE.

6. WHERE 3X FRAMING AT PANEL EDGE NAILING IS REQUIRED, NAILS SHALL BE STAGGERED.

7. WHERE SHEATHING IS APPLIED TO BOTH FACES OF A WALL, PANEL JOINTS ARE TO BE OFFSET TO FALL ON DIFFERENT STUDS.

8. SHEATHING IS TO EXTEND FROM TOP PLATE TO SILL PLATE WITH NO GAPS UNO.

9. WHERE SHEAR WALLS DO NOT OCCUR, USE MIN 15/32" SHEATHING W/ 10d at 6"/12" OC

10. SHEATHING SHALL BE ATTACHED TO STUDS at 16" OC

11. FIELD NAILING TO BE at 12" OC TYPICAL.

12. SHEATHING SHALL BE WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS- C-D, C-C EXTERIOR SHEATHING OR OTHER GRADES COVERED IN PS1 AND PS2.

13. THIS SCHEDULE IS BASED ON ICBO REPORT ESR-2403 WHICH DEFINES 8d COMMON NAILS AS HAVING A SHANK DIAMETER OF 0.131" AND 10d COMMON HAVING A 0.148" DIAMETER.

14. WHERE PANEL EDGES DO NOT OCCUR ON HOLDOWN POSTS, PROVIDE EDGE NAILING INTO POSTS.

15. FRAMING CLIPS SPACING ARE AT THE SHEARWALLS ONLY. AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS PROVIDE CLIPS at 32" O.C. MAX.

16. IF SHEARWALL WOOD SHEATHING IS SPLICED AT THE RIM BOARD, THE PLATE AND PLATE NAILING CAN BE REDUCED TO 2X PLATE WITH 16d at 6" O.C.

17. IF SHEARWALL WOOD SHEATHING IS SPLICED AT THE FLOOR RIM JOIST, PROVIDE FRAMING CLIPS AT 32" O.C. MAX.

18. AT BUILT UP HOLDOWN POSTS, SPLICE MEMBERS W/ 16d NAILS at SHEARWALL BOUNDARY SPACING, STAGGERED.

19. WHERE HOLDOWN IS ATTACHED THROUGH STUD NAILER TO HOLDOWN POST, LENGTHEN SCREWS ACCORDINGLY AND EDGE/BOUNDARY NAIL BOTH NAILER AND POST.

20. STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER COLUMNS HAVE SIDES THAT SHOW EITHER THE WIDE FACE OR THE EDGES OF THE LUMBER STRANDS/VENEERS. ALL DESIGN VALUES REFLECT INSTALLATION INTO THE WIDE FACE.

TRIMMER PER PLAN
WHERE OCCURS.

EDGE NAILING INTO KING

STUD TYP PER SHEARWALL

BOUNDARY SPACING,
STAGGERED. WHERE

TRIMMER OCCURS, EDGE

NAIL TO TRIMMER INSTEAD

AND STITCH TRIMMER TO

KINGSTUD

SECTION A-A

SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE
10d COM. at 4" O.C.
15/32

BOTH SIDES
3X
2 15/32 10d COM. at 3" O.C.
15/32 10d COM. at 4" O.C.
10d COM. at 6" O.C.

PANEL EDGE NAILING
310 (SEISMIC)
435 (WIND)

ALLOWABLE

SHEAR (PLF)
15/32
2X 3
4 2X
16d at 4" O.C.

NOTE 16

SOLE PLATE ON

SUBFLOOR

FRAMING

SILL PLATE
AGAINST CONC.

OR MASONRY

SOLE PLATE

NAILING

SHEATHING

THICKNESS
(IN)
PLAN
SYMBOL
6 2X 16d at 6" O.C.
2/2
15/32 10d COM. at 2" O.C. 3X

FRAMING AT

ABUTTING PANEL
EDGES
2X
3X
3X
3X
3X
1 4/4
15/32

BOTH SIDES
2 3
10d COM. at 2" O.C. 4X 3X 3X
3X
NOTE 16
2X
2X
2X
3X
at 8" O.C.
at 12" O.C.
at 8" O.C.

NOTE 15 &17
at 12" O.C.

NOTE 15 &17

FRAMING CLIPS,

TYPE PER DETAIL
at 16" O.C.

NOTE 15 & 17
at 8" O.C.

NOTE 15 &17
4 5

0.22" x 6" SDWS
@ 6" O.C.

NOTE 16
at 12" O.C.
at 16" O.C.
at 24" O.C.
at 32" O.C.

ANCHOR BOLTS,

TYPE PER DETAIL
at 48" O.C.
at 24" O.C.
6 3/3
15/32
BOTH SIDES 10d COM. at 3" O.C. 3X 3X 3X at 8" O.C. at 16" O.C. 16d at 3" O.C.

NOTE 16
460 (SEISMIC)
645 (WIND)
600 (SEISMIC)
840 (WIND)
770 (SEISMIC)
1077 (WIND)
920 (SEISMIC)
1290 (WIND)
1200 (SEISMIC)
1680 (WIND)
1540 (SEISMIC)
2155 (WIND)
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 10" O.C.
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 8" O.C.
(2) ROWS 0.22" x 6"
SDWS @ 6" O.C.

STAGGER END
JOINTS 4' - 0" TYP (2' -
0 MIN)

PLYWOOD

SHEATHING SEE PLAN

BOUNDARY NAILING
(BN)

DISCONTINUOUS

EDGE NAILING (DEN)

CONTINUOUS EDGE NAILING (CEN)
WHERE REQUIRED PER PLAN. SEE

DETAIL B AT BLOCKED DIAPHRAGM

FIELD NAILING (FN)

JOIST PER
PLAN

DIAPHRAGM ISOMETRIC
NOTES:

1. RUN LONG DIMENSION OF PLYWOOD PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST.

2. NAILING SIZE AND SPACING NOTED ON PLAN.

3. NAILS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 3/8" EDGE DISTANCE, SEE DETAIL A.

4. USE TONGUE AND GROOVE PLYWOOD AT UNBLOCKED FLOORS.

5. USE BOUNDARY NAILING AT ALL NAILING ZONE BOUNDARIES.

6. MINIMUM PANEL DIMENSION IS 2' - 0" WIDE.

7. SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL NAILING REQUIREMENTS.

PER PLAN

FRAMING

MEMBER TYP

PANEL EDGE

AT BOUNDARY EDGE

PLYWOOD

SHEATHING TYP

PANEL EDGE

PER PLAN

AT PANEL EDGE
3/8" TYP

EDGE NAILING

PER PLAN

PLYWOOD

FRAMING MEMBER

DETAIL A DETAIL B

PLYWOOD JOINT
EDGE NAILING at

BLOCKED

DIAPHRAGMS
3x4 FLATBLOCKING w/
(2) 10d TOE NAILS EA
END
2x BLOCKING TYP

SILL PLATE
(2) 16d TYP
2x FLAT
2x STUD
3" MAX

ANCHOR BOLT PER PLAN

SUB HD FOR ANCHOR

BOLT WHERE OCCURS
2" MAX
B
B MAX 1' - 0" MIN
1/2"
NOTCHES MIN 6' - 0" OC TYP 2" MAX BORED HOLE

ANCHOR BOLT AND PLATE WASHER
PER PLAN AND SCHEDULE 1/2"

FROM PLYWOOD EDGE
1-1/4" x 16 GA. STRAP w/ (8)
10d COMMON NAILS EACH
END at EACH PLATE
NOTE:

NOTCHING OF DIMENSIONS
FOR 2x6 TOP PLATE 2x6 / 3x6

SILL PLATE SILL PLATE
1' - 0" MIN

WHERE CONFLICT OCCURS,

BLOCK BENEATH STUD

HOLDOWN

LOCATION

EDGE NAILING

HOLDOWN

LOCATION

EDGE NAILING

STRUCTURAL WALL
SHEATHING PER SCHED 1
(OUTSIDE SHEATHING)

INTERSECTION
(INSIDE SHEATHING)

STRUCTURAL WALL
SHEATHING PER SCHED (TYP) 1

EDGE NAILING

STRUCTURAL

WALL SHEATHING

PER SCHED

HOLDOWN

PER PLAN
STUD
1 STUD
6x6

INSIDE CORNER
(6x6 CONDITION)

EDGE NAILING

STRUCTURAL

WALL SHEATHING

PER SCHED
1 HOLDOWN

PER PLAN

DBL STUD OR HD

POST PER PLAN
(TYPICAL CONDITION)

HOLDOWN

PER PLAN

OUTSIDE CORNER
(6x6 CONDITION) (TYPICAL CONDITION)
6x6

DBL KING

STUD, TYP
16d at 8"
OC TYP
EDGE

NAILING, TYP
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:
1" = 1'-0"
12/18/2023 1:06:47 PM
S-430
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV
SHEAR DETAILS255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
301

SHEARWALL SCHEDULE AND LOAD PATH - SINGLE
STORY
1" = 1'-0" 302 DIAPHRAGM NAILING
1" = 1'-0" 303 MUDSILL DETAIL
1" = 1'-0" 304 HOLDOWN AT CORNER AND INTERSECTION REVISIONS SEE NOTE 2

CJP SEE
NOTE 4
CONTINUITY PLATE.

MATCH FRAME BM.

FLANGE THICKNESS

AND WIDTH

ERECTION BOLTS

AS NEEDED, TYP
CONTINUITY PLATE.

MATCH FRAME BM.

FLANGE THICKNESS

AND WIDTH
STEEL FRAME BM.,

SEE PLAN

CJP, SEE
NOTE 1

CJP, SEE
NOTE 4
a
d
b
e
c
c
b
X X
5/16"
1/2" MIN RADIUS, TYP.
k + 1/2" 1 col
k + 1 1/2" col
100% PAR PEN
5/16"
SHEAR TAB, SEE NOTE 3
NOTES:

1. REMOVE WELD BACKING, BACKGOUGE AND ADD 5/16" FILLET WELD

2. FILLET WELD SHEAR TAB TO FRAME BEAM. FILLET WELD SIZE IS 1/16" LESS THAN SHEAR TAB THICKNESS

3. MATCH SHEAR TAB THICKNESS WITH FRAME BEAM WEB

4. PROVIDE 5/16" FILLET WELD UNDER BACKING

5. WELDED, BOLTED, SCREWED OR SHOT-IN ATTACHMENTS FOR EXTERIOR FACADES, PARTITIONS, DUCT

WORK, PIPING OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN THE PROTECTED ZONE

6. PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR STEEL MOMENT FRAME AS INDICATED IN GENERAL NOTES

PROTECTED ZONE
SEE NOTE 5
BM.

COL

SECTION X-X

CJP BTWN
ACCESS
HOLES

STEEL FRAME COL,

SEE PLAN
STEEL FRAME BM., SEE PLAN
a = 1/4" MIN, 1/2" MAX
b = 1" MIN
c = 30º (+/-10º)
d = 2" MIN
e = 1/2" MIN, 1" MAX FROM END OF WELD TO EDGE OF ACCESS HOLE

FRAME BM DEPTH

WELD ACCESS HOLE PER

TYPICAL WELD ACCESS HOLE
DETAIL
t
bf
3 4
3 3/4" MIN.
bf
t
4 bf bf
2 1
1 5
5 2
bf
bf
NOTES:
bf
bf

5. 3 t (± 1/2 INCH)

1. BEVEL AS REQUIRED BY AWS D1.1 FOR SELECTED GROOVE WELD PROCEDURE.

2. LARGER OF t OR 1/2 INCH. (PLUS 1/2 t , OR MINUS 1/4 t )

3. 3/4 t TO t , 3/4" MINIMUM (± 1/4 INCH)

4. 3/8" MINIMUM RADIUS (PLUS NOT LIMITED, OR MINUS 0)

6. TOLERANCES SHALL NOT ACCUMULATE TO THE EXTENT THAT THE ANGLE OF THE ACCESS HOLE CUT TO THE FLANGE SURFACE EXCEEDS 25º.

COLUMN

PER PLAN

BASE PLATE

SEE SCHEDULE
3/4" DIAM ANCHOR
BOLT w/ 11" MIN
EMBED
Z

TUBE OR PIPE

COLUMN SEE
PLAN
1 1/2" TYP
O.D.
1 1/2" TYP

BASE PLATE SCHEDULE
MEMBER SIZE O.D.
4" OR LESS
GREATER THAN 4" TO 6"
GREATER THAN 6" TO 8"
PLATE

THICKNESS
WELD
Z
5/8"
3/4"
1"
1/4"
1/4"
5/16"

PLATE WASHER PER AISC

STEEL CONSTRUCTION
MANUAL TABLE 14-2, TYP

FOOTING & REINFORCEMENT

PER PLAN
14" OR 18" SQR

PIER PER PLAN
3" CLR TYP

PER SCHED
CONT. WALL CONDITION END WALL CONDITION

SHEAR INSIDE CORNER SHEAR OUTSIDE CORNER
2X STUDS @ 16"
O.C TYP UNO

WALL SHEATHING PER

PLAN & SCHEDULE TYP

STL COLUMN

PER PLAN TYP
1/2" ∅ MOUNTABLE

THREADED
STUD w/ WASHER @ 16"
O.C. TYP

EDGE NAILING PER PLAN

AND SCHEDULE
EXT. OR INT

FINISH PER

ARCH TYP
2X NON STRUCT

MEMBER SHOT PIN TO

STL COLUMN TYP

CENTERLINE OF POST
3X NAILER TYP
1/2"
1 1/2"
3" TYP
1 1/2"
3" MAX
1 1/2"
2"
SEE
SCHED

BEAM WHERE OCCURS

HSS COL SEE PLAN

FOR CONN PLATE
& BOLTS SEE
SCHED

BEAM SEE PLAN

BEAM TO BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE
BEAM DEPTH CONN. PLATE

THICKNESS
NO. AND DIAM OF
HS BOLTS (A325)
(SEE NOTE 1)
WELD SIZE CONN. CAPACITY
(AISC TABLE 10-10a)
W8 - W10
W16
W18- W21
W24
W27
W30 - W36
1/4" (2) 3/4"
5/16" (4) 3/4"
3/16" 16.3k
W12- W14 5/16" (3) 3/4" 1/4"
1/4"

31.9k

43.4k

64.2k

78.3k

94.4k
138k
3/8" (5) 3/4" 5/16"
3/8" (6) 7/8" 5/16"
3/8" (7) 7/8" 5/16"
1/2" (8) 7/8" 5/16"
NOTE:

1. HORIZONTAL SHORT SLOTTED HOLES OPTIONAL. (PROHIBITED AT SLIP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS)

2. ALL BOLTS SHALL HAVE THREADS EXCLUDED FROM PLATE/BEAM WEB INTERFACE (NO FULLY

THREADED BOLTS PERMITTED)
3/16"

CONT COL WHERE OCCURS
CAP PL 1/4" WHERE

OCCURS AT TOP OF COL

BEAM SEE PLAN
2 ROWS BOUNDARY

NAILING SPACING PER
PLAN

SHEATHING PER PLAN

JOIST PER PLAN HANGER PER PLAN
1 3/4" LSL NAILER RIPPED

TO BEAM FLANGE WIDTH
PLUS 1/2"
5/8" DIAM. WELDED STUDS
w/ WASHERS @ 24"
O.C. STAG SPACED AT

BEAM GAGE APART
1/4" TYP.
5/8" DIAM. MOUNTABLE THREADED
STUDS w/ WASHERS @ 24" O.C. STAG
SPACED at BEAM GAGE APART
1 3/4" LSL OR WOOD NAILER

RIPPED TO BEAM
FLANGE WIDTH PLUS 1/2"

FILLER MATERIAL

NAILER WHERE

REQUIRED

FILLER WHERE

REQUIRED
5/8" DIAM. MOUNTABLE
THREADED STUDS w/
WASHERS @ 32" O.C. OR

OPTIONAL THRU-BOLTS
1 1/2"
3" TYP
1 1/2"
3" MAX

COPE BEAM

FLANGE MIN REQ'D
1 1/2"
2"
SEE
SCHED

BEAM SEE PLAN

FOR CONN PLATE
& BOLTS SEE
SCHED

BEAM SEE PLAN

BEAM TO BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE
BEAM DEPTH CONN. PLATE

31.9k

43.4k

64.2k

78.3k

94.4k
138k
3/8" (5) 3/4" 5/16"
3/8" (6) 7/8" 5/16"
3/8" (7) 7/8" 5/16"
1/2" (8) 7/8" 5/16"
NOTE:

1. HORIZONTAL SHORT SLOTTED HOLES OPTIONAL. (PROHIBITED AT SLIP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS)

2. ALL BOLTS SHALL HAVE THREADS EXCLUDED FROM PLATE/BEAM WEB INTERFACE (NO FULLY

THREADED BOLTS PERMITTED)
1/4"
PROVIDE STIFF. PLATE

TYP STIFF PL DETAIL WHERE

BEAM DOES NOT OCCUR

SIMPSON ECCOQ TO FIT BEAM

BEAM PER PLAN SEE PLAN

FOR LOCATION AND
HEIGHT

STEEL BEAM PER PLAN
1/2" PLATE WIDTH AS

REQ'D FOR BUCKET
WELD
1/4"
NOTES:

BUCKET MAY BE SLOPED OR

SKEWED AS REQUIRED

EMBED BUCKET IN MEMBER -

ENSURE FLUSH FACE

STL BEAM PERPENDICULAR CONDITION

STL BEAM PARALLEL CONDITION
1/4"
TYP EA
SIDE

SIMPSON ECCOQ TO FIT BEAM
1/2" PLATE WIDTH AS

REQ'D FOR BUCKET
WELD
1/4"
TYP EA
SIDE
1 1/2"
1 1/2" TYP
(2) 1/2" DIAM HS BOLTS (1 ES BEAM
WEB) w/ 3/4" FROM CL BOLT TO
FLANGE EDGES. PROVIDE (4)

BOLTS AS SHOWN WHEN BEAM IS
CONT. ACROSS BEAM

SIM AT COL ABOVE

STEEL COLUMN PER
PLAN
5/16"

COL TO PL
PL 3/4": MATCH BEAM WIDTH
OR COLUMN WIDTH PLUS 1"
(WHICHEVER IS GREATER)

PROVIDE STIFFENER PLATE

PER TYPICAL WEB

STIFFENER PLATE DETAIL

PROVIDE FULL HT CONN

PLATE WHERE

PERPENDICULAR BEAM

OCCURS SIM TYPICAL

STEEL BEAM TO BEAM

CONNECTION DETAIL

BEAM PER PLAN
1/2" TYP
DBL 2x WOOD NAILER, BREAK

AT COLUMN LOCATION
3/16" 2"-5"
TYP
1/4"
TYP

STIFFENER PLATE EACH SIDE

WHERE APPLICABLE SHALL BE

SAME THICKNESS AS BEAM
WEB WITH 1/4" THICK MIN

BEAM SEE PLAN
U
STRUCT
L RA
RED
R IS
GE
TE

PROFESS
E
R IN
NG
EE

ONA I L
RED OD
R. H
IDVAD
L

TE TA S
OF CA

IA RN IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:49 PM
S-440
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV
STEEL DETAILS255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1" = 1'-0"
401

MOMENT FRAME CONNECTION
3/4" = 1'-0"
402

WELD ACCESS HOLE
1" = 1'-0"
403

COLUMN BASE PLATE DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"
404

STEEL COLUMN TO WALL CONNECTION
1" = 1'-0"
405

STEEL BEAM TO HSS COLUMN
1" = 1'-0" 406 FLOOR JOIST TO STEEL BEAM (TOP FLANGE)
1 1/2" = 1'-0" 407 STEEL BEAM WOOD PACK-OUT
1" = 1'-0" 408 STEEL BEAM TO BEAM CONNECTION
1" = 1'-0" 409 BEAM (WOOD) TO BEAM (WF)
1" = 1'-0" 410 STEEL BEAM TO HSS OR PIPE COLUMN
1" = 1'-0" 411 BEAM (WF) STIFFENER PLATE

REVISIONS
A A
A A
AA

BEAM PER PLAN

WOOD POST PER PLAN
PL 3/8" BOTH SIDES
(MAY BE ROTATED FOR

ARCH FINISH)
(2) 3/4" DIAM. A307 BOLTS

THROUGH PL AND POST

PROVIDE CONN PLATE

WHERE STL BEAM

OCCURS PER
DETAIL
1/4"

BEAM TO PL
EQ EQ
3"
4"
4"
2"

OPTIONAL TAB
(5) 1/4" x 2 1/2"

SDS SCREW

PER TAB
3"
10"
411
/
S-440
408 S-440
_____________________

RETAINING WALL PER
_____________________
104 S-410

WF BEAM PER PLAN
SECTION A-A:

CONNECTION SIM TO
_____________________
408 S-440
3" 2"

MATCH DEPTH OF BEAM
1/4" THICK PL w/ (2) 5/8"

HD TITEN BOLTS ES BM
w/ 4" MIN EMBED
2 3/4" MIN TYP
2" MIN

SLAB ON GRADE PER PLAN
1 3/4" LVL NAILER, 1/2"

PAST FLANGE EA SIDE
5/8" DIAM. WELDED STUDS w/
WASHERS @ 24" O.C. STAG

SPACED AT BEAM GAGE
APART
SECTION A-A:
1/4
4X RAFTER PER PLAN
3/8" STL PL EA RAFTER

BEAM PER PLAN
(2) 5/8" DIAM BOLTS
1 1/2" MIN
1 1/2" MIN
3" MIN
3" MIN
1 1/2" MIN
O.D.
1 1/2"
3"
1"
2 1/2"
2"
2"
6"

STRAIGHT WALL-

STANDARD CONDITION
1/4"
TYP
1-1/2 " NON-SHRINK GROUT
(4) 3/4" DIAM x 10"

EMBED AB

W/ LEVELING NUTS

HSS OR PIPE

COL PER PLAN
(6) #4 BENT TIES AT ANCHORS
LAP TO VERT STEEL:

TYP WALL REINF.

SECTION A-A
8" CONCRETE
WALL
3/4" THK. BASE
PLATE
12 "
16 "
12 "
(2) VERTICAL #5 STEM BARS AT
BASEPLATE at 8" APART

STRAIGHT

CONDITION

SLAB PER PLAN
A35 @ 12" OC

BOUNDARY NAILING PER PLAN

NAILER PER
_____________________
407 S-440
5/8" DIAM. MOUNTABLE
THREADED STUDS w/
WASHERS @ 24" O.C., DO

NOT COUNTERSINK

DBL RIM
SEE FOR ADD'L INFO _____________________
214 S-421

STEEL BEAM PER PLAN

STRAP PER PLAN WHERE OCCURS
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:

As indicated
12/18/2023 1:06:50 PM
S-441
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV
STEEL DETAILS II 255 BOULDER STREET, NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
3/4" = 1'-0"
412

BEAM TO WOOD COLUMN
1" = 1'-0"
413

STEEL BEAM TO CONC WALL
1" = 1'-0"
414

TROLLEY BEAM TO ROOF FRAMING
1" = 1'-0"
415

BASE PLATE TO STEMWALL DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"
416

GABLE MOMENT FRAME AT ROOF

REVISIONS

MAIN LEVEL
0' - 0"
1 _____________________
S-440
401
_____________________
S-440
401

BEAM PER PLAN

COL PER PLANCOL PER PLAN
3X NAILER
SIM
2X TRIMMER
6X10 HEADER
_____________________
S-410
109
_____________________
S-410
109
_____________________
404 S-440
416 S-441
_____________________
U
STRU
C
T
L
RA
RED

R IS GE TE

PROFESS
E

R IN NG EE

ONA I L RED OD
R
.

H
IDVAD
L
TE
TA S
OF
CA
IA
RN
IFO
No. S5152
SCALE

ISSUE DATE
PROJECT#

DRAFTED BY

Reproduction is prohibited.

PRINT DATE:
1/4" = 1'-0"
12/18/2023 1:06:50 PM
S-500
23-032
JMV

NEVADA CITY

STORAGE BUILDING
9/19/2023
JMV

STRUCTURAL

ELEVATIONS
255 BOULDER STREET,
NEVADA CITY, CA 95959

CITY OF NEVADA CITY
317 BROAD ST, NEVADA
CITY, CA 95859
12/18/2023
EXP. 6-30-24
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS

REVISIONS
15 14 13 12 11 10
987654321

LKDEFGHIJABCLKDEFGHIJABC
15 14 13 12 11 10987654321
Master 36 border w stamp v22_2023_MrHand.pln
OCT.
31,2023
22-1210
11/17/23
Revisions
date:
scale:
job #:
stamp
A7.2 Andrew J. Pawlowski, Architect, LEED AP 644 Zion Street Nevada City CA 95959 530.478.9415 - t 530.478.9416 - f www.sitelinearch.com

STAIR NOTES
siteline architecture NEW STORAGE BUILDING
for

NC Storage_29.pln 11/17/23 1:09 PM /Volumes/Siteline Storage/Public/Siteline Projects (Active)/22-1210 - NC Storage/Drawings/PLN Files/NC Storage_29.pln 4 CBC 1011.2 WIDTH AND CAPACITY

THE REQUIRED CAPACITY OF STAIRWAYS SHALL BE DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1005.1, BUT THE MINIMUM WIDTH SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES (1118 MM). SEE SECTION 1009.3 FOR ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS STAIRWAYS.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. STAIRWAYS SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 SHALL HAVE A WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES (914 MM).

2. SPIRAL STAIRWAYS AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 1011.10.

3. WHERE AN INCLINE PLATFORM LIFT OR STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFT IS INSTALLED ON STAIRWAYS SERVING OCCUPANCIES IN GROUP R-3, OR WITHIN DWELLING UNITS IN OCCUPANCIES IN GROUP R-2, A CLEAR PASSAGE WIDTH NOT LESS THAN 20 INCHES (508 MM) SHALL BE PROVIDED. WHERE

THE SEAT AND PLATFORM CAN BE FOLDED WHEN NOT IN USE, THE DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE FOLDED POSITION.

CBC 1011.3 HEADROOM
STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE A HEADROOM CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 80 INCHES (2032 MM) MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM A LINE CONNECTING THE EDGE OF THE NOSINGS. SUCH HEADROOM SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ABOVE

THE STAIRWAY TO THE POINT WHERE THE LINE INTERSECTS THE LANDING BELOW, ONE TREAD DEPTH BEYOND THE BOTTOM RISER. THE MINIMUM

CLEARANCE SHALL BE MAINTAINED THE FULL WIDTH OF THE STAIRWAY AND LANDING.

CBC 1011.4 WALKLINE
THE WALKLINE ACROSS WINDER TREADS SHALL BE CONCENTRIC TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL THROUGH THE TURN AND LOCATED 12 INCHES (305 MM) FROM THE SIDE WHERE THE WINDERS ARE NARROWER. THE 12-INCH (305 MM) DIMENSION SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE WIDEST POINT OF THE CLEAR STAIR WIDTH AT THE WALKING SURFACE OF THE WINDER.

WHERE WINDERS ARE ADJACENT WITHIN THE FLIGHT, THE POINT OF THE WIDEST CLEAR STAIR WIDTH OF THE ADJACENT WINDERS SHALL BE USED.

CBC1011.5 STAIR TREADS AND RISERS
STAIR TREADS AND RISERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1011.5.1 THROUGH 1011.5.5.3.

CBC1011.5.1 DIMENSION REFERENCE SURFACES

FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE OF CARPETS, RUGS OR RUNNERS.

CBC1011.5.2 RISER HEIGHT AND TREAD DEPTH
STAIR RISER HEIGHTS SHALL BE 7 INCHES (178 MM) MAXIMUM AND 4 INCHES (102 MM) MINIMUM. THE RISER HEIGHT SHALL BE MEASURED VERTICALLY BETWEEN THE NOSINGS OF ADJACENT TREADS. RECTANGULAR TREAD DEPTHS SHALL BE 11 INCHES (279 MM) MINIMUM MEASURED HORIZONTALLY

BETWEEN THE VERTICAL PLANES OF THE FOREMOST PROJECTION OF ADJACENT TREADS AND AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE TREAD'S NOSING.

WINDER TREADS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM TREAD DEPTH OF 11 INCHES (279

MM) BETWEEN THE VERTICAL PLANES OF THE FOREMOST PROJECTION OF

ADJACENT TREADS AT THE INTERSECTIONS WITH THE WALKLINE AND A MINIMUM TREAD DEPTH OF 10 INCHES (254 MM) WITHIN THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE STAIR.

CBC1011.5.3 WINDER TREADS

WINDER TREADS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN MEANS OF EGRESS STAIRWAYS EXCEPT WITHIN A DWELLING UNIT.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. CURVED STAIRWAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1011.9.

2. SPIRAL STAIRWAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1011.10.

CBC1011.5.4 DIMENSIONAL UNIFORMITY
STAIR TREADS AND RISERS SHALL BE OF UNIFORM SIZE AND SHAPE. THE

TOLERANCE BETWEEN THE LARGEST AND SMALLEST RISER HEIGHT OR

BETWEEN THE LARGEST AND SMALLEST TREAD DEPTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM) IN ANY FLIGHT OF STAIRS. THE GREATEST WINDER TREAD

DEPTH AT THE WALKLINE WITHIN ANY FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE SMALLEST BY MORE THAN 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM).

EXCEPTIONS:

1. STAIRWAYS CONNECTING STEPPED AISLES TO CROSS AISLES OR

CONCOURSES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO COMPLY WITH THE DIMENSIONAL NONUNIFORMITY IN SECTION 1029.14.2.

2. CONSISTENTLY SHAPED WINDERS, COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1011.5, DIFFERING FROM RECTANGULAR TREADS IN THE SAME FLIGHT OF STAIRS.

3. NONUNIFORM RISER DIMENSION COMPLYING WITH SECTION 1011.5.4.1.

CBC1011.5.4.1 NON-UNIFORM HEIGHT RISERS

WHERE THE BOTTOM OR TOP RISER ADJOINS A SLOPING PUBLIC WAY,

WALKWAY OR DRIVEWAY HAVING AN ESTABLISHED GRADE AND SERVING

AS A LANDING, THE BOTTOM OR TOP RISER IS PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED ALONG THE SLOPE TO LESS THAN 4 INCHES (102 MM) IN HEIGHT, WITH THE

VARIATION IN HEIGHT OF THE BOTTOM OR TOP RISER NOT TO EXCEED ONE UNIT VERTICAL IN 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL (8-PERCENT SLOPE) OF STAIR WIDTH. THE NOSINGS OR LEADING EDGES OF TREADS AT SUCH NONUNIFORM

HEIGHT RISERS SHALL HAVE A DISTINCTIVE MARKING STRIPE, DIFFERENT FROM ANY OTHER NOSING MARKING PROVIDED ON THE STAIR FLIGHT. THE

DISTINCTIVE MARKING STRIPE SHALL BE VISIBLE IN DESCENT OF THE STAIR AND SHALL HAVE A SLIP-RESISTANT SURFACE. MARKING STRIPES SHALL HAVE A WIDTH OF NOT LESS THAN 1 INCH (25 MM) BUT NOT MORE THAN 2 INCHES (51 MM).

CBC1011.5.5 NOSING AND RISER PROFILE
NOSINGS SHALL HAVE A CURVATURE OR BEVEL OF NOT LESS THAN 1/16 INCH (1.6 MM) BUT NOT MORE THAN 9/16 INCH (14.3 MM) FROM THE FOREMOST PROJECTION OF THE TREAD. RISERS SHALL BE SOLID AND

VERTICAL OR SLOPED UNDER THE TREAD ABOVE FROM THE UNDERSIDE OF THE NOSING ABOVE AT AN ANGLE NOT MORE THAN 30 DEGREES (0.52 RAD) FROM THE VERTICAL.

CBC1011.5.5.1 NOSING PROJECTION SIZE

THE LEADING EDGE (NOSINGS) OF TREADS SHALL PROJECT NOT MORE THAN 11/4 INCHES (32 MM) BEYOND THE TREAD BELOW.

CBC1011.5.5.2 NOSING PROJECTION UNIFORMITY

NOSING PROJECTIONS OF THE LEADING EDGES SHALL BE OF UNIFORM SIZE,

INCLUDING THE PROJECTIONS OF THE NOSING'S LEADING EDGE OF THE FLOOR AT THE TOP OF A FLIGHT.

CBC1011.5.5.3 SOLID RISERS
RISERS SHALL BE SOLID.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR STAIRWAYS THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 1009.3, PROVIDED THAT THE

OPENING BETWEEN TREADS DOES NOT PERMIT THE PASSAGE OF A SPHERE WITH A DIAMETER OF 4 INCHES (102 MM).

2. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR OCCUPANCIES IN GROUP I-3 OR IN

GROUP F, H AND S OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. THE SIZE OF THE OPENING IN THE RISER IS NOT RESTRICTED.

3. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR SPIRAL STAIRWAYS
CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1011.10.

CBC 1011.6 STAIRWAY LANDINGS

THERE SHALL BE A FLOOR OR LANDING AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH STAIRWAY. THE WIDTH OF LANDINGS, MEASURED PERPENDICULARLY TO THE

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE WIDTH OF STAIRWAYS SERVED. EVERY LANDING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DEPTH,

MEASURED PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE STAIRWAY OR 48 INCHES (1219 MM), WHICHEVER IS LESS. DOORS

OPENING ONTO A LANDING SHALL NOT REDUCE THE LANDING TO LESS THAN ONE-HALF THE REQUIRED WIDTH. WHEN FULLY OPEN, THE DOOR SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 7 INCHES (178 MM) INTO A LANDING. WHERE

WHEELCHAIR SPACES ARE REQUIRED ON THE STAIRWAY LANDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1009.6.3, THE WHEELCHAIR SPACE SHALL

NOT BE LOCATED IN THE REQUIRED WIDTH OF THE LANDING AND DOORS SHALL NOT SWING OVER THE WHEELCHAIR SPACES.

CBC1011.5.5.3 SOLID RISERS
RISERS SHALL BE SOLID.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR STAIRWAYS THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 1009.3, PROVIDED THAT THE

OPENING BETWEEN TREADS DOES NOT PERMIT THE PASSAGE OF A SPHERE WITH A DIAMETER OF 4 INCHES (102 MM).

2. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR OCCUPANCIES IN GROUP I-3 OR IN

GROUP F, H AND S OCCUPANCIES OTHER THAN AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. THE SIZE OF THE OPENING IN THE RISER IS NOT RESTRICTED.

3. SOLID RISERS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR SPIRAL STAIRWAYS
CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1011.10.

CBC 1011.6 STAIRWAY LANDINGS

THERE SHALL BE A FLOOR OR LANDING AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH STAIRWAY. THE WIDTH OF LANDINGS, MEASURED PERPENDICULARLY TO THE

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE WIDTH OF STAIRWAYS SERVED. EVERY LANDING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DEPTH,

MEASURED PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE STAIRWAY OR 48 INCHES (1219 MM), WHICHEVER IS LESS. DOORS

OPENING ONTO A LANDING SHALL NOT REDUCE THE LANDING TO LESS THAN ONE-HALF THE REQUIRED WIDTH. WHEN FULLY OPEN, THE DOOR SHALL NOT PROJECT MORE THAN 7 INCHES (178 MM) INTO A LANDING. WHERE

WHEELCHAIR SPACES ARE REQUIRED ON THE STAIRWAY LANDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1009.6.3, THE WHEELCHAIR SPACE SHALL

NOT BE LOCATED IN THE REQUIRED WIDTH OF THE LANDING AND DOORS SHALL NOT SWING OVER THE WHEELCHAIR SPACES.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. WHERE STAIRWAYS CONNECT STEPPED AISLES TO CROSS AISLES OR

CONCOURSES, STAIRWAY LANDINGS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT THE

TRANSITION BETWEEN STAIRWAYS AND STEPPED AISLES CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1029.

2. IN GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCIES A FLOOR OR LANDING IS NOT REQUIRED AT

THE TOP OF AN INTERIOR FLIGHT OF STAIRS, INCLUDING STAIRS IN AN

ENCLOSED GARAGE, PROVIDED A DOOR DOES NOT SWING OVER THE STAIRS.

CBC1011.7 STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION

STAIRWAYS SHALL BE BUILT OF MATERIALS CONSISTENT WITH THE TYPES

PERMITTED FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING, EXCEPT

THAT WOOD HANDRAILS SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR ALL TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION.

CBC1011.7.1 STAIRWAY WALKING SURFACE

THE WALKING SURFACE OF TREADS AND LANDINGS OF A STAIRWAY SHALL NOT BE SLOPED STEEPER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL IN 48 UNITS HORIZONTAL (2-PERCENT SLOPE) IN ANY DIRECTION. STAIRWAY TREADS AND LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A SOLID SURFACE. FINISH FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. OPENINGS IN STAIR WALKING SURFACES SHALL BE A SIZE THAT DOES NOT PERMIT THE PASSAGE OF 1/2-INCH-DIAMETER (12.7 MM) SPHERE.

ELONGATED OPENINGS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT THE LONG DIMENSION IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL.

2. IN GROUP F, H AND S OCCUPANCIES, OTHER THAN AREAS OF PARKING

STRUCTURES ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC, OPENINGS IN TREADS AND

LANDINGS SHALL NOT BE PROHIBITED PROVIDED THAT A SPHERE WITH A DIAMETER OF 11/8 INCHES (29 MM) CANNOT PASS THROUGH THE OPENING.

CBC 1011.7.2 OUTDOOR CONDITIONS

OUTDOOR STAIRWAYS AND OUTDOOR APPROACHES TO STAIRWAYS

SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT WATER WILL NOT ACCUMULATE ON WALKING SURFACES.

CBC 1011.7.3 ENCLOSURES UNDER INTERIOR STAIRWAYS

THE WALLS AND SOFFITS WITHIN ENCLOSED USABLE SPACES UNDER ENCLOSED AND UNENCLOSED STAIRWAYS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY 1-

HOUR FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION OR THE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF THE STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. ACCESS

TO THE ENCLOSED SPACE SHALL NOT BE DIRECTLY FROM WITHIN THE STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE.

EXCEPTION: SPACES UNDER STAIRWAYS SERVING AND CONTAINED WITHIN A SINGLE RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNIT IN GROUP R-2 OR R-3 SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE PROTECTED ON THE ENCLOSED SIDE WITH 1/2-INCH (12.7 MM) GYPSUM BOARD.
1011.7.4 ENCLOSURES UNDER EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS

THERE SHALL NOT BE ENCLOSED USABLE SPACE UNDER EXTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS UNLESS THE SPACE IS COMPLETELY ENCLOSED IN 1-HOUR FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION. THE OPEN SPACE UNDER EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY PURPOSE.

CBC 1011.8 VERTICAL RISE
A FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL NOT HAVE A VERTICAL RISE GREATER THAN 12 FEET (3658 MM) BETWEEN FLOOR LEVELS OR LANDINGS.

EXCEPTION: SPIRAL STAIRWAYS USED AS A MEANS OF EGRESS FROM TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS.

CBC 1011.11 HANDRAILS

FLIGHTS OF STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1014. WHERE GLASS IS USED TO PROVIDE THE HANDRAIL, THE HANDRAIL SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 2407.
[DSA-AC] FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN SECTION 1.9.1 REGULATED BY THE

DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT-ACCESS COMPLIANCE, SEE CHAPTER 11B, SECTIONS 11B-504.6 AND 11B-505.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. FLIGHTS OF STAIRWAYS WITHIN DWELLING UNITS AND FLIGHTS OF SPIRAL STAIRWAYS ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A HANDRAIL ON ONE SIDE ONLY.

2. DECKS, PATIOS AND WALKWAYS THAT HAVE A SINGLE CHANGE IN

ELEVATION WHERE THE LANDING DEPTH ON EACH SIDE OF THE CHANGE OF

ELEVATION IS GREATER THAN WHAT IS REQUIRED FOR A LANDING DO NOT REQUIRE HANDRAILS.

3. [SFM] IN GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCIES, A CONTINUOUS RUN OF TREADS OR

FLIGHT OF STAIRS WITH LESS THAN FOUR RISERS DOES NOT REQUIRE HANDRAILS.

4. CHANGES IN ROOM ELEVATIONS OF THREE OR FEWER RISERS WITHIN DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS IN GROUP R-2 AND R-3 DO NOT REQUIRE HANDRAILS.

CBC 1014.1 WHERE REQUIRED

HANDRAILS SERVING FLIGHTS OF STAIRWAYS, RAMPS, STEPPED AISLES

AND RAMPED AISLES SHALL BE ADEQUATE IN STRENGTH AND ATTACHMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1607.8. HANDRAILS REQUIRED FOR FLIGHTS OF STAIRWAYS BY SECTION 1011.11 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.9. HANDRAILS REQUIRED FOR RAMPS BY SECTION 1012.8 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.8. HANDRAILS FOR STEPPED AISLES AND RAMPED AISLES REQUIRED BY SECTION 1029.16 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.8.

CBC 1014.2 HEIGHT

HANDRAIL HEIGHT, MEASURED ABOVE STAIR TREAD NOSINGS, OR FINISH SURFACE OF RAMP SLOPE, SHALL BE UNIFORM, NOT LESS THAN 34 INCHES (864 MM) AND NOT MORE THAN 38 INCHES (965 MM). HANDRAIL HEIGHT OF

ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES AND SHIP'S LADDERS, MEASURED ABOVE TREAD NOSINGS, SHALL BE UNIFORM, NOT LESS THAN 30 INCHES (762 MM) AND NOT MORE THAN 34 INCHES (864 MM).

EXCEPTIONS:

1. WHERE HANDRAIL FITTINGS OR BENDINGS ARE USED TO PROVIDE

CONTINUOUS TRANSITION BETWEEN FLIGHTS, THE FITTINGS OR BENDINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT.

2. IN GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCIES; WITHIN DWELLING UNITS IN GROUP R-2 OCCUPANCIES; AND IN GROUP U OCCUPANCIES THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH A GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCY OR ASSOCIATED WITH INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS IN GROUP R-2 OCCUPANCIES; WHERE HANDRAIL FITTINGS OR

BENDINGS ARE USED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRANSITION BETWEEN

FLIGHTS, TRANSITION AT WINDER TREADS, TRANSITION FROM HANDRAIL TO

GUARD, OR WHERE USED AT THE START OF A FLIGHT, THE HANDRAIL HEIGHT

AT THE FITTINGS OR BENDINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT.

3. HANDRAILS ON TOP OF A GUARD WHERE PERMITTED ALONG STEPPED AISLES AND RAMPED AISLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1029.16.

CBC 1014.3 HANDRAIL GRASPABILITY
REQUIRED HANDRAILS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1014.3.1 OR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRASPABILITY.

SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.9. HANDRAILS REQUIRED FOR RAMPS BY SECTION 1012.8 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.8. HANDRAILS FOR STEPPED AISLES AND RAMPED AISLES REQUIRED BY SECTION 1029.16 SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1014.2 THROUGH 1014.8.

CBC 1014.2 HEIGHT

HANDRAIL HEIGHT, MEASURED ABOVE STAIR TREAD NOSINGS, OR FINISH SURFACE OF RAMP SLOPE, SHALL BE UNIFORM, NOT LESS THAN 34 INCHES (864 MM) AND NOT MORE THAN 38 INCHES (965 MM). HANDRAIL HEIGHT OF

ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES AND SHIP'S LADDERS, MEASURED ABOVE TREAD NOSINGS, SHALL BE UNIFORM, NOT LESS THAN 30 INCHES (762 MM) AND NOT MORE THAN 34 INCHES (864 MM).

EXCEPTIONS:

1. WHERE HANDRAIL FITTINGS OR BENDINGS ARE USED TO PROVIDE

CONTINUOUS TRANSITION BETWEEN FLIGHTS, THE FITTINGS OR BENDINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT.

BENDINGS ARE USED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRANSITION BETWEEN

FLIGHTS, TRANSITION AT WINDER TREADS, TRANSITION FROM HANDRAIL TO

GUARD, OR WHERE USED AT THE START OF A FLIGHT, THE HANDRAIL HEIGHT

AT THE FITTINGS OR BENDINGS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT.

3. HANDRAILS ON TOP OF A GUARD WHERE PERMITTED ALONG STEPPED AISLES AND RAMPED AISLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1029.16.

CBC 1014.3 HANDRAIL GRASPABILITY
REQUIRED HANDRAILS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 1014.3.1 OR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRASPABILITY.

EXCEPTION: IN GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCIES; WITHIN DWELLING UNITS IN GROUP R-2 OCCUPANCIES; AND IN GROUP U OCCUPANCIES THAT ARE ACCESSORY TO A GROUP R-3 OCCUPANCY OR ACCESSORY TO INDIVIDUAL DWELLING UNITS IN GROUP R-2 OCCUPANCIES; HANDRAILS SHALL BE TYPE I IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1014.3.1, TYPE II IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1014.3.2 OR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRASPABILITY.

CBC 1014.3.1 TYPE I

HANDRAILS WITH A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF NOT LESS THAN 11/4 INCHES (32 MM) AND NOT GREATER THAN 2 INCHES (51 MM). WHERE THE HANDRAIL IS NOT CIRCULAR, IT SHALL HAVE A PERIMETER DIMENSION OF NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES (102 MM) AND NOT GREATER THAN 61/4 INCHES (160 MM) WITH A MAXIMUM CROSSSECTIONAL DIMENSION OF 21/4 INCHES (57 MM) AND MINIMUM CROSSSECTIONAL DIMENSION OF 1 INCH (25 MM). EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 0.01 INCH (0.25 MM).

CBC 1014.3.2 TYPE II
HANDRAILS WITH A PERIMETER GREATER THAN 61/4 INCHES (160 MM)

SHALL PROVIDE A GRASPABLE FINGER RECESS AREA ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PROFILE. THE FINGER RECESS SHALL BEGIN WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 3/4 INCH (19 MM) MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM THE TALLEST PORTION OF THE PROFILE AND ACHIEVE A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN 5/16 INCH (8 MM) WITHIN 7/8 INCH (22 MM) BELOW THE WIDEST PORTION OF THE PROFILE.

THIS REQUIRED DEPTH SHALL CONTINUE FOR NOT LESS THAN 3/8 INCH (10 MM) TO A LEVEL THAT IS NOT LESS THAN 13/4 INCHES (45 MM) BELOW THE TALLEST PORTION OF THE PROFILE. THE WIDTH OF THE HANDRAIL ABOVE THE RECESS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 11/4 INCHES (32 MM) TO NOT GREATER THAN 23/4 INCHES (70 MM). EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 0.01 INCH (0.25 MM).

CBC 1014.4 CONTINUITY

HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS, WITHOUT INTERRUPTION BY NEWEL POSTS OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.

EXCEPTIONS:

1. HANDRAILS WITHIN DWELLING UNITS ARE PERMITTED TO BE INTERRUPTED BY A NEWEL POST AT A TURN OR LANDING.

2. WITHIN A DWELLING UNIT, THE USE OF A VOLUTE, TURNOUT, STARTING EASING OR STARTING NEWEL IS ALLOWED OVER THE LOWEST TREAD.

3. HANDRAIL BRACKETS OR BALUSTERS ATTACHED TO THE BOTTOM

SURFACE OF THE HANDRAIL THAT DO NOT PROJECT HORIZONTALLY BEYOND THE SIDES OF THE HANDRAIL WITHIN 11/2 INCHES (38 MM) OF THE BOTTOM OF THE HANDRAIL SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED OBSTRUCTIONS.

FOR EACH 1/2 INCH (12.7 MM) OF ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL PERIMETER DIMENSION ABOVE 4 INCHES (102 MM), THE VERTICAL CLEARANCE DIMENSION OF 11/2 INCHES (38 MM) SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE REDUCED BY 1/8 INCH (3.2 MM).

4. WHERE HANDRAILS ARE PROVIDED ALONG WALKING SURFACES WITH SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:20, THE BOTTOMS OF THE HANDRAIL

GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE OBSTRUCTED ALONG

THEIR ENTIRE LENGTH WHERE THEY ARE INTEGRAL TO CRASH RAILS OR BUMPER GUARDS.

5. HANDRAILS SERVING STEPPED AISLES OR RAMPED AISLES ARE

PERMITTED TO BE DISCONTINUOUS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1029.16.1.

CBC 1014.5 FITTINGS
HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.

CBC 1014.6 HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS

HANDRAILS SHALL RETURN TO A WALL, GUARD OR THE WALKING SURFACE

OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT FLIGHT OF STAIRS OR RAMP RUN. WHERE HANDRAILS ARE NOT CONTINUOUS BETWEEN

FLIGHTS, THE HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND HORIZONTALLY NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES (305 MM) BEYOND THE TOP RISER AND CONTINUE TO SLOPE FOR THE DEPTH OF ONE TREAD BEYOND THE BOTTOM RISER. AT RAMPS

Nevada City City CouncilMarch 27, 2024

Nevada City City Council
March 27, 2024